2018 Chevrolet Traverse Owners Manual PDF

18_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_23168733C_2018FEB02.
ai 1 1/22/2018 8:20:24 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23168733 C
Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 123
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 175
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 207
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 363
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 380
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 391
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
2 Introduction
Introduction For vehicles first sold in Canada, Canadian Vehicle Owners
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for A French language manual can be
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it obtained from your dealer, at
appears in this manual. www.helminc.com, or from:
This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens
may or may not be on the vehicle On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
because of optional equipment that ce guide en français auprès du
was not purchased on the vehicle, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
The names, logos, emblems, model variants, country
slogans, vehicle model names, and suivante:
specifications, features/applications
vehicle body designs appearing in that may not be available in your Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited region, or changes subsequent to Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the printing of this owner’s manual. 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Plymouth, MI 48170
TRAVERSE are trademarks and/or Refer to the purchase USA
service marks of General Motors documentation relating to your
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Using this Manual
or licensors.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for To quickly locate information about
quick reference. the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23168733 C Third Printing 2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart
Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. See the
labels and in this manual describe features in this manual for
hazards and what to do to avoid or information.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols $ : Brake System Warning Light
in serious injury or death. " : Charging System
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of I : Cruise Control
text. Symbols are shown along with ` : Do Not Puncture
{ Warning the text describing the operation or
^ : Do Not Service
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, B : Engine Coolant Temperature
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator.
O : Exterior Lamps
M : Shown when the owner’s
manual has additional instructions _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution or information. . : Fuel Gauge
* : Shown when the service + : Fuses
Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions
could result in property or vehicle or information. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
damage. Changer
0 : Shown when there is more j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
information on another page —
“see page.” Restraints
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
4 Introduction
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument Panel Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 22 Fuel (2.0L L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . 28
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . 29
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 22 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information Driving for Better Fuel
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Roadside Assistance
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Automatic
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 25
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 25
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 15 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 26
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 15 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Passenger Sensing System . . . 16 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 17 Universal Remote System . . . . . 26
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 205. 10. Heated and Ventilated Front 20. Cruise Control 0 244.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Seats 0 70 (If Equipped). Adaptive Cruise Control 0 246
and Lane-Change Signals 11. Power Outlets 0 129. (If Equipped).
0 170. 12. Wireless Charging 0 131 (If Heated Steering Wheel 0 125
IntelliBeam® System Button (If Equipped). (If Equipped).
Equipped). See Exterior Lamp 13. USB Port 0 184. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Controls 0 166. System 0 259 (If Equipped).
Auxiliary Jack. See Auxiliary
3. Instrument Cluster 0 134. Devices 0 190. 21. Hood Release. See Hood
Driver Information Center (DIC) 14. Traction Control/Electronic 0 285.
Display. See Driver Information Stability Control 0 239. 22. Fog Lamps 0 170 (If
Center (DIC) 0 150. Equipped).
Driver Mode Control Knob. See
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer Driver Mode Control 0 241 (If 23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
0 125. Equipped). (Out of View). See Malfunction
Rear Window Wiper/Washer Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 267 Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
0 126. (If Equipped). Light) 0 141.
5. ENGINE START/STOP Button. 15. Electric Parking Brake 0 237. 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 166.
See Ignition Positions 0 224. 25. Instrument Panel Illumination
16. Shift Lever. See Automatic
6. Hazard Warning Flashers Transmission 0 232. Control 0 171.
0 170.
Manual Mode 0 234.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 169. 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 124.
8. Infotainment 0 175. 18. Horn 0 125.
9. Dual Automatic Climate Control 19. Steering Wheel Adjustment
System 0 200. 0 124 (Out of View).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry For vehicles with the manual
liftgate, unlocking all doors will also
Information (RKE) System unlock the liftgate.
This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Q : Press to lock all doors.
overview about some of the transmitter may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be
important features that may or may personalized. See Vehicle
not be on your specific vehicle. Personalization 0 154.
For more detailed information, refer b : If equipped with the power
to each of the features which can be liftgate, press twice quickly until the
found later in this owner’s manual. liftgate begins to move.
Stop/Start System 7 : Press and release to initiate the
vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
The vehicle may have a fuel saving least three seconds to sound the
Stop/Start system to shut off the panic alarm. Press 7 again to
engine and help conserve fuel.
cancel the panic alarm.
When the brakes are applied and
See Keys 0 31 and Remote Keyless
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
With Remote Start and Power Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
the engine may turn off. When the
brake pedal is released or the Liftgate Shown
accelerator pedal is pushed, the Remote Vehicle Start
Press the button on the side of the
engine will restart. The engine may RKE transmitter to remove the key. If equipped, the engine can be
restart even while the brake is The key can be used for all locks. started from outside of the vehicle.
applied. See Starting the Engine
0 225. K : Press to unlock the driver door Starting the Vehicle
or all doors depending on vehicle
personalization settings. 1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 9
2. Immediately press and hold / To lock or unlock the vehicle from Keyless Access
for at least four seconds or until the inside, press Q or K on the
the turn signal lamps flash. power door lock switch. Pulling an
Start the vehicle normally after interior door handle will unlock the
entering. door. Pulling the handle again
unlatches it.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on. Power Door Locks
Remote start can be extended.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Press and hold / until the If equipped, press the button on the
parking lamps turn off. driver door handle when the RKE
. Turn on the hazard warning transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
flashers. driver door handle. When unlocking
from the driver door, the first press
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
unlocks that door; press again
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38. within five seconds to unlock all
passenger doors. See Remote
Q : Press to lock the doors.
Door Locks Keyless Entry (RKE) System
K : Press to unlock the doors. Operation 0 32.
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
See Door Locks 0 40.
the outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
10 In Brief
Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Windows
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8.
The driver door must be unlocked.
On the RKE transmitter press b
twice quickly until the liftgate starts
moving.
Press any liftgate button while the
liftgate is moving to stop it. Pressing
again reverses the direction.
Power windows work when the
To unlock the liftgate, press K on
the power door lock switch or
To close, press l on the bottom ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
of the liftgate. or when Retained Accessory Power
press K on the Remote Keyless (RAP) is active. See Retained
Entry (RKE) transmitter twice to To disable the power liftgate
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 228.
unlock all doors. Press the touch function, select OFF on the liftgate
switch. See Liftgate 0 44. Using the window switch, press to
pad on the underside of the liftgate
open or pull to close the window.
handle and lift up. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System The windows may be temporarily
Operation 0 32. disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch See Power Windows 0 57.
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 11
Seat Adjustment 3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
Manual Seats place.
Move the lever (2) up or down to
raise or lower the seat.
Use the lever (1) to adjust the
seatback.
See Seat Adjustment 0 64 and
Reclining Seatbacks 0 66.
Power Seat Adjustment
To adjust the seat:
{ Warning . Move the seat forward or
You can lose control of the rearward by sliding the control
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forward or rearward.
1. Seatback Lever seat while the vehicle is moving. . Raise or lower the front part of
2. Driver Seat Height Adjust the driver seat only when
Adjustment Lever the seat cushion by moving the
the vehicle is not moving. front of the control up or down.
3. Seat Adjustment Handle
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
To adjust a manual seat:
moving the rear of the control up
1. Lift the handle (3) under the or down.
seat to unlock it.
To adjust the seatback, see
2. Slide the seat to the desired Reclining Seatbacks 0 66.
position, and then release the
To adjust the lumbar support, see
handle (3).
Lumbar Adjustment 0 65.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
12 In Brief
Memory Features Before storing, adjust all available Second Row Seats
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in vehicle personalization,
positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
If equipped, memory seats allow two recalled when the ignition is If equipped, the second row seat
drivers to store and recall their changed from off to on or ACC/ can be folded to access the third
unique seat positions for driving the ACCESSORY. row. Pull the handle on the top or
vehicle, and a shared exit position side of the seat and pull the seat
When Easy Exit Options is enabled
for getting out of the vehicle. Other forward.
in vehicle personalization, the
feature positions may also be set,
feature automatically recalls the
such as power mirrors and power
previously stored exit position when
steering wheel, if equipped. Memory
exiting the vehicle. See Memory
positions are linked to RKE
Seats 0 67.
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 13
See Rear Seats 0 71.
Third Row Seats

Folding the Seatback
To fold the third row seatback:
1. Remove objects on the floor in
front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
the floor.
2. If the second row seat is in the
To fold the second row seatbacks: full rear position, adjust it 4. Disconnect the center seat belt
forward to allow the third row mini-latch, using a key in the
1. Remove anything on or under seat to fold fully flat. slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the seat. the belt retract into the
3. Remove anything on or under
2. Fold the head restraint the seat. headliner.
rearward. See Head Restraints
0 62.
3. Pull up on the reclining
seatback lever.
To return the seatback to the
seating position, lift the seatback
and push it rearward until it locks
into place. Push and pull on the
seatback to make sure it is locked.
Push on the head restraint to return
it to the upright, locked position.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
14 In Brief
7. Push the seatback forward to Power Seatback Folding
lay flat.
8. Repeat for the other seatback,
if necessary.
Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position
seating position:
1. From the rear of the vehicle,
raise the seatback to the
5. Stow the mini-latch in the upright position using the pull
holder in the headliner. strap on the back of the third
row seat, or lift the seatback
and push it into place from If equipped, the third row seatbacks
inside the vehicle. can also be folded forward and
returned to the upright position by
2. Push and pull on the seatback pressing and holding the switches
to make sure it is locked in on the passenger side of the rear
place. cargo area.
3. Reconnect the center seat belt See Third Row Seats 0 74.
mini-latch to the mini-buckle.
Do not let it twist.
4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure
the mini-latch is secure.
6. Pull the release strap located

on the seatback.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 15
Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the while keeping the seat and the head
highest setting. With each press of restraint height in the proper
Seats the button, the seat will change to position.
the next lower setting, and then to See Head Restraints 0 62 and Seat
the off setting. The indicator lights Adjustment 0 64.
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on Seat Belts
high, the level may automatically be
lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 70.
The heated and ventilated front
seats can also be programmed to
Heated and Ventilated Seat
come on during a remote start. See
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Buttons Similar
If available, the buttons are near the Head Restraint
climate controls on the center stack. Adjustment
To operate, the ignition must be on. Refer to the following sections for
Do not drive until the head restraints important information on how to use
Press L or M to heat the driver or for all occupants are installed and
passenger seat. seat belts properly:
adjusted properly.
. Seat Belts 0 77.
Press { or C, if available, to To achieve a comfortable seating
ventilate the driver or passenger position, change the seatback . How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan recline angle as little as necessary 0 78.
that pulls or pushes air through the . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79.
seat. The air is not cooled.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
16 In Brief
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirror Adjustment Interior
Children (LATCH System) 0 104.
Exterior Adjustment
Passenger Sensing Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
System view the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
For vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
the headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 54.
The passenger sensing system Automatic Dimming Rearview
turns off the front outboard Mirror
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, automatic dimming
To adjust the mirrors: reduces the glare of the headlamps
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger 1. Press j or | to choose the from behind. The dimming feature
Sensing System 0 91. driver or passenger mirror. comes on when the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming
The passenger airbag status 2. Press the arrows on the control Rearview Mirror 0 54.
indicator will light on the overhead pad to move each mirror in the
console when the vehicle is started. desired direction. Rear Camera Mirror
See Passenger Airbag Status If equipped, this automatic dimming
Indicator 0 140. See Power Mirrors 0 53.
rearview mirror provides a wide
angle camera view of the area
behind the vehicle. For ease of use,
adjust the mirror for a clear view of
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 17
the area behind the vehicle while Do not adjust the steering wheel Interior Lighting
the display is off. See Rear Camera while driving.
Mirror 0 55. Dome Lamps
Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
The dome lamp controls are in the

If equipped, the control is on the left overhead console.
side of the steering column. To operate, press the following
To adjust the steering wheel: . Push the control up or down to buttons:
1. Pull the lever down. tilt the steering wheel up j OFF : Press to turn off the
or down. dome lamps when a door is open.
2. Move the steering wheel up An indicator light on the button will
or down. . Push the control forward or
rearward to move the steering turn on when the dome lamp
3. Pull or push the steering wheel wheel toward the front or rear of override is activated. Press j
closer or away from you. the vehicle. OFF again to deactivate this feature
4. Pull the lever up to lock the Do not adjust the steering wheel
steering wheel in place. while driving.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
18 In Brief
and the indicator light will turn off. Press the lamp lenses to turn the Exterior Lighting
The dome lamps will come on when front reading lamps on or off.
doors are opened.
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome
lamps on manually. Press again to
turn the dome lamps off.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
seats. These lamps come on when
any door is opened. Rear Reading Lamps The exterior lamp control is on the
The rear reading lamps are over the instrument panel to the left of the
rear seats. steering column.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear There are four positions.
reading lamps on or off. O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
For more information on interior deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
lighting, see Instrument Panel to O again to reactivate the
Illumination Control 0 171. AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on
Front Reading Lamps and off automatically depending on
The front reading lamps are in the outside lighting.
overhead console.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 19
; : Turns on the parking lamps Windshield Wiper/Washer
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 166
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) INT : Move the windshield wiper
0 168 lever to INT. Turn the band up for
With the ignition on or in ACC/ more frequent wipes or down for
. Fog Lamps 0 170 ACCESSORY, move the lever to less frequent wipes.
select the wiper speed.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
LO : Use for slow wipes. the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
f : Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 125 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 126.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
20 In Brief
Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 200. For more information
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with about the rear climate control, see
this system. Rear Climate Control System 0 203.
Transmission
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the
1. Driver and Passenger 7. SYNC maximum gear allowed for the
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) range selected.
2. Driver and Passenger 9. Fan Controls To use this feature:
Temperature Controls
10. Power (On/Off) 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
3. MAX Defrost
11. Recirculation 2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls the shift lever to increase or
12. Rear Window Defogger
5. A/C (Air Conditioning) decrease the gear range
available.
6. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped) See Manual Mode 0 234.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 21
Vehicle Features functions when driving. These completing these steps could
functions may gray out when they prevent the feature from
are unavailable. Many infotainment functioning properly.
Infotainment System features are also available through See Defensive Driving 0 209.
Base radio information is included in the instrument cluster and steering
this manual. See the infotainment wheel controls. To play the infotainment system with
manual for information on other the ignition off, see Retained
Before driving: Accessory Power (RAP) 0 228.
available infotainment systems.
. Become familiar with the
Read the following pages to operation, center stack controls, Radio(s)
become familiar with these features. and infotainment display
controls. O : Press to turn the system on or
{ Warning . Set up the audio by presetting
mute the audio. Press and hold to
turn the system off. Turn to increase
Taking your eyes off the road for favorite stations, setting the or decrease the volume.
tone, and adjusting the
too long or too often while using
speakers. g : Press and release to go to the
any infotainment feature can previous station, channel, or song.
cause a crash. You or others . Set up phone numbers in Press and hold to fast seek the
could be injured or killed. Do not advance so they can be called previous strongest station, channel,
give extended attention to easily by pressing a single or song.
infotainment tasks while driving. control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with d : Press and release to go to the
Limit your glances at the vehicle next station, channel, or song.
displays and focus your attention Bluetooth phone capability.
Press and hold to fast seek the next
on driving. Use voice commands . Set up your Bluetooth, CarPlay, strongest station, channel, or song.
whenever possible. or Android Auto device. Some
devices will require a series of Source : Touch to choose between
setup steps to be taken or a available sources.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
default app to be chosen prior to { : Press to go to the Home Page.
using the feature. Not
distraction by disabling some
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
22 In Brief
5 : Press and release to access the . www.siriusxm.ca or call The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone on the infotainment display, 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). phone must be paired with the
answer an incoming call, or access See Satellite Radio 0 181. in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
the device home screen. can be used in the vehicle. Not all
phones will support all functions.
See Overview 0 177. Portable Audio Devices
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 191 or
This vehicle has USB ports in the Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
Satellite Radio center stack. There is also a USB 0 192.
If equipped, vehicles with a port in the storage area behind the
SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a radio (if equipped). External devices
such as iPods, MP3 players, and
Steering Wheel Controls
valid SiriusXM satellite radio
subscription can receive SiriusXM USB storage devices may be
programming. connected. There are also charging
only USB ports on the rear of the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio center console and in the third row
Service seating area.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service See USB Port 0 184.
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces. Bluetooth
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and The Bluetooth system allows users
commercial-free music, coast to with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
coast, and in digital-quality sound. phone to make and receive
A fee is required to receive the hands-free calls using the vehicle
SiriusXM service. audio system and controls. If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
Refer to: wheel.
. www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 23
g : If equipped with OnStar or a Cruise Control
Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 394, Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 191 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) 0 192,
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
infotainment manual.
i : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
The favorite and volume switches
o or p : Press to go to the are on the back of the steering
previous or next menu option.
wheel.
w or x : Press to go to the next or 1. Favorite: When on a radio J : Press to turn the system on
previous selection. and off. A white indicator appears in
source, press to select the next
V : Press to select a highlighted or previous favorite. When on a the instrument cluster when cruise
menu option. media source, press to select is turned on.
the next or previous track. RES+ : If there is a set speed in
2. Volume: Press to increase or memory, press briefly to resume to
decrease the volume. that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If the cruise control is
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 124. already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
24 In Brief
SET− : Press briefly to set the Forward Collision Alert
speed and activate cruise control.
If the cruise control is already
(FCA) System
active, use to decrease vehicle If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
speed. reduce the harm caused by
* : Press to disengage cruise front-end crashes. FCA provides a
control without erasing the set green indicator, V, when a vehicle
speed from memory. is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
See Cruise Control 0 244 or
vehicle much too closely. When
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 246 (If
approaching a vehicle ahead too
Equipped).
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or beeps.
Center (DIC) down in a list.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
The DIC display is in the instrument o or p : Press to move between System 0 259.
cluster. It shows the status of many the interactive display zones in the
vehicle systems. cluster. Forward Automatic
V : Press to open a menu or select Braking (FAB)
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens. If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
See Driver Information Center (DIC) includes Intelligent Brake
0 150. Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 25
vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Keep Assist (LKA) approaching these areas from
lessen the severity of crashes when behind. The LCA warning display
driving in a forward gear. If equipped, LKA may help avoid will light up in the corresponding
crashes due to unintentional lane outside mirror and will flash if the
See Forward Automatic Braking departures. It may assist by gently
(FAB) 0 261. turn signal is on. The Side Blind
turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system.
Front Pedestrian Braking marking without using a turn signal
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
(FPB) System in that direction. It may also provide
0 265 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
If equipped, the FPB system may alert as the lane marking is crossed. 0 265.
help avoid or reduce the harm The system will not assist or alert if
caused by front-end crashes with it detects that you are actively Surround Vision
nearby pedestrians when driving in steering. Override LKA by turning
a forward gear. FPB displays an If equipped, views around the
the steering wheel. LKA uses a vehicle appear in the infotainment
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby camera to detect lane markings display to aid with parking and
pedestrian is detected directly between 60 km/h (37 mph) and low-speed maneuvers.
ahead. When approaching a 180 km/h (112 mph).
detected pedestrian too quickly, See “Surround Vision” under
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Assistance Systems for Parking or
FPB provides a red flashing alert on
0 267 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Backing 0 256.
the windshield and rapidly beeps.
0 267.
FPB can provide a boost to braking Front Vision Camera
or automatically brake the vehicle.
Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, a view of the area in
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) front of the vehicle appears on the
System 0 263. If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists infotainment display to aid with
drivers with avoiding lane change parking and low-speed maneuvers.
crashes that occur with moving See “Front Vision Camera” under
vehicles in the side blind zone (or Assistance Systems for Parking or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly Backing 0 256.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
26 In Brief
Rear Vision Parking Assist . In the rear cargo area.
Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking To use the outlets, remove the
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the cover.
The RVC displays a view of the
area behind the vehicle on the rear bumper to assist with parking See Power Outlets 0 129.
infotainment display when the and avoiding objects while in
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to R (Reverse). It operates at speeds Universal Remote System
aid with parking and low-speed less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
backing maneuvers. show a warning triangle on the
infotainment display and a graphic
See Assistance Systems for Parking on the instrument cluster to provide
or Backing 0 256. the object distance. In addition,
multiple beeps or seat pulses may
Rear Cross Traffic Alert occur if very close to an object.
(RCTA) System The vehicle may also have the Front
If equipped, the RCTA system Parking Assist system.
shows a triangle with an arrow on See Assistance Systems for Parking
the infotainment display to warn of or Backing 0 256.
traffic behind your vehicle that may
cross your vehicle's path while in Power Outlets
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will If equipped, the Universal Remote
sound, or the driver seat will pulse. The vehicle has two 12-volt
System allows for garage door
accessory power outlets, which can
See Assistance Systems for Parking openers, security systems, and
be used to plug in electrical
or Backing 0 256. home automation devices to be
equipment, such as a cell phone or
programmed to work with these
MP3 player.
buttons in the vehicle.
The power outlets are located:
See Universal Remote System
. On the center stack below the 0 162.
climate controls.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 27
Sunroof Slide Switch Performance and
Express-Open/Express-Close :
If equipped, the ignition must be on Maintenance
or in ACC/ACCESSORY, Press and release D (1) to
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) express-open the sunroof. Press
Traction Control/
must be active to operate the and release g (1) to
sunroof. See Ignition Positions express-close the sunroof.
Electronic Stability
0 224 and Retained Accessory Control
Power (RAP) 0 228. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully
press D (1) to open the sunroof. The Traction Control System (TCS)
Release to stop at the desired limits wheel spin. The system is on
when the vehicle is started.
position. Fully press g (1) to
close the sunroof. Release to stop The StabiliTrak system assists with
at the desired position. directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
Tilt Switch system is on when the vehicle is
started.
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent
the sunroof. Press again and hold to . To turn off TCS, press and
open the sunroof. Release to stop at release g on the center console.
the desired position. Press g (2) i illuminates in the instrument
to express-close the sunroof. Press cluster.
again to stop the movement.
1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)
. Press and release g again to
See Sunroof 0 59. turn TCS back on.
2. Vent Switch (TILT)
. To turn off both TCS and
StabiliTrak, press and hold g
until g and i illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
28 In Brief
. Press and release g again to The low tire pressure warning light Fuel (2.0L L4 Engine)
turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 239. may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal Premium Recommended Fuel
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Use premium 93 octane unleaded
the correct tire pressures.
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
See Tire Pressure Monitor System gasoline with an octane rating as
0 327. low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
economy. See Fuel 0 269.
This feature provides visual and
The low tire pressure warning light audible alerts outside the vehicle to
alerts to a significant loss in help when inflating an underinflated
pressure of one of the vehicle's tire to the recommended cold tire
tires. If the warning light comes on, pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If
stop as soon as possible and inflate Equipped)” under Tire Pressure
the tires to the recommended Monitor Operation 0 328.
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
In Brief 29
Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) No E85 or FlexFuel Driving for Better Fuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater Economy
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
such as E85, cannot be used in this Driving habits can affect fuel
vehicle. mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
Engine Oil Life System
. On AWD vehicles, see Driver
Regular Fuel The engine oil life system calculates Mode Control 0 241.
engine oil life based on vehicle use
Use only unleaded gasoline rated and displays the CHANGE ENGINE . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
87 octane or higher in your vehicle. OIL SOON message when it is time smoothly.
Do not use gasoline with an octane to change the engine oil and filter. . Brake gradually and avoid
rating lower as it may result in The oil life system should be reset abrupt stops.
vehicle damage and lower fuel to 100% only following an oil
economy. See Fuel 0 269. change. . Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
E85 or FlexFuel Resetting the Oil Life System
. When road and weather
1. Display the REMAINING OIL conditions are appropriate, use
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver cruise control.
Information Center (DIC) 0 150.
. Always follow posted speed
2. Press and hold V on the DIC limits or drive more slowly when
while the Oil Life display is conditions require.
active. The oil life will change . Keep vehicle tires properly
to 100%. inflated.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 291. . Combine several trips into a
single trip.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
30 In Brief
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 384.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
54
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
54 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 54
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 54
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38 Windows seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 42 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Roof in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 51
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 52
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remove the key by pressing the . Check the location. Other
button on the side of the RKE vehicles or objects may be
transmitter near the bottom and pull blocking the signal.
the key out. Never pull the key out . Check the transmitter's battery.
without pressing the button. See “Battery Replacement” later
See your dealer if a new transmitter in this section.
is needed. . If the transmitter is still not
If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your
Roadside Assistance Program dealer or a qualified technician
0 384. for service.
With an active OnStar service plan,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation
be used for all locks. Overview 0 394.
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
(RKE) System “Keyless Access Operation” later in
See Radio Frequency Statement this section.
0 390. The RKE transmitter may work up to
If there is a decrease in the Remote 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating Other conditions can affect the
range: performance of the transmitter. See
. Check the distance. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may be too far from System 0 32.
the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

See Vehicle Personalization 0 154. 7 : Press and release one time to
If a passenger door is open when Q initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
is pressed, all doors lock. lamps flash and the horn chirps
three times. Press and hold 7 for at
Pressing Q may also arm the
least three seconds to sound the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
Alarm System 0 51.
the turn signals flash for 30 seconds
K : Press to unlock the driver door. until 7 is pressed again or the
Press unlock again within vehicle is started.
five seconds to unlock all doors.
The RKE transmitter can be / : If equipped, first press and
programmed to unlock all doors on release Q then immediately press
With Remote Start and Power the first button press. See Vehicle
and hold / for at least
Liftgate Shown Personalization 0 154. The turn
four seconds to start the engine
The following may be available: signal indicators may flash to
indicate unlocking has occurred. from outside the vehicle using the
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn See Vehicle Personalization 0 154. RKE transmitter. See Remote
signal indicators may flash and/or Vehicle Start 0 38.
Pressing K may also disarm the
the horn may sound on the second theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Keyless Access Operation
press to indicate locking. See Alarm System 0 51.
Vehicle Personalization 0 154. If the You can lock and unlock the doors
driver door is open when Q is For vehicles with the manual and access the liftgate without
liftgate, unlocking all doors will also removing the RKE transmitter from
pressed, and Unlocked Door
unlock the liftgate. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
Anti-Lockout is enabled through
The RKE transmitter should be
vehicle personalization, all b : If equipped, press twice within 1 m (3 ft) of the door or liftgate
doors will lock and then the driver quickly to open or close the liftgate.
being opened.
door will immediately unlock. Press again to stop the power
liftgate.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If equipped with memory seats, RKE Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to Passenger Doors
seating positions of memory 1 or 2. When the doors are locked and the
See Memory Seats 0 67. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
Keyless Access can be the door handle, pressing the lock/
programmed to unlock all doors on unlock button on that door handle
the first lock/unlock press from the will unlock all doors. Pressing the
driver door. See Vehicle lock/unlock button will cause all
Personalization 0 154. doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door . The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
When the doors are locked and the Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of . Any vehicle door has opened
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
the driver door handle, pressing the and all doors are now closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the
lock/unlock button on the driver door following occur: Passive Locking
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . It has been more than This vehicle will lock several
again within five seconds, all five seconds since the first lock/ seconds after all doors are closed if
passenger doors will unlock. unlock button press. the vehicle is off and at least one
. Two lock/unlock button presses RKE transmitter has been removed
were used to unlock all doors. or none remain in the interior.
. Any vehicle door has opened If other electronic devices interfere
and all doors are now closed. with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Remote No Longer in Vehicle Programming with Recognized
not leave the RKE transmitter in an If the vehicle is on with a door open, Transmitters
unattended vehicle. and then all doors are closed, the A new transmitter can be
To customize the doors to vehicle will check for RKE programmed to the vehicle when
automatically lock when exiting the transmitter(s) inside. If an RKE there are two recognized
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, transmitter is not detected, the DIC transmitters.
Start” under Vehicle Personalization will display NO REMOTE To program, the vehicle must be off
0 154. DETECTED and the horn will chirp and all of the transmitters, both
three times. This occurs only once currently recognized and new, must
Temporary Disable of Passive each time the vehicle is driven. See
Locking Feature be with you.
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Temporarily disable the passive 1. Remove the key lock cylinder
Keyless Liftgate Opening cap on the driver door handle.
locking by pressing and holding K
on the interior door switch with a Press the touch pad on the liftgate See Door Locks 0 40. Place
door open for at least four seconds, handle to open the liftgate if the the two recognized transmitters
or until three chimes are heard. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). in the cupholder.
Passive locking will then remain Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the
disabled until Q on the interior door transmitter into the key lock
the Vehicle
is pressed, or until the vehicle is cylinder on the driver door
turned on. Only RKE transmitters programmed handle and turn the key,
to the vehicle will work. If a counterclockwise, to the unlock
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert transmitter is lost or stolen, a position five times within
When the vehicle is turned off and replacement can be purchased and 10 seconds.
an RKE transmitter is left in the programmed through your dealer.
The Driver Information Center
vehicle, the horn will chirp three The vehicle can be reprogrammed
(DIC) displays READY FOR
times after all doors are closed. To so that lost or stolen transmitters no
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.
turn on or off, see Vehicle longer work. Each vehicle can have
Personalization 0 154. up to eight transmitters matched
to it.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To program additional counterclockwise, to the unlock
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. position five times within
When all additional transmitters 10 seconds.
are programmed, press and The Driver Information Center
hold ENGINE START/STOP for (DIC) displays REMOTE
12 seconds to exit LEARN PENDING,
programming mode. PLEASE WAIT.
6. Put the key back into the 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
transmitter. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
Programming without Recognized and then press ENGINE
Transmitters START/STOP.
3. Place the new transmitter into If two currently recognized
the transmitter pocket. The The DIC display will again
transmitters are not available, follow show REMOTE LEARN
transmitter pocket is inside the this procedure to program up to
center console storage area PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
eight transmitters. This feature is
between the driver and front not available in Canada. This 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
passenger seats, underneath procedure will take approximately times. After the third time all
the liner. 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle previously known transmitters
4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. must be off and all of the will no longer work with the
When the transmitter is learned transmitters you wish to program vehicle. Remaining transmitters
the DIC display will show that it must be with you. can be relearned during the
is ready to program the next next steps.
1. Remove the key lock cylinder
transmitter. cap on the driver door handle. The DIC display should now
5. Remove the transmitter from See Door Locks 0 40. Insert show READY FOR REMOTE
the transmitter pocket and the vehicle key of the # 1.
press the transmitter K or Q transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
button.
handle and turn the key,
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
4. Place the new transmitter into 2. Place the transmitter in the
When the vehicle is started, if the
the transmitter pocket. The transmitter pocket.
transmitter battery is weak, the DIC
transmitter pocket is inside the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
may display NO REMOTE
center console storage area N (Neutral), press the brake
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
between the driver and front pedal and ENGINE
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
passenger seats, underneath START/STOP.
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
the liner.
START YOUR VEHICLE. The Replace the transmitter battery
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE as soon as possible.
When the transmitter is learned KEY message may also be
the DIC display will show that it displayed at this time. Battery Replacement
is ready to program the next
To start the vehicle: Replace the battery if the REPLACE
transmitter.
1. Open the center console BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
6. Remove the transmitter from message displays in the DIC.
storage area by opening the
the transmitter pocket and
armrest.
press the transmitter K or Q
button.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Caution
2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start
transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the area near the If equipped, this feature allows the
When replacing the battery, do key slot. engine to be started from outside of
not touch any of the circuitry on the vehicle.
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the / : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
transmitter.
start.
The climate control system will use
The battery is not rechargeable. To the previous settings during a
replace the battery: remote start. The rear defog may
come on during a remote start
based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear fog indicator light does not
come on during a remote start.
If the vehicle has auto heated or
ventilated seats, they may come on
3. Remove the battery by pushing
during a remote start. See Heated
on the battery and sliding it
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 70.
toward the bottom of the
transmitter. If equipped with a remote start
heated steering wheel, it may come
4. Insert the new battery, positive
on during a remote start when it is
side facing the back cover.
cold outside. See Heated Steering
Push the battery down until it is
1. Press the button on the side of Wheel 0 125.
held in place. Replace with a
the transmitter and pull the CR2032 or equivalent battery. Laws in some local communities
key out. may restrict the use of remote
5. Snap the battery cover back on
starters. For example, some laws
to the transmitter.
may require a person using remote
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

start to have the vehicle in view. 3. With the RKE transmitter in the Canceling a Remote Start
Check local regulations for any vehicle, press the brake pedal To cancel a remote start, do any of
requirements. and start the vehicle to drive. the following:
Other conditions can affect the Extending Engine Run Time
performance of the transmitter. See . Press and hold / until the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The engine run time can also be parking lamps turn off.
System 0 32. extended by another 10 minutes,
. Turn on the hazard warning
if during the first 10 minutes
Starting the Engine Using Remote Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while flashers.
Start the engine is still running. An . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
extension can be requested
1. Press and release Q on the 30 seconds after starting. This Conditions in Which Remote Start
RKE transmitter. provides a total of 20 minutes. Will Not Work
2. Immediately press and hold / The remote start can only be The remote start will not operate if
extended once. any of the following occur:
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash. The . A transmitter is in the vehicle.
When the remote start is extended,
turn signal lamps flashing the second 10-minute period is . The hood is not closed.
confirms the request to remote added on to the first 10 minutes for
start the vehicle has been . The hazard warning flashers
a total of 20 minutes. are on.
received.
A maximum of two remote starts, . There is an emission control
During the remote start the or a remote start with an extension,
doors will be locked and the system malfunction.
are allowed between ignition cycles.
parking lamps will remain on as . The engine coolant temperature
long as the engine is running. The ignition must be turned on and is too high.
then off before the remote start
The engine will shut off after procedure can be used again. . The oil pressure is low.
10 minutes unless a time
extension is done or the . Two remote vehicle starts or a
vehicle is started. start with an extension have
already been used.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. The vehicle is not in P (Park). To lock or unlock the doors from the
Warning (Continued) inside:
Door Locks can be overcome by . Press Q or K on the power door
extreme heat and can suffer lock switch.
{ Warning permanent injuries or even
. Push down on a door lock knob
death from heat stroke.
Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle to lock a door.
dangerous. whenever leaving it. . Pull the door handle once to
. Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter unlock the door. Pull the handle
children, can easily open through an unlocked door again to unlatch it.
the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop Keyless Access
moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the
can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this
opened while the vehicle is from happening.
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the doors from the
increased if the doors are outside:
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote
passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
seat belts properly and the See Remote Keyless Entry
doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
whenever the vehicle is
driven. . Use the key in the driver door.
The key lock cylinder is covered
. Young children who get into If equipped, the RKE transmitter
with a cap.
unlocked vehicles may be must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
unable to get out. A child liftgate or door being opened. Press
(Continued) the button on the door handle to
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

open. See “Keyless Access 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry remove.
(RKE) System Operation 0 32. 4. Use the key in the cylinder.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder To replace the cap:
Access (In Case of Dead
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
Battery) open position and hold it open
until cap installation is
complete.
To access the driver door key lock

cylinder:
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the 2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the
open position and hold it open back of the cap between the
until cap removal is complete. seal (5) and the metal base (4).
3. Slide the cap forward and
2. Insert the key into the slot (3) press the forward edge to
on the bottom of the cap (2) install the cap in place.
and lift the key upward.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

4. Release the door handle. Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power
5. Check that the cap is secure. door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
Free-Turning Locks times indicating delayed locking is
The door key lock cylinder turns active.
freely when either the wrong key is The doors will lock automatically
used, or the correct key is not fully five seconds after all doors are
inserted. The free-turning door lock closed. If a door is reopened before
feature prevents the lock from being that time, the five-second timer will
forced open. To reset the lock, turn reset when all doors are closed
it to the vertical position with the again.
correct key fully inserted. Remove
the key and insert it again. If this Press Q on the door lock switch
does not reset the lock, turn the key again or press Q on the RKE
halfway around in the cylinder and transmitter to lock the doors
repeat the reset procedure. Q : Press to lock the doors. immediately.
K : Press to unlock the doors. This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
Delayed Locking Personalization 0 154.
This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all Automatic Door Locks
doors are closed. The vehicle is programmed so that
Delayed locking can only be turned when the doors are closed, the
on when the Unlocked Door ignition is on, and the shift lever is
Anti-Lockout feature has been moved out of P (Park), the doors
turned off. will lock.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To unlock the doors: Lockout Protection can be manually Manual Safety Locks
overridden with the driver door open
. Press K on a door. by pressing and holding Q on the
. Shift the transmission into power door lock switch.
P (Park).
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
can be programmed. See Vehicle turned on and the vehicle is off, the
Personalization 0 154. driver door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
Lockout Protection the driver door will remain open.
Press the button again to lock the
If the vehicle is started or in ACC/ driver door. The Unlocked Door
ACCESSORY and the power door Anti-Lockout feature can be turned
lock switch is pressed with the on or off. See Vehicle If equipped, the safety lock is on the
driver door open, all the doors will Personalization 0 154. inside edge of the rear doors. To
lock and only the driver door will
use the safety lock:
unlock. Safety Locks
1. Move the lever down to the
If the vehicle is off and locking is The rear door safety locks prevent lock position.
requested while a door is open, passengers from opening the rear
when all doors are closed the doors from inside the vehicle. 2. Close the door.
vehicle will check for RKE 3. Do the same for the other
transmitters inside. If an RKE rear door.
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will chirp three
times.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To open a rear door when the safety Doors
lock is on: Warning (Continued)
1. Unlock the door by activating Liftgate . Adjust the climate control
the inside handle, by pressing system to a setting that
the power door lock switch,
or by using the Remote { Warning brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
Keyless Entry (RKE) Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See
transmitter. vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems”
2. Open the door from the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, in the Index.
outside. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped
When the safety lock is enabled, through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable
adults and older children will not be body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function.
able to open the rear door from the liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 231.
inside. Cancel the safety locks to carbon monoxide (CO) which
enable the doors to open from the cannot be seen or smelled. It can
inside. cause unconsciousness and even
To cancel the safety lock: death. Caution
1. Unlock the door and open it If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or
from the outside. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area
2. Move the lever up to unlock. . Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is
Do the same for the other door. . clear before opening it.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Manual Liftgate The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one If equipped with a power liftgate, the
in the way of the liftgate as it is switch is on the driver door. The
To open the liftgate, press the touch opening and closing. vehicle must be in P (Park).
pad in the liftgate handle and lift up. The modes are:
Unlocking all doors will also unlock
the liftgate. . MAX: Opens to maximum
Caution height.
Use the pull cup to lower and close
the liftgate. Do not press the touch . 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
Driving with an open and that can be set from 3/4 to fully
pad while closing the liftgate. This
unsecured liftgate may result in open. Use to prevent the liftgate
will cause the liftgate to be
damage to the power liftgate from opening into overhead
unlatched.
components. obstructions such as a garage
The liftgate can be opened when door or roof-mounted cargo. The
locked if the RKE transmitter is liftgate can be manually opened
within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. all the way.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 32. . OFF: Opens manually only.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To power open or close the liftgate, . Press l on the bottom of the accelerated before the liftgate has
select MAX or 3/4 mode. liftgate. completed moving, the liftgate may
stop or reverse direction. Check for
. Press b twice quickly on the Press any liftgate button or the DIC messages and make sure the
RKE transmitter until the liftgate touch pad while the liftgate is liftgate is closed and latched before
moves. moving to stop it. Pressing again driving.
restarts the operation in the reverse
. Press 8 on the driver door. direction. The touch pad on the Falling Liftgate Detection
The driver door must either be liftgate handle cannot be used to If the power liftgate automatically
unlocked or locked without the close the liftgate. closes after a power opening cycle,
security armed.
it indicates that the system is
. Press the touch pad in the Caution reacting to excess weight on the
liftgate handle after unlocking all liftgate or a possible support strut
doors. The RKE transmitter must Manually forcing the liftgate to failure. A repetitive chime will sound
be within 1 m (3 ft). open or close during a power while the falling liftgate detection
cycle can damage the vehicle. feature is operating. Remove any
Allow the power cycle to excess weight. If the liftgate
complete. continues to automatically close
after opening, see your dealer for
service before using the power
The power liftgate may be
liftgate.
temporarily disabled under extreme
low temperatures, or after repeated Interfering with the power liftgate
power cycling over a short period of motion or manually closing the
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can liftgate too quickly after power
still be operated manually. opening may resemble a support
strut failure. This could also activate
If the vehicle is shifted out of
the falling liftgate detection feature.
P (Park) while the power function is
Allow the liftgate to complete its
in progress, the liftgate will continue
operation and wait a few seconds
to completion. If the vehicle is
before manually closing the liftgate.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Obstacle Detection Features Setting the 3/4 Mode
Caution
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle To change the position the liftgate
during a power open or close cycle, stops at when opening: Attempting to move the liftgate
the liftgate will automatically reverse 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and too quickly and with excessive
direction and move a short distance power open the liftgate. force may result in damage to the
away from the obstacle. After vehicle.
removing the obstruction, the power 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
liftgate operation can be used again. the desired height by pressing
If the liftgate encounters multiple any liftgate switch. Manually Operate the liftgate manually with a
obstacles on the same power cycle, adjust the liftgate position if smooth motion and moderate
the power function will deactivate. needed. speed. The system includes a
After removing the obstructions, feature which limits the manual
3. Press and hold l at the closing speed to protect the
manually close the liftgate which will
allow normal power operation bottom of the liftgate until the components.
functions to resume. turn signals flash and a beep
sounds. This indicates the Hands-Free Operation
If the vehicle is locked while the setting has been recorded. If equipped, the liftgate may be
liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is operated with a kicking motion
encountered that prevents the The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height. under the left side of the rear
liftgate from completely closing, the bumper. The RKE transmitter must
horn will sound as an alert that the If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be be within 1 m (3 ft).
liftgate did not close.
too low. The hands-free feature will not work
Pinch sensors are on the side while the liftgate is moving. To stop
edges of the liftgate. If an object is Manual Operation
the liftgate while in motion use one
caught between the liftgate and the Select OFF to manually operate the of the liftgate switches.
vehicle and presses against this liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
sensor, the liftgate will reverse beginning of this section. The hands-free feature can be
direction and open fully. The liftgate customized. See Vehicle
will remain open until it is activated Personalization 0 154. Choose from
again or closed manually. the following:
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

On-Open and Close : The kicking When closing the liftgate using this
motion is activated to both open and Caution feature, there will be a short delay.
close the liftgate. The taillamps will flash and a chime
Splashing water may cause the will sound.
On-Open Only : The kicking motion liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
is activated to only open the liftgate. transmitter away from the rear Step away from the liftgate before it
Off : The feature is disabled. bumper detection area or turn the starts moving.
liftgate mode to OFF when Projected Logo
cleaning or working near the rear
bumper to avoid accidental If equipped with this feature, a
opening. vehicle logo will be projected for
one minute onto the ground near
the rear bumper when an RKE
. Do not sweep your foot side transmitter is detected within
to side. approximately 2 m (6 ft).
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it
Kick Zone has stopped moving.
To operate, move your foot in a This feature may be temporarily
forward kicking motion under the left disabled under some conditions.
side of the rear bumper, then pull it If the liftgate does not respond to
back. Then step back. The kick the kick, open or close the liftgate
must come within 14 cm (6 in) of the by another method or start the
rear bumper to activate. vehicle. The feature will be
re-enabled.
1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free
Operation Detection Zone
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo The projected logo will not work The projected logo will not work for
Detection Zone under these conditions: a single RKE transmitter when a
The projected logo shows where the . The vehicle battery is low. transmitter:
kicking motion is to take place. . . Has been left within
The transmission is not in
The projected logo will only be P (Park). approximately 5 m (15 ft) of the
available for this RKE transmitter liftgate for several minutes.
. Hands Free Liftgate Control is
after it has been out of range for at . Has been left inside the vehicle
set to off in vehicle
least 20 seconds. personalization. See Vehicle and all vehicle doors are closed.
If an RKE transmitter is again Personalization 0 154. . Has approached the area
detected within approximately 2 m . Power liftgate is turned off. outside of the liftgate five times
(6 ft) of the liftgate, or another within 10 minutes.
hands-free operation has been . The vehicle remains parked for
detected, the one-minute timer will 72 hours or more, with no RKE
be reset. transmitter use or Keyless
Access operation. To re-enable,
press any button on the RKE
transmitter or open and close a
vehicle door.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Hands Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability
Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo
RKE Transmitter within Operative On for 1 min
detection zone
RKE Transmitter left inside detection Operative On for 1 min
zone for minimum 10 mins Off until RKE button press or a door
is opened and closed
RKE Transmitter brought in and out Operative On for 1 min
of detection zone 5 times within Off for 1 hour or until RKE button
10 min press or door is opened and closed
Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off
72 hours
Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off
Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off
Power Liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off
Hands-Free Liftgate is disabled Non-operative Off
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
This vehicle has theft-deterrent system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the liftgate The vehicle alarm system will not
the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open. arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed. If the driver door is opened without
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm first unlocking with the RKE
system. Arming the Alarm System transmitter, the horn will chirp and
1. Close the liftgate and the hood. the lights will flash to indicate
Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways: by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
. Use the RKE transmitter. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
. Use the Keyless Access activated.
system. The alarm will also be activated if a
. With a door open, press the passenger door, the liftgate, or the
inside Q. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
3. After 30 seconds the alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals
system will arm, and the flash and the horn sounds for about
The indicator light, on the indicator light will begin to 30 seconds. The alarm system will
instrument panel near the slowly flash indicating the then re-arm to monitor for the next
windshield, indicates the status of alarm system is operating. unauthorized event.
the system. Pressing Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter a second time will
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm system has been
activated, a message will appear on
To disarm the alarm system or turn
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
off the alarm if it has been activated:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. Immobilizer
. Unlock the vehicle using the See Radio Frequency Statement
Keyless Access system. 0 390. The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
. Start the vehicle. problem with arming or disarming
Immobilizer Operation the theft-deterrent system.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident: This vehicle has a passive
The system has one or more RKE
theft-deterrent system.
. Lock the vehicle after all transmitters matched to an
occupants have left the vehicle The system does not have to be immobilizer control unit in your
and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed. vehicle. Only a correctly matched
The vehicle is automatically RKE transmitter will start the
. Always unlock a door with the
immobilized when the transmitter vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
RKE transmitter or use the damaged, you may not be able to
Keyless Access system. leaves the vehicle.
start your vehicle.
Unlocking the driver door with the The immobilization system is
disarmed when the ignition is turned When trying to start the vehicle, the
key will not disarm the system or security light may come on briefly
turn off the alarm. on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and a
valid Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) when the ignition is turned on.
How to Detect a Tamper transmitter is in the vehicle. If the engine does not start and the
Condition security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
If K is pressed and the horn chirps ignition off and try again.
and the lights flash three times, the
alarm was activated while the alarm If the ignition will not change from
system was armed. on to off or ACC/ACCESSORY, and
the RKE transmitter appears to be
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

undamaged, try another transmitter. Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the cupholder in the
center console. Convex Mirrors
If the ignition mode will not change
with the other transmitter, or with the { Warning
transmitter in the cupholder, your A convex mirror can make things,
vehicle needs service. If the ignition like other vehicles, look farther
does change modes, the first
away than they really are. If you
transmitter may be faulty. See your
cut too sharply into the right lane,
dealer who can service the
theft-deterrent system and have a you could hit a vehicle on the
new RKE transmitter programmed to right. Check the inside mirror or
the vehicle. glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
It is possible for the immobilizer To adjust the mirrors:
system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press j or | to choose the
transmitters can be programmed to shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger mirror.
the vehicle. To program additional curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control
transmitters, see “Programming the driver seat. pad to move each mirror in the
Transmitters to the Vehicle” under desired direction.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 32. Folding Mirrors
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the Manual Folding Mirrors
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

automatic car wash. Push the mirror Automatic Dimming Interior Mirrors
outward to return it to the original
position.
Mirror
The vehicle has an automatic Interior Rearview Mirrors
Memory Mirrors
dimming outside mirror on the driver Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
The vehicle may have memory side. The mirror will adjust for the view of the area behind your
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 67. glare of headlamps behind you. vehicle.
Lane Change Alert (LCA) Do not spray glass cleaner directly
Reverse Tilt Mirrors on the mirror. Use a soft towel
The vehicle may have LCA. See
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 265. If equipped with memory seats, the dampened with water.
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
Side Blind Zone Alert to a preselected position when the Manual Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have Side Blind vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
If equipped, push the tab forward for
Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone allows the curb to be seen when
daytime use and pull it rearward for
Alert (SBZA) 0 265. parallel parking.
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
The mirror(s) return to the original headlamps from behind.
Heated Mirrors position when:
If equipped, the heated outside . The vehicle is shifted out of Automatic Dimming
mirrors turn on when the rear R (Reverse), or remains in Rearview Mirror
window defogger is on and help to R (Reverse) for about
clear fog or frost from the surface of 30 seconds. If equipped, automatic dimming
the mirrors. reduces the glare of headlamps
. The ignition is turned off. from behind. The dimming feature
K : This button is on the climate . The vehicle is driven in comes on when the vehicle is
control panel. R (Reverse) above a set speed. started.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under To turn this feature on or off, see
Dual Automatic Climate Control Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
System 0 200.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Rear Camera Mirror
If equipped, this automatic dimming
mirror provides a wide angle camera
view of the area behind the vehicle.
To adjust the brightness, press the

button (1) on the back of the { Warning
rearview mirror without covering the The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)
light sensor (2). has a limited view. Portions of the
road, vehicles, and other objects
Pull the tab rearward to turn on the may not be seen. Do not drive or
display. Push the tab forward to turn park the vehicle using only this
it off. When off, the mirror is camera. Objects may appear
automatic dimming. Adjust the closer than they are. Check the
mirror for a clear view of the area outside mirrors or glance over
behind the vehicle while the display your shoulder when making lane
is off. Each button press cycles the
changes or merging. Failure to
brightness between five settings.
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Troubleshooting Windows
If the tab is in the rearward position
and a blue screen and d are { Warning
displayed in the mirror and the
display shuts off, see your dealer for Never leave a child, a helpless
service. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
The RCM may not work properly or especially with the windows
display a clear image if: closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
. There is glare from the sun or extreme heat and suffer
headlamps. This may obstruct permanent injuries or even death
objects from view. from heat stroke.
The camera that provides the Rear . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks
Camera Mirror (RCM) image is the camera lens. Clean the lens
above the license plate, next to the with a soft damp cloth.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC).
. The back of the vehicle has
been damaged and the position
and mounting angle of the
camera has changed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The vehicle aerodynamics are Window Lockout
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
The power windows work when the
Leaving children in a vehicle with ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) or when Retained Accessory Power This feature stops the rear
transmitter is dangerous and (RAP) is active. See Retained passenger window switches from
children or others could be Accessory Power (RAP) 0 228. working:
seriously injured or killed. They
Using the window switch, press to . Press 2 to engage the rear
could operate the power windows
open or pull to close the window. window lockout feature. The
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will The windows may be temporarily indicator light is on when
function with the RKE transmitter disabled if they are used repeatedly engaged.
in the vehicle, and children or within a short time.
. Press 2 again to disengage.
others could be caught in the path
of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Window Express Movement Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power
All windows can be opened without Override Windows
holding the window switch. Press Programming may be necessary if
the switch down fully and quickly { Warning the vehicle battery has been
release to express open the disconnected or discharged. If the
window. If automatic reversal system window is unable to express-up,
override is active, the window will program each express-close
If equipped, pull the window switch not reverse automatically. You or
up fully and quickly release to window:
others could be injured and the
express close the window. 1. Close all doors.
window could be damaged.
Briefly press or pull the window Before using automatic reversal 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
switch in the same direction to stop system override, make sure that ACCESSORY.
that window’s express movement. all people and obstructions are 3. Partially open the window to be
Window Automatic Reversal clear of the window path. programmed. Then close it and
System continue to pull the switch
When the engine is on, override the briefly after the window has
The express-close feature will fully closed.
reverse window movement if it automatic reversal system by pulling
comes in contact with an object. and holding the window switch if 4. Open the window and continue
Extreme cold or ice could cause the conditions prevent it from closing. to press the switch briefly after
window to auto-reverse. The the window has fully opened.
window will operate normally after Remote Window Operation
the object or condition is removed.
If equipped, this feature allows all
the windows to be opened remotely.
If enabled in vehicle personalization,
press and hold K on the RKE
transmitter. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Sun Visors Roof Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close :
Sunroof Press and release D (1) to
If equipped, the ignition must be on express-open the sunroof. The
or in ACC/ACCESSORY, sunshade will not open
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) automatically. Press and release
must be active to operate the g (1) to express-close the
sunroof. See Ignition Positions sunroof.
0 224 and Retained Accessory Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully
Power (RAP) 0 228. press D (1) to open the sunroof.
Pull the sun visor down to block The sunshade will not automatically
glare. Detach the sun visor from the open with the sunroof. Release to
center mount to pivot to the side stop at the desired position. Fully
window and, if equipped, extend press g (1) to close the sunroof.
along the rod. Release to stop at the desired
position.
Tilt Switch
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent
the sunroof. Press again and hold to
open the sunroof. Release to stop at
the desired position. The sunshade
will not open automatically. Press
1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE) g (2) to express-close the
2. Vent Switch (TILT) sunroof. Press again to stop the
movement.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The front sunshade can only be If an object is in the path while If water is seen dripping into the
opened and closed manually. The express closing, the reversal system water drainage system, this is
sunshade can be opened by will detect an object, stop, and open normal.
pushing up on the handle, and the sunroof again.
closed by pulling forward on the If frost or other conditions prevent
handle until it latches. closing, override the feature by
If equipped, the rear sunshade can closing the sunroof in manual mode.
only be opened or closed manually. To stop movement, release the
To open, press the latch button (if switch.
equipped) on the handle while
pushing up to unlatch it. The
sunshade will retract to the open
position. To close the sunshade, pull
the handle forward until it latches.
Do not try to close the sunshade
while the sunroof is fully opened or
in the vent position.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
closed if the vehicle has an
Dirt and debris may collect on the
electrical failure.
sunroof seal or in the track. This
Automatic Reversal System could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
The sunroof has an automatic the water drainage system.
reversal system that is only active Periodically open the sunroof and
when the sunroof is operated in remove any obstacles or loose
express-close mode. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Seats and Restraints 61

Seats and Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Replacing Seat Belt System
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 112
Restraints Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Airbag System Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 86
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 the Seat Belt in the
When Should an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Front Seats Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 What Makes an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 65 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 How Does an Airbag
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 What Will You See after an
Heated and Ventilated Front Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Passenger Sensing System . . . 91
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Adding Equipment to the
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 95
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Seat Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Infants and Young Children . . . . 99
Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 101
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 103
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 83 Children (LATCH System) . . . 104
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
62 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
The height of the head restraint can the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
be adjusted. released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s second row seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The height of the head restraint can Folding the Second Row Head
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint Restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The head restraint will fold rearward

automatically.
When an occupant or child restraint
The head restraint can be folded is in the seat, always return the
rearward to allow for better visibility head restraint to the full upright
when the rear seat is unoccupied. position. Pull the head restraint up
To lower the head restraint, press To fold the head restraint, press the and forward until it locks into place.
the button, located on the top of the button on the side of the head Push and pull on the head restraint
seatback, and push the head restraint. to make sure that it is locked.
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is Always adjust the head restraint so
released to make sure that it is that the top of the restraint is at the
locked in place. same height as the top of the
occupant's head.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If you are installing a child restraint When folding the seatback down, Front Seats
in the rear seat, see “Securing a the head restraint will automatically
Child Restraint Designed for the fold out of the way as the seat is
LATCH System” under Lower folded down. Seat Adjustment
Anchors and Tethers for Children Return the lowered head restraint to
(LATCH System) 0 104. the upright position until it locks into { Warning
Third Row Seats place. Push and pull on the head You can lose control of the
restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
The vehicle’s third row seats have
head restraints in the outboard When an occupant is in the seat, seat while the vehicle is moving.
seating positions that cannot be always return the head restraint to Adjust the driver seat only when
adjusted up or down. the upright position. Pull the head the vehicle is not moving.
restraint up and push it rearward
The third row outboard head until it locks into place. Push and
restraints are not removable. pull on the head restraint to make
The third row outboard head sure that it is locked.
restraints are designed to be folded.
The head restraint can be folded to
allow for better visibility when the
rear seat is unoccupied.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Lift the handle at the front of
the seat cushion.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Move the seat forward or Power Seat Adjustment . Raise or lower the front part of
rearward to adjust the seat the seat cushion by moving the
position. front of the control up or down.
3. Release the handle to stop the
{ Warning . Raise or lower the entire seat by
seat from moving. You can lose control of the moving the rear of the control up
4. Try to move the seat back and vehicle if you try to adjust a driver or down.
forth to be sure it is locked in seat while the vehicle is moving. To adjust the seatback, see
place. Adjust the driver seat only when Reclining Seatbacks 0 66.
the vehicle is not moving.
Seat Height Adjuster To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 65.
Lumbar Adjustment
If equipped, move the lever up or To adjust the seat:

down to manually raise or lower
the seat. . Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control Press and hold the control forward
forward or rearward. to increase or rearward to decrease
support.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline the seatback:
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces desired position, and then
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
internal injuries. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
could move forward in a sudden
to make sure it is locked.
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the position:
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
seat belt properly. locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Push and pull on the seatback Memory Seats Then immediately press and hold 1,
to make sure it is locked. 2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
Power Reclining Seatbacks until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
The vehicle identifies the current
driver’s RKE transmitter number
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 32. Only
RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be
used for automatic memory recalls.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
welcome message indicating the
If equipped, memory seats allow two transmitter number may display for
drivers to store and recall their the first few ignition cycles following
. Tilt the top of the control unique seat positions for driving the a transmitter change. For Auto
rearward to recline. vehicle, and a shared exit position Memory Recall to work properly,
. for getting out of the vehicle. Other save the positions to the memory
Tilt the top of the control forward
feature positions may also be set, button (1 or 2) matching the RKE
to raise.
such as power mirrors and power transmitter number displayed in the
steering wheel, if equipped. Memory DIC welcome message. Carry the
positions are linked to RKE linked RKE transmitter when
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic entering the vehicle.
memory recalls.
Vehicle Personalization Settings
Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the . To have the Auto Memory Recall
ignition on and then press and movement begin when the
release SET; a beep will sound. vehicle is started, select the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Settings menu, then Vehicle, ignition off and remove the key 4. Immediately press and hold the
then Comfort and Convenience, or RKE transmitter from the 1 or 2 memory button matching
and then Auto Memory Recall. vehicle. the above DIC welcome
Select On or Off. See “Auto 2. Start the vehicle with the initial message until two beeps
Memory Recall” later in this key or RKE transmitter. The sound.
section. DIC should display the other If too much time passes
. To begin Easy Exit Recall driver number not shown in between releasing SET and
movement when the ignition is step 1. pressing 1, the memory
turned off and the driver door is position will not be saved and
opened, or when the ignition is Saving Memory Positions two beeps will not sound.
turned off with the driver door Read these instructions completely Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
already opened, select the before saving memory positions. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver
Settings menu, then Vehicle, To save preferred driving positions number. See “Identifying Driver
then Comfort and Convenience, 1 and 2: Number” in this section.
and then Easy Exit Options.
Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
Recall” later in this section. ACCESSORY. driver using 1 or 2.
. See Vehicle Personalization A DIC welcome message may To save the position for B and
0 154 for additional setting be displayed indicating number easy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4
information. 1 or 2 for memory recalls.
using B. This stores the position
Identifying Driver Number 2. Adjust all available memory for getting out of the vehicle.
features to the desired driving
To identify the driver number: position. Save preferred memory feature
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
1. Start the vehicle with the other 3. Press and release SET; a beep the only driver.
key or RKE transmitter. The will sound.
DIC should display the driver
number; 1 or 2. Turn the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Manually Recalling Memory To turn Auto Memory Recall on or saved to. Try storing the position to
Positions off, see "Vehicle Personalization the other memory button or try the
Settings" previously in this section other RKE transmitter.
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall and Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
the previously stored memory Easy Exit Recall
positions. The transmission must be in
P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an
To stop manual recall movement, Recall. Auto Memory Recall will RKE transmitter. The position stored
release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also complete if the vehicle is shifted out to B is used for all drivers. To turn
be stopped by pressing a power of P (Park) prior to reaching the Easy Exit Recall on or off, see
seat, SET, power mirror, or power stored memory position. "Vehicle Personalization Settings"
steering wheel control, if memory previously in this section and
To stop Auto Memory Recall Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
equipped. The driver or passenger movement, turn the ignition off or
side mirror must be selected. press any of the following memory If turned on, the position saved to
Auto Memory Recall controls: B is automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs:
The vehicle identifies the number of . Power seat
the current driver’s RKE transmitter . The vehicle is turned off and the
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B driver door is opened within a
(RKE) System Operation 0 32. If the . Power mirror, with the driver or short time.
RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Auto passenger side mirror selected . The vehicle is turned off with the
Memory Recall is programmed on in . Power steering wheel driver door open.
vehicle personalization, the
positions saved to the same If the stored memory seat position To stop Easy Exit Recall movement,
memory button number 1 or 2 are does not automatically recall or press any of the following memory
automatically recalled when the recalls to the wrong positions, the controls:
ignition is turned on, or turned from driver’s RKE transmitter number . Power seat
off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE (1 or 2) may not match the memory
transmitters 3–8 will not provide button number that positions were . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
automatic memory recalls.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Power mirror, with the driver or Press L or M to heat the driver or
passenger side mirror selected Warning (Continued)
passenger seat.
. Power steering wheel cover, or similar item. This may Press { or C, if available, to
Obstructions cause the seat heater to ventilate the driver or passenger
overheat. An overheated seat seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
If something has blocked the driver heater may cause a burn or may
seat and/or power steering wheel that pulls or pushes air through the
damage the seat. seat. The air is not cooled.
while recalling a memory position,
the recall may stop. Remove the When this feature is off, the heated
obstruction and try the recall again. and ventilated seat symbols on the
If the memory position still does not buttons are white. When a heated
recall, see your dealer for service. seat is turned on, the symbol turns
red. When a ventilated seat is
Heated and Ventilated turned on, the symbol turns blue.
Front Seats Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
{ Warning the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
If temperature change or pain to the off setting. The indicator lights
the skin cannot be felt, the seat next to the buttons indicate three for
heater may cause burns. To the highest setting and one for the
Heated and Ventilated Seat lowest. If the heated seats are on
reduce the risk of burns, use care
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat high, the level may automatically be
when using the seat heater,
Buttons Similar lowered after approximately
especially for long periods of
If equipped, the buttons are near the 30 minutes.
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against climate controls on the center stack. The passenger seat may take
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, To operate, the ignition must be on. longer to heat up.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Remote Start Heated and Rear Seats the vehicle through the rear door
Ventilated Seats and left the vehicle without the
During a remote start, the heated or Rear Seat Reminder vehicle being shut off.
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off.
turned on automatically. When it is SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
cold outside, the heated seats will SEAT displays under certain
turn on followed by the heated Rear Seat Adjustment
conditions indicating there may be
steering wheel, if equipped. When it an item or passenger in the rear The second row seats slide forward
is hot outside, the ventilated seats seat. Check before exiting the for more room.
turn on. The heated or ventilated vehicle.
seats are canceled when the
ignition is turned on. Press the This feature will activate when a
heated or ventilated seat button to second row door is opened while
use the heated or ventilated seats the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
after the vehicle is started. before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
The heated or ventilated seat vehicle is turned off. The alert does
indicator lights may not turn on not directly detect objects in the rear
during a remote start. seat; instead, under certain
The temperature performance of an conditions, it detects when a rear
unoccupied seat may be reduced. door is opened and closed,
This is normal. indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The remote start heated or To adjust the seat position:
ventilated seats may be enabled or The feature is active only once each
disabled in the vehicle time the vehicle is turned on and off, 1. Remove objects on the floor in
personalization menu. See Remote and will require reactivation by front of or on the second row
Vehicle Start 0 38 and Vehicle opening and closing the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on
Personalization 0 154. doors. There may be an alert even the floor.
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Lift the lever below the seat To access the third row from the
cushion and slide the seat Caution driver side (bench seat only):
forward or backward. 1. Remove objects on the floor in
Folding a rear seat with the seat
Entering and Exiting the belts still fastened may cause front of or on the second row
Third Row damage to the seat or the seat seat, or in the seat tracks on
belts. Always unbuckle the seat the floor.
{ Warning belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
2. Make sure that the seat belt is
unfastened and in the stowed
Using the third row seating folding a rear seat. position.
position while the second row is 3. Pull the handle on top of the
folded could cause injury in a seat forward and pull the seat
sudden stop or crash. Be sure to forward.
return the seat to the passenger
seating position. Push and pull on To access the third row from the
passenger side:
the seat to make sure it is locked
into place. The second row passenger side
seat can be easily moved for third
row entry or exit with a
forward-facing child restraint
{ Warning installed using the LATCH system.
Remove a rear-facing child restraint
If the seatback and seat base are before moving the seat for third row
not locked, the seat could move entry or exit.
forward in a sudden stop or crash
and injure the occupant. Always
push and pull on the seatbacks to
be sure the seatback and seat
base are locked.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Pull the handle on the top or Reclining the Seatbacks
{ Warning side of the seat forward and
To recline the seatbacks:
pull the seat forward.
Remove the child from the child
restraint before moving the seat Returning the Seat to the
forward for third row entry or exit. Seating Position
Failure to do so may result in To return the second row seat to its
injury to the child. normal seating position:
1. Remove objects on the floor
1. Remove objects on the floor in behind the second row seat or
front of the second row seat, in the seat tracks on the floor.
or in the seat tracks on the
floor. 2. Push on the seatback until the
seat is locked into place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
and seat cushion to make sure 1. Leaning rearward in the seat,
they are locked in place. pull the reclining seatback
4. Check that the seat belt is not lever.
under the seat cushion. 2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Captain’s Chair Shown, Bench
Similar
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Folding the Seatbacks seatback to make sure it is locked. With the ignition on, press M or L
Push on the head restraint to return to heat the left or right outboard seat
it to the upright, locked position. cushion. An indicator on the climate
control display appears when this
Heated Rear Seats feature is on.
This feature turns on at the highest
{ Warning setting. With each press of the
button, the heated seat changes to
If you cannot feel temperature the next lower setting, and then the
change or pain to the skin, the off setting. Three lights indicate the
seat heater may cause burns. highest setting, and one light
See the Warning under Heated indicates the lowest. If the heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 70. seats are on high, the level may
automatically be lowered after
To fold the second row seatbacks: approximately 30 minutes.
the seat. Third Row Seats
2. Fold the head restraint
rearward. See Head Restraints { Warning
0 62.
Using the third row seating
3. Pull up on the reclining position while the second row is
seatback lever. folded, or pushed forward in the
To return the seatback to the entry position, could cause injury
seating position, lift the seatback in a sudden stop or crash. Be
and push it rearward until it locks sure to return the seat to the
into place. Push and pull on the (Continued)
If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Warning (Continued) the seat.
passenger seating position. Push
and pull on the seat to make sure
it is locked into place.
Folding the Seatback
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause 5. Stow the mini-latch in the
damage to the seat or the seat holder in the headliner.
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their 4. Disconnect the center seat belt
normal stowed position before mini-latch, using a key in the
folding a rear seat. slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.
To fold the third row seatback:
1. Remove objects on the floor in
front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
the floor.
2. If the second row seat is in the
full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row 6. Pull the release strap located
seat to fold fully flat. on the seatback.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

7. Push the seatback forward to 2. Push and pull on the seatback Power Seatback Folding
lay flat. to make sure it is locked in
8. Repeat for the other seatback, place.
if necessary.
Returning the Seat to the
{ Warning
Seating Position A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
seating position: or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
1. From the rear of the vehicle, person wearing the belt could be
raise the seatback to the seriously injured. After raising the
upright position using the pull rear seatback, always check to be
strap on the back of the third sure that the seat belts are
row seat, or lift the seatback properly routed and attached, and
and push it into place from If equipped, the third row seatbacks
are not twisted. can also be folded forward and
inside the vehicle.
returned to the upright position by
pressing and holding the switches
{ Warning 3. Reconnect the center seat belt
mini-latch to the mini-buckle. on the passenger side of the rear
If either seatback is not locked, it Do not let it twist. cargo area.
could move forward in a sudden 4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure
stop or crash. That could cause the mini-latch is secure.
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Seat Belts Warning (Continued)
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section describes how to use vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts!
{ Warning Always wear a seat belt, and When you wear a seat belt, you and
check that all passenger(s) are the vehicle slow down together.
Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
seat belt cannot be worn properly. you stop over a longer distance and,
In a crash, if you or your when worn properly, your strongest
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts. bones take the forces from the seat
seat belts, injuries can be much belts. That is why wearing seat belts
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 139.
worse than if you are wearing makes such good sense.
seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work
injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About
inside the vehicle harder or by Seat Belts
being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a
buckled up can strike other seat belt?
passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are
It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a seat belt or not. Your
in a cargo area, inside or outside chance of being conscious
of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you
passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is
are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted.
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants this applies force to the strong
should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that pelvic bones and you would be
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often less likely to slide under the lap
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are belt. If you slid under it, the belt
systems only. They work with wearing seat belts. would apply force on your
seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know abdomen. This could cause
Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly. serious or even fatal injuries.
provided, all occupants still have . Wear the shoulder belt over the
to buckle up to get the most shoulder and across the chest.
protection. These parts of the body are best
Also, in nearly all states and in able to take belt restraining
all Canadian provinces, the law forces. The shoulder belt locks if
requires wearing seat belts. there is a sudden stop or crash.
How to Wear Seat Belts { Warning

Properly You can be seriously injured,
This section is only for people of or even killed, by not wearing
adult size. your seat belt properly.
There are special things to know . Never allow the lap or
about seat belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep shoulder belt to become
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front loose or twisted.
children and infants. If a child will be of you.
. Never wear the shoulder
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle belt under both arms or
Children 0 97 or Infants and Young for your seating position. behind your back.
Children 0 99. Follow those rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low . Never route the lap or
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just shoulder belt over an
touching the thighs. In a crash, armrest.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Lap-Shoulder Belt Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
All seating positions in the vehicle outboard seating position may
have a lap-shoulder belt. affect the passenger sensing
If you are using a rear seating system. See Passenger
position with a detachable seat belt Sensing System 0 91.
and the seat belt is not attached,
see Third Row Seats 0 74 for
instructions on reconnecting the
seat belt to the mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is the belt across you. Do not let
adjustable, so you can sit up it get twisted.
straight. To see how, see The lap-shoulder belt may lock
“Seats” in the Index. if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt If the webbing locks in the latch
across you more slowly. plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
If the shoulder portion of a unlock.
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. To make the lap part tight, pull Before a door is closed, be sure the
buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt. seat belt is out of the way. If a door
Pull up on the latch plate to is slammed against a seat belt,
make sure it is secure. If the damage can occur to both the seat
belt is not long enough, see belt and the vehicle.
Seat Belt Extender 0 83.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
Position the release button on
This vehicle has seat belt
the buckle so that the seat belt
pretensioners for front outboard
could be quickly unbuckled if
occupants. Although the seat belt
necessary.
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.
They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten Warning (Continued)
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event. and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
Pretensioners work only once. If the belt restraining forces.
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt Rear seat belt comfort guides may
system will need to be replaced. provide added seat belt comfort for
See Replacing Seat Belt System older children who have outgrown
Parts after a Crash 0 84. booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt the comfort guide positions the 1. Remove the guide from its
while entering or exiting the vehicle shoulder belt away from the neck storage pocket on the side of
or at any time while sitting in the and head. the seat.
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware. Second Row Outboard Seating
Positions
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
The vehicle has comfort guides for
the second row outboard seating
{ Warning positions. The comfort guides are
A seat belt that is not properly stored in a pocket on the side of the
seatback.
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The To install:
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Place the guide over the belt, Third Row Seating Positions
and insert the two edges of the Comfort guides are available
belt into the slots of the guide. through your dealer for the third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guide.
Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
4. Buckle, position, and release be seriously injured if they do not
the seat belt as described wear seat belts.
previously in this section. Make
sure that the shoulder belt
3. Be sure that the belt is not crosses the shoulder. The belt
twisted and it lies flat. The should be close to, but not
elastic cord must be behind the contacting, the neck.
belt with the plastic guide on To remove and store the comfort
the front. guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the seat belt can be
removed from the guide. Slide the
guide back into its storage pocket
on the side of the seatback.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

A pregnant woman should wear a information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap of seat belt extenders see the
portion should be worn as low as instruction sheet that comes with Keep belts clean and dry.
possible, below the rounding, the extender.
throughout the pregnancy. { Warning
The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
to protect the mother. When a seat Periodically check the seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken
belt is worn properly, it is more likely reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch the webbing. In a crash, they
that the fetus will not be hurt in a plates, retractors, shoulder belt
crash. For pregnant women, as for might not be able to provide
height adjusters (if equipped), and adequate protection. Clean and
anyone, the key to making seat seat belt anchorages to make sure
belts effective is wearing them rinse seat belt webbing only with
they are all in working order. Look
properly. mild soap and lukewarm water.
for any other loose or damaged seat
Allow the webbing to dry.
belt system parts that might keep a
Seat Belt Extender seat belt system from performing
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten properly. See your dealer to have it Seat belts should be properly cared
around you, you should use it. repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts for and maintained.
may not protect you in a crash.
But if a seat belt is not long enough, Seat belt hardware should be kept
They can rip apart under impact
your dealer will order you an dry and free of dust or debris. As
forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
extender. When you go in to order it, necessary exterior hard surfaces
have it replaced immediately.
take the heaviest coat you will wear, and seat belt webbing may be lightly
so the extender will be long enough Make sure the seat belt reminder cleaned with mild soap and water.
for you. To help avoid personal light is working. See Seat Belt Ensure there is not excessive dust
injury, do not let someone else use Reminders 0 139. or debris in the mechanism. If dust
it, and use it only for the seat it is Keep seat belts clean and dry. See or debris exists in the system please
made to fit. The extender has been Seat Belt Care 0 83. see the dealer. Parts may need to
designed for adults. Never use it for be replaced to ensure proper
securing child restraints. For more functionality of the system.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Replacing Seat Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System
seat belts may not be necessary.
System Parts after a But the seat belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following
Crash were used during any crash may airbags:
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver
{ Warning See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
A crash can damage the seat belt replaced. outboard passenger
system in the vehicle. A damaged New parts and repairs may be . A front center airbag for the
seat belt system may not properly necessary even if the seat belt driver and front outboard
protect the person using it, system was not being used at the passenger
resulting in serious injury or even time of the crash. . A seat-mounted side impact
death in a crash. To help make airbag for the driver
Have the seat belt pretensioners
sure the seat belt systems are
checked if the vehicle has been in a . A seat-mounted side impact
working properly after a crash,
crash, or if the airbag readiness light airbag for the front outboard
have them inspected and any stays on after you start the vehicle
necessary replacements made as passenger
or while you are driving. See Airbag
soon as possible. Readiness Light 0 140. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning { Warning
near the deployment opening.
You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your seat belt, even with an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on airbags. Airbags are designed to against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front work with seat belts, not replace airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. them. Also, airbags are not seriously injured or killed. Do not
For the front center airbag, the word designed to inflate in every crash. sit unnecessarily close to any
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of In some crashes seat belts are airbag, as you would be if sitting
the driver seatback. the only restraint. See When on the edge of the seat or leaning
For seat-mounted side impact Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88. forward. Seat belts help keep you
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Wearing your seat belt during a in position before and during a
side of the seat closest to the door. crash helps reduce your chance crash. Always wear a seat belt,
of hitting things inside the vehicle even with airbags. The driver
For roof-rail airbags, the word
or being ejected from it. Airbags should sit as far back as possible
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
are “supplemental restraints” to while still maintaining control of
Airbags are designed to supplement the vehicle. The seat belts and
the protection provided by seat the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt the front outboard passenger
belts. Even though today's airbags airbags are most effective when
are also designed to help reduce properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person. you are sitting well back and
the risk of injury from the force of an upright in the seat with both feet
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
on the floor.
very quickly to do their job.
(Continued)
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Warning (Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
There is an airbag readiness light
Occupants should not lean on or on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side shows the airbag symbol.
windows in seating positions with The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags electrical system for malfunctions.
and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 140.
{ Warning The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
Children who are up against, The front outboard passenger
or very close to, any airbag when frontal airbag is in the passenger
it inflates can be seriously injured side instrument panel.
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 97 or
Infants and Young Children 0 99.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
The front center airbag is in the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
inboard side of the driver seatback. Side Similar Side Similar
The driver and front outboard The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
passenger seat-mounted side front outboard passenger, and
impact airbags are in the side of the second and third row outboard
seatbacks closest to the door. passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down.
or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with
inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbags. See Airbag System 0 84. different crash speeds depending on
clear. Do not put anything Airbags are designed to inflate if the
between an occupant and an whether the vehicle hits an object
impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and
airbag, and do not attach or put system's deployment threshold.
anything on the steering wheel whether the object is fixed or
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
hub or on or near any other predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
airbag covering. to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
Do not use seat or console inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
accessories that block the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
inflation path of a seat-mounted impacts.
airbag system determine the
side impact airbag or the front
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
center airbag. thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
Never secure anything to the roof vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint
by routing a rope or tie-down inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity.
through any door or window or near frontal crashes to help The front center airbag is designed
opening. If you do, the path of an reduce the potential for severe to inflate in moderate to severe side
inflating roof-rail airbag will be injuries, mainly to the driver's or crashes depending upon the
blocked. front outboard passenger's head location of the impact, when either
and chest. side of the vehicle is struck. In
Whether the frontal airbags will or addition, the front center airbag is
should inflate is not based primarily designed to inflate when the
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over on its
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

side. The front center airbag is not In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
designed to inflate in frontal say whether an airbag should have provided by seat belts by
impacts, near frontal impacts, inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
or rear impacts. vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags occupant's body.
are designed to inflate in moderate What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
to severe side crashes depending Inflate? are designed to help contain the
on the location of the impact. head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing
Seat-mounted side impact airbags outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal
are not designed to inflate in frontal first, second, and third rows. The
triggering a release of gas from the
impacts, near frontal impacts, rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
rollovers, or rear impacts. designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out
A seat-mounted side impact airbag full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
is designed to inflate on the side of events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of
the vehicle that is struck. prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to But airbags would not help in many
For airbag locations, see Where Are
inflate in moderate to severe side types of collisions, primarily
the Airbags? 0 86.
crashes depending on the location because the occupant's motion is
of the impact. In addition, these not toward those airbags. See When
roof-rail airbags are designed to How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 88.
inflate during a rollover or in a Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or
airbags are not designed to inflate in to seat belts.
near frontal collisions, even belted
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
occupants can contact the steering
will inflate when either side of the
wheel or the instrument panel. In
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
moderate to severe side collisions,
system predicts that the vehicle is
even belted occupants can contact
about to roll over on its side, or in a
the inside of the vehicle.
severe frontal impact.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

What Will You See after off and then on again, the fuel
an Airbag Inflates?
{ Warning system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
After frontal and seat-mounted side When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off,
impact airbags inflate, they quickly may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can
deflate, so quickly that some people could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for
may not even realize the airbags for people with a history of those features. If any of these
inflated. The front center airbag and asthma or other breathing trouble. systems are damaged in the crash
roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the they may not operate as normal.
partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
{ Warning
several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate
airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also
Airbags? 0 86. by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in
The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel
into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag system, brake and steering
but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. appears to be drivable after a
from the vents in the deflated moderate crash, there may be
airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may concealed damage that could
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn make it difficult to safely operate
the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard the vehicle.
the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
people from leaving the vehicle. Use caution if you should attempt
fuel system after the airbags inflate. to restart the engine after a crash
The feature may also activate, has occurred.
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work certain conditions. No other airbag
inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for is affected by the passenger
broken by vehicle deformation. service. sensing system.
Additional windshield breakage may The passenger sensing system
also occur from the front outboard Passenger Sensing works with sensors that are part of
passenger airbag.
System the front outboard passenger seat
. Airbags are designed to inflate and seat belt. The sensors are
The vehicle has a passenger
only once. After an airbag designed to detect the presence of
sensing system for the front
inflates, you will need some new a properly seated occupant and
outboard passenger position. The
parts for the airbag system. determine if the front outboard
passenger airbag status indicator
If you do not get them, the passenger frontal airbag should be
will light on the overhead console
airbag system will not be there allowed to inflate or not.
when the vehicle is started.
to help protect you in another According to accident statistics,
crash. A new system will include children are safer when properly
airbag modules and possibly secured in a rear seat in the correct
other parts. The service manual child restraint for their weight
for the vehicle covers the need and size.
to replace other parts.
Whenever possible, children aged
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
12 and under should be secured in
and diagnostic module which a rear seating position.
records information after a The words ON and OFF will be
crash. See Vehicle Data visible during the system check. Never put a rear-facing child seat in
Recording and Privacy 0 392 When the system check is the front. This is because the risk to
and Event Data Recorders complete, either the word ON or the rear-facing child is so great,
0 392. OFF will be visible. See Passenger if the airbag inflates.
Airbag Status Indicator 0 140.
. Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems. The passenger sensing system
Improper service can mean that turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

the off indicator will light and stay lit
{ Warning Warning (Continued) as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger Indicator 0 140.
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to The passenger sensing system is
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear designed to turn on the front
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another outboard passenger frontal airbag
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
properly in the front outboard
forward-facing child restraint can
passenger seat.
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is
passenger frontal airbag inflates When the passenger sensing
designed to turn off the front system has allowed the airbag to be
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
forward position. enabled, the on indicator will light
. The front outboard passenger and stay lit as a reminder that the
Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied. airbag is active.
system has turned off the
. The system determines an infant For some children, including
passenger frontal airbag, no
is present in a child restraint. children in child restraints, and for
system is fail-safe. No one can
. A front outboard passenger very small adults, the passenger
guarantee that an airbag will not sensing system may or may not turn
deploy under some unusual takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time. off the front outboard passenger
circumstance, even though the frontal airbag, depending upon the
airbag is turned off. . There is a critical problem with person's seating posture and body
Never put a rear-facing child the airbag system or the build. Everyone in the vehicle who
restraint in the front seat, even if passenger sensing system. has outgrown child restraints should
the airbag is off. If securing a When the passenger sensing wear a seat belt properly — whether
forward-facing child restraint in system has turned off the front or not there is an airbag for that
outboard passenger frontal airbag, person.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

3. Remove any additional items 5. If, after reinstalling the child
{ Warning from the seat such as blankets, restraint and restarting the
cushions, seat covers, seat vehicle, the on indicator is still
If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
comes on and stays on, it means slightly recline the vehicle
that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions seatback and adjust the seat
with the airbag system. To help cushion, if adjustable, to make
avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to sure that the vehicle seatback
have the vehicle serviced right is not pushing the child
Securing Child Restraints (With
away. See Airbag Readiness restraint into the seat cushion.
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
Light 0 140 for more information,
0 112 or Securing Child Also make sure the child
including important safety Restraints (With the Seat Belt restraint is not trapped under
information. in the Front Seat) 0 114. the vehicle head restraint.
Make sure the seat belt If this happens, adjust the head
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a retractor is locked by pulling restraint. See Head Restraints
Child Restraint the shoulder belt all the way 0 62.
The passenger sensing system is out of the retractor when 6. Restart the vehicle.
designed to turn off the front installing the child restraint, The passenger sensing system may
outboard passenger frontal airbag if even if the child restraint is or may not turn off the airbag for a
the system determines that an infant equipped with a seat belt lock child in a child restraint depending
is present in a child restraint. If a off. When the retractor lock is upon the child’s size. It is better to
child restraint has been installed set, the belt can be tightened secure the child restraint in a rear
and the on indicator is lit: but not pulled out of the seat. Never put a rear-facing child
retractor. restraint in the front seat, even if the
1. Turn the vehicle off.
on indicator is not lit.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger
massagers. airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. protect that person in a crash,
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not
extended. ride in the front outboard
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit.
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation
passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Seat belts help keep the passenger
turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting in position on the seat during
adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child vehicle maneuvers and braking,
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged. which helps the passenger sensing
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the system maintain the passenger
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger “Child Restraints” in the Index for
the way.
frontal airbag: additional information about the
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off. importance of proper restraint use.
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it
massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the
operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow
not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and
aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the make sure the person performing
approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95 should be serviced. There are parts
for more information about Adding Equipment to the
of the airbag system in several
modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system
or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering from working properly.
an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 389.
The operation of the airbag system
desired, remove the object from
can also be affected by changing
the seat. { Warning any parts of the front seats, seat
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, inner door seals including the
Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag speakers, any of the airbag
passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you trim, overhead console, front
(Continued) (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

sensors, side impact sensors, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
airbag wiring, or front center See Passenger Sensing System Caution
console. 0 91.
If an airbag covering is damaged,
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag
have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 336 for additional open or break the airbag
diagnostic module, and airbag important information. coverings. If there are any
wiring. If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the Airbags? 0 86. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the for service.
operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other
trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery, or trim 0 382. Parts after a Crash
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
heater or a comfort enhancing pad { Warning
or device, installed under or on top The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 140. not properly protect you and your
deployment of the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger in serious injury or even death. To
sensing system from properly (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

.
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
help make sure the airbag Older Children return to the booster seat.
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
inspected and any necessary Does the shoulder belt rest on
replacements made as soon as the shoulder? If yes, continue.
possible. If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
If an airbag inflates, you will need to under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 79.
replace airbag system parts. See If a comfort guide is not
your dealer for service. available, or if the shoulder belt
If the airbag readiness light stays on still does not rest on the
after the vehicle is started or comes shoulder, then return to the
on when you are driving, the airbag booster seat.
system may not work properly. Have . Does the lap belt fit low and
the vehicle serviced right away. See Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the
Airbag Readiness Light 0 140. booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
vehicle’s seat belts.
return to the booster seat.
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts? { Warning { Warning
A: An older child should wear a Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt with the shoulder belt
additional restraint a shoulder seat belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A seat belt must crash, the child would not be
snugly below the hips, just
be used by only one person at restrained by the shoulder belt.
touching the top of the thighs.
a time. The child could move too far
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash. forward increasing the chance of
It should never be worn over the head and neck injury. The child
abdomen, which could cause might also slide under the lap
severe or even fatal internal belt. The belt force would then be
injuries in a crash. applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort injuries. The shoulder belt should
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
go over the shoulder and across
0 79.
the chest.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

appropriate child restraints. Neither
{ Warning the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained
wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child
Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
Children wrapped around a child’s neck.
For example, in a crash at only
If the shoulder belt is locked and
Everyone in a vehicle needs tightened around a child’s neck, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
protection! This includes infants and infant will suddenly become a
the only way to loosen the belt is
all other children. Neither the 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
to cut it.
distance traveled nor the age and arms. An infant or child should be
size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate
need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow restraint.
restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the seat
state in the United States and in belts.
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Child restraints are devices used to
Warning (Continued) restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
front passenger seat, always called child seats or car seats.
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. There are three basic types of
child restraints:
If a child restraint is installed in
the second row center seat, move . Forward-facing child restraints
the second row seat to the . Rearward-facing child restraints
rearward position, whenever . Belt-positioning booster seats
possible, to minimize contact with
the front center airbag. The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
{ Warning and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
Children who are up against, vehicle in which it will be used.
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
available. When purchasing a child
child restraint in the front
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
passenger seat. Secure a used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
rear-facing child restraint in a restraint will have a label saying that
rear seat. it meets federal motor vehicle safety
It is also better to secure a standards. The restraint
forward-facing child restraint in a manufacturer's instructions that
rear seat. If a forward-facing child come with the restraint state the
restraint must be secured in the weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

there are many kinds of restraints The harness system holds the infant
available for children with special Warning (Continued) in place and, in a crash, acts to
needs. keep the infant positioned in the
injuries. To reduce the risk of restraint.
serious or fatal injuries during a
{ Warning crash, young children should
To reduce the risk of neck and always be secured in appropriate
head injury in a crash, infants and child restraints.
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age Child Restraint Systems
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
{ Warning Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A young child's hip bones are still A forward-facing child restraint
so small that the vehicle's regular provides restraint for the child's
seat belt may not remain low on body with the harness.
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash, Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
the belt would apply force on a
A rear-facing child restraint provides
body area that is unprotected by restraint with the seating surface
any bony structure. This alone against the back of the infant.
could cause serious or fatal
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicle’s seat belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraints must Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle seat belts to be secured in vehicle seats by lap (CPSTs) are available to inspect
fit properly without a booster seat. belts or the lap belt portion of a and demonstrate how to correctly
See the seat belt fit test in Older lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 97. system. See Lower Anchors and the U.S., refer to the National
Tethers for Children (LATCH Highway Traffic Safety
System) 0 104 for more information. Administration (NHTSA) website to
Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat
crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST
properly secured in the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

availability in Canada, check with The vehicle is equipped with a front
Transport Canada or the Provincial center airbag in the inboard side of Warning (Continued)
Ministry of Transportation office. the driver seat. Even with a front
center airbag, a child restraint can Even if the passenger sensing
Securing the Child Within the be installed in any second row system has turned off the front
Child Restraint seating position. passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
Never put a rear-facing child
{ Warning restraint in the front. This is because
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
A child can be seriously injured or the risk to the rear-facing child is so
circumstance, even though it is
great if the airbag deploys.
killed in a crash if the child is not turned off.
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child { Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
properly following the instructions
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a
that came with that child restraint.
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in
or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the
Where to Put the airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back
the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure
Restraint restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat.
According to accident statistics, the inflating airbag. A child in a
children and infants are safer when See Passenger Sensing System
forward-facing child restraint can 0 91 for additional information.
properly restrained in an appropriate be seriously injured or killed if the
child restraint secured in a rear front passenger airbag inflates If a child restraint is installed in a
seating position. and the passenger seat is in a second row center seat, move the
Whenever possible, children aged forward position. second row seat to the rearward
12 and under should be secured in (Continued) position, whenever possible, to
a rear seating position. minimize contact with the front
center airbag.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

When securing a child restraint with properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
the seat belts in a rear seat position, the vehicle — even when no child is belts to secure the child and the
study the instructions that came with in it. booster seat. If the manufacturer
the child restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent seat belts or and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
LATCH anchors for additional designed to make installation of a
passengers or child restraints. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
Adjacent seating positions should a top tether, you must also use
not be used if the child restraint In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the seat
prevents access to or interferes with your vehicle, you need a child belts to properly secure the child
the routing of the seat belt. restraint that has LATCH restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible never be attached using only the top
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child
installed, be sure to follow the tether.
seats can be properly installed
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system
restraint system and secure the the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use can be used until the combined
child restraint system properly. both the seat belts and the LATCH weight of the child plus the child
Keep in mind that an unsecured anchorage system to secure a restraint is 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
child restraint can move around in a rear-facing or forward-facing Use the seat belt alone instead
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. of the LATCH anchorage system
people in the vehicle. Be sure to once the combined weight is
more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

See Securing Child Restraints (With Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 112 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the Front
Seat) 0 114.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3,4) is used to secure
have lower anchors. In this case, built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the
the seat belt must be used lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
(with top tether where available) seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether
to secure the child restraint. accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child
See Securing Child Restraints (With lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) anchor in the vehicle in order to
0 112 or Securing Child Restraints reduce the forward movement and
(With the Seat Belt in the Front rotation of the child restraint during
Seat) 0 114. driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Some child restraints with top j : Seating positions with two lower
tethers are designed for use with or anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations Third Row
I : Seating positions with top
Second Row — 60/40 Bench tether anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
j : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels with
Second Row — Captain’s Chairs the lower anchor symbol on them,
near the crease between the
I : Seating positions with top seatback and the seat cushion.
tether anchors.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Be sure to use an anchor on the the instructions that come with the
same side of the vehicle as the child restraint say that the top tether
seating position where the child must be attached.
restraint will be placed. According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
To assist in locating the top tether restraint system or infant restraint
anchors, the top tether anchor system secured in a rear seating
symbol is near the anchor. position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 103 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Third Row { Warning

The top tether anchors are on the A child could be seriously injured
rear of the seatback for each or killed in a crash if the child
seating position in the third row. restraint is not properly attached
Be sure to use an anchor on the to the vehicle using either the
Second Row — Captain’s Chairs
same side of the vehicle as the LATCH anchors or the vehicle
Shown, Bench Similar
seating position where the child seat belt. Follow the instructions
The top tether anchors are on the restraint will be placed. that came with the child restraint
rear of the seatback for each Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this
seating position in the second row. position without a top tether anchor manual.
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback
fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not
not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a
restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, seat belt buckled. This could
Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is damage the seat belt or the seat.
restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. Unbuckle and return the seat belt
cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts to its stowed position, before
to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so folding the seat.
during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull
could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle is equipped with a front
of the retractor to set the lock, center airbag in the inboard side of
and tighten the belt behind the the driver seat. Even with a front
{ Warning child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
center airbag, a child restraint can
be installed in any second row
Children can be seriously injured seating position. If a child restraint is
or strangled if a shoulder belt is installed in a second row center
wrapped around their neck. The seat, move the second row seat to
shoulder belt can tighten but Caution the rearward position, whenever
cannot be loosened if it is locked. possible, to minimize contact with
Do not let the LATCH the front center airbag.
The shoulder belt locks when it is attachments rub against the
pulled all the way out of the If you need to secure more than one
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
retractor. It unlocks when the child restraint in the rear seat, see
damage these parts. If necessary,
shoulder belt is allowed to go all Where to Put the Restraint 0 103.
move buckled seat belts to avoid
the way back into the retractor, rubbing the LATCH attachments. This system is designed to make
(Continued) installation of child restraints easier.
(Continued)
When using lower anchors, do not
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead, 2.1. Find the lower anchors 3. If the child restraint
use the vehicle's anchors and child for the desired seating manufacturer recommends that
restraint attachments to secure the position. the top tether be attached,
restraints. Some restraints also use 2.2. To access the lower attach and tighten the top
another vehicle anchor to secure a anchors in the second tether to the top tether anchor,
top tether. row, it may help to recline if the vehicle has one. Refer to
1. Put the child restraint on the the seatback. the child restraint instructions
seat. If the head restraint and the following steps:
Third row seatbacks must
interferes with the proper be upright before placing 3.1. Find the top tether
installation of the child the child restraint on anchor.
restraint, the head restraint the seat. 3.2. Route, attach, and tighten
may be removed. See "Head the top tether according
Restraint Removal and 2.3. Put the child restraint on
the seat. to your child restraint
Reinstallation" at the end of instructions and the
this section. 2.4. Attach and tighten the following instructions:
2. Attach and tighten the lower lower attachments on the
attachments to the lower child restraint to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint anchors.
does not have lower If necessary, adjust the
attachments or the desired angle of the second row
seating position does not have seatback to achieve a
lower anchors, secure the child tight installation. Make
restraint with the top tether and sure the second row
the seat belts. Refer to your bench seatbacks are
child restraint manufacturer aligned at the same
instructions and the angle. If the position you are
instructions in this manual. using does not have a
head restraint and you
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

are using a single tether, If the position you are
route the tether over the using has an adjustable
seatback. head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
raise the head restraint
and route the tether
under the head restraint
and in between the head
restraint posts.
If the position you are

If the position you are using has a fixed head
using does not have a restraint and you are
head restraint and you using a single tether,
are using a dual tether, route the tether under the
route the tether over the head restraint and in
seatback. between the head
restraint posts or around
the outboard side of the
head restraint.
If the position you are
using has an adjustable
head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
raise head restraint and
route the tether around
the head restraint posts.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Head Restraint Removal and 2. Press both buttons on the head
Reinstallation restraint posts at the same
time, and pull up on the head
The second row outboard head restraint.
restraints can be removed if they
interfere with the proper installation 3. Store the head restraint in the
of the child restraint. cargo area of the vehicle.
The third row head restraints cannot 4. When the child restraint is
be removed. removed, reinstall the head
If the position you are restraint before the seating
To remove the second row head position is used.
using has a fixed head restraint:
restraint and you are
using a dual tether, route 1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats 0 71
{ Warning
the tether around the
head restraint. for additional information. With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
4. Before placing a child in the there is a greater chance that
child restraint, make sure it is
occupants will suffer a neck/
securely held in place. To
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt drive until the head restraints for
to move it side to side and all occupants are installed and
back and forth. There should adjusted properly.
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints
Parts After a Crash (With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
{ Warning The vehicle is equipped with a front
A crash can damage the LATCH center airbag in the inboard side of
system in the vehicle. A damaged the driver seat. Even with a front
LATCH system may not properly center airbag, a child restraint can
be installed in any second row
secure the child restraint,
seating position. If you install a child
resulting in serious injury or even restraint in a second row center
death in a crash. To help make seat, move the second row seat to
sure the LATCH system is the rearward position, whenever
working properly after a crash, possible, to minimize contact with
see your dealer to have the the front center airbag.
1. Insert the head restraint posts
system inspected and any
into the holes in the top of the When securing a child restraint with
seatback. The notches on the necessary replacements made as
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
posts must face the driver side soon as possible.
study the instructions that came with
of the vehicle. the child restraint to make sure it is
2. Push the head restraint down. If the vehicle has the LATCH system compatible with this vehicle.
and it was being used during a
3. Try to move the head restraint If the child restraint has the LATCH
crash, new LATCH system parts system, see Lower Anchors and
to make sure that it is locked in may be needed.
place. Tethers for Children (LATCH
New parts and repairs may be System) 0 104 for how and where to
necessary even if the LATCH install the child restraint using
system was not being used at the LATCH. If a child restraint is
time of the crash. secured in the vehicle using a seat
belt and it uses a top tether, see
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Lower Anchors and Tethers for If the head restraint interferes Position the release button on
Children (LATCH System) 0 104 for with the proper installation of the buckle, away from the child
top tether anchor locations. the child restraint, the head restraint system, so that the
Do not secure a child seat in a restraint may be removed. See seat belt could be quickly
position without a top tether anchor "Head Restraint Removal and unbuckled if necessary.
if a national or local law requires Reinstallation" under Lower
that the top tether be anchored, or if Anchors and Tethers for
the instructions that come with the Children (LATCH System).
child restraint say that the top strap 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
must be anchored. the lap and shoulder portions
In Canada, the law requires that of the vehicle's seat belt
forward-facing child restraints have through or around the restraint.
a top tether, and that the tether be The child restraint instructions
attached. will show you how.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat

position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
Be sure to follow the instructions way out of the retractor to set
that came with the child restraint. the lock. When the retractor
If more than one child restraint lock is set, the belt can be
needs to be installed in the rear tightened but not pulled out of
seat, be sure to read Where to Put the retractor.
the Restraint 0 103.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

6. If the child restraint has a top If the head restraint was removed,
tether, follow the child restraint reinstall it before the seating
manufacturer's instructions position is used. See "Head
regarding the use of the top Restraint Removal and
tether. See Lower Anchors and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors
Tethers for Children (LATCH and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 104. System) 0 104 for additional
7. Before placing a child in the information on installing the head
child restraint, make sure it is restraint properly.
check, grasp the child restraint Securing Child Restraints
at the seat belt path and (With the Seat Belt in the
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side Front Seat)
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly This vehicle has airbags. A rear
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no seat is a safer place to secure a
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of forward-facing child restraint. See
back into the retractor. When movement. Where to Put the Restraint 0 103.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint, In addition, the vehicle has a
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and passenger sensing system which is
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position. designed to turn off the front
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top outboard passenger frontal airbag
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. under certain conditions.
Try to pull the belt out of the See Passenger Sensing System
retractor to make sure the 0 91 and Passenger Airbag Status
retractor is locked. If the Indicator 0 140 for more information,
retractor is not locked, repeat including important safety
Steps 4 and 5. information.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Never put a rear-facing child seat in the instructions that come with the
the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) child restraint say that the top strap
the rear-facing child is so great, must be anchored.
if the airbag deploys. will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even In Canada, the law requires that
though it is turned off. forward-facing child restraints have
{ Warning a top tether, and that the tether be
Secure rear-facing child restraints attached.
A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag
restraint can be seriously injured is off. If you secure a When using the lap-shoulder belt to
or killed if the front outboard secure the child restraint in this
forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag inflates. position, follow the instructions that
the front outboard passenger
This is because the back of the came with the child restraint and the
seat, always move the seat as far following instructions:
rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to
be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a 1. Move the seat as far back as it
airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. will go before securing the
child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint.
See Passenger Sensing System Move the seat upward or the
injured or killed if the front
0 91 for additional information. seatback to an upright position,
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is if needed, to get a tight
in a forward position. If the child restraint uses a top installation of the child
tether, see Lower Anchors and restraint.
Even if the passenger sensing Tethers for Children (LATCH When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front System) 0 104 for top tether anchor system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal locations. outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No airbag, the off indicator on the
one can guarantee that an airbag Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor passenger airbag status
(Continued) if a national or local law requires indicator should light and stay
that the top tether be anchored, or if
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 140.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor
the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be
restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of
seat belt could be quickly the retractor.
unbuckled if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the

belt if needed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status
on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on
shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 91.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
118 Storage
Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the
radio, press P and hold to open.
Compartments There is a charging only USB port
Storage Compartments inside. See USB Port 0 184.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 118 { Warning Press P and hold again to close.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 118
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 119 objects in storage compartments. Caution
In a crash, these objects may
Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and To avoid damage, do not
Cargo Management could result in injury. manually force the display
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 to move.
Roof Rack System Instrument Panel Storage
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Keep the storage area closed when
not in use.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Storage 119
Center Console Storage There is a removable organizer on Additional Storage
top of the storage bin.
The center console also has the
Features
following:
. A forward bin
Cargo Management
System
. An open storage bin on the back
of the console
There are also charging only USB
ports on the rear of the center
console and in the third row seating
area. See Power Outlets 0 129 and
USB Port 0 184.
The center console has storage

under the armrest. Pull up the latch
and lift to open.
Lift the load floor to access the

cargo management system.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
120 Storage
The cargo management system is
used to organize storage in the
cargo area. There are two
convenience hooks that can support
up to 5 kg (11 lb.).
After storing items in the cargo
management system, make sure to
properly latch the load floor.
Removal Procedure
To access the spare tire, the cargo
management system must be
The hold open devices on the cargo removed. 3. Lift up on the handles on both
bin allow the load floor to remain 1. Open the cargo cover. sides to remove the cargo
open without removal. management system to access
the spare tire.
2. Remove the four wing nuts.

10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Storage 121
4. The storage bin can be placed Roof Rack System
on the lowered third row seats { Warning
while accessing the spare tire.
An improperly latched cargo { Warning
Installation Procedure cover, or cargo cover left in the
open position, could separate If something is carried on top of
1. Install the cargo management
system in the vehicle. during a crash or sudden the vehicle that is longer or wider
maneuver potentially impacting than the roof rack — like paneling,
2. Install the four wing nuts. vehicle occupants. Someone plywood, or a mattress — the
could be injured. Be sure to return wind can catch it while the vehicle
the cover to the closed position is being driven. The item being
and latch before driving. carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be

used to load items. For roof racks
3. Make sure to properly latch the that do not have crossrails included,
load door. GM certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
122 Storage
rack will make the vehicle’s center
Caution of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
Loading cargo on the roof rack braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
that weighs more than 100 kg otherwise it may result in loss of
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or control. If driving for a long distance,
sides of the vehicle may damage on rough roads, or at high speeds,
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it occasionally stop the vehicle to
rests evenly between the make sure the cargo remains in its
crossrails, making sure to fasten place. Do not exceed the maximum
cargo securely. vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo

when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Instruments and Controls 123

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 148
Instruments and Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 139
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 140 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 149
Controls Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . .
149
149
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 141 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 141 Information Displays
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 124 Driver Information
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 124 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 125
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 125 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Rear Window Wiper/ Service Electric Parking Brake Engine Power Messages . . . . . 153
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Light (Uplevel Only) . . . . . . . . . 144 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 153
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Vehicle Personalization
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 154
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 145 Universal Remote System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 145 Universal Remote System . . . . 162
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Universal Remote System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 146 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 147
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Low Fuel Warning Light
Engine Coolant Temperature (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
124 Instruments and Controls

Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Steering Wheel Controls
while driving.
Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping
Adjustment Steering Wheel
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
If equipped, the control is on the left
To adjust the steering wheel: side of the steering column.
g : For vehicles with OnStar or a
Bluetooth system, press to interact
1. Pull the lever down. . Push the control up or down to with those systems. See OnStar
2. Move the steering wheel up tilt the steering wheel up Overview 0 394, Bluetooth
or down. or down. (Overview) 0 191 or Bluetooth
. Push the control forward or (Infotainment Controls) 0 192,
3. Pull or push the steering wheel or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the
closer or away from you. rearward to move the steering
wheel toward the front or rear of infotainment manual.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the the vehicle.
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

i : Press to reject an incoming 1. Favorite: When on a radio If equipped with a remote start
call or end a current call. Press to source, press to select the next heated steering wheel, the heated
mute or unmute the infotainment or previous favorite. When on a wheel may turn on automatically in
system when not on a call. media source, press to select remote start along with the heated
the next or previous track. seats when it is cold outside.
o or p : Press to go to the The heated steering wheel
previous or next menu option. 2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume. indicator light may not come on.
w or x : Press to go to the next or See Heated and Ventilated Front
previous selection. Seats 0 70 and Vehicle
Heated Steering Wheel Personalization 0 154.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or

The favorite and volume switches off. A light next to the button
are on the back of the steering displays when the feature is
wheel. turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

With the ignition on or in ACC/ windshield wipers. The wipers will Wiper Parking
ACCESSORY, move the windshield continue until the lever is released If the ignition is turned off while the
wiper lever to select the wiper or the maximum wash time is wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
speed. reached. When the windshield wiper will immediately stop.
HI : Use for fast wipes. lever is released, additional wipes
may occur depending on how long If the windshield wiper lever is then
LO : Use for slow wipes. the windshield washer had been moved to OFF before the driver
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 299 door is opened or within 10 minutes,
for information on filling the the wipers will restart and move to
windshield washer fluid reservoir. the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
{ Warning wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
In freezing weather, do not use continue to run until they reach the
the washer until the windshield is base of the windshield.
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the Rear Window Wiper/
windshield, blocking your vision. Washer
INT : Move the windshield wiper
lever to INT. Turn the band up for
more frequent wipes or down for Clear snow and ice from the wiper
less frequent wipes. blades and windshield before using
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Damaged blades should be
the wiper lever down. For several replaced. See Wiper Blade
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. Replacement 0 304.
f : Pull the windshield wiper Heavy snow or ice can overload the
lever toward you to spray windshield wiper motor. See Electrical System
washer fluid and activate the Overload 0 309.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The rear window wiper/washer Rear Wiper Arm Assembly The windshield washer reservoir is
controls are on the end of the Protection used for the windshield and the rear
windshield wiper lever. When using an automatic car wash, window. Check the fluid level in the
Turn the controls to adjust the move the rear wiper control to OFF reservoir if either washer is not
setting. to disable the rear wiper. In some working. See Washer Fluid 0 299.
OFF : Turns the wiper off. vehicles, if the transmission is in

N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is Compass
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a very slow, the rear wiper will The vehicle may have a compass
delay between wipes. automatically park. display on the Driver Information
ON : Turns on the rear wiper. The wiper operations return to Center (DIC). The compass receives
normal when the transmission is no its heading and other information
1 : Push the windshield wiper from the Global Positioning
lever forward to spray washer fluid longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
on the rear window. The wipers will
and vehicle speed information.
clear the rear window and either Reverse Gear Wipes
stop or return to your preset speed. The compass system is designed to
For more washer cycles, press and If the rear wiper control is off, the operate for a certain number of
hold the lever. rear wiper will automatically operate miles or degrees of turn before
continuously when the vehicle is in needing a signal from the GPS
The rear window wiper/washer will R (Reverse) and the front satellites. When the compass
not operate if the liftgate is open or windshield wiper is performing low display shows CAL, drive the
ajar. If the liftgate is opened while or high speed wipes. If the rear vehicle for a short distance in an
the rear wiper is on, the wiper wiper control is off, the vehicle is in open area where it can receive a
returns to the parked position and R (Reverse), and the front GPS signal. The compass system
stops. windshield wiper is performing will automatically determine when a
interval wipes, then the rear wiper GPS signal is restored and provide
automatically performs interval a heading again.
wipes.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Clock If auto set is on, the time displayed 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/
on the clock may not update month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
Base Radio immediately when driving into a new (month/day/year), or YYYY/
The infotainment system controls time zone. MM/DD (year/month/day)
are used to access the time and format.
1. Press {, then touch
date settings through the menu SETTINGS. 4. Touch 0.
system. See Operation 0 178 on
how to use the menu system. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Uplevel Radio
Auto Set.
Setting the Time and Date The infotainment system controls
3. Choose from the available are used to access the time and
When Auto Set is enabled the time selections. date settings through the menu
cannot be manually set. system. See “Using the System”
4. Touch 0. under “Introduction” in the
1. Press {, then touch
SETTINGS. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format infotainment manual.
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 1. Press {, then touch To set the time:
Time or Set Date. SETTINGS. 1. Touch SETTINGS from the
3. Touch + or − to adjust the Home Page, then touch Time
2. Touch Time and Date, then
value. select 12h or 24h format. and Date.
4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or 2. Touch Set Time and touch «

3. Touch 0.
PM for 12 hour format. or ª to increase or decrease
Setting the Month and Day hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
5. Touch 0. Format Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
Auto Set 1. Press {, then touch
SETTINGS. 3. Touch the back icon to go back
Auto Set requires an OnStar
to the previous menu.
service plan. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
Date Format.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Auto Set requires an OnStar The clock settings can also be
service plan. accessed by touching the time { Warning
If auto set is on, the time displayed display, then touching Set.
Power is always supplied to the
on the clock may not update rear cargo power outlet. Do not
immediately when driving into a new Power Outlets leave electrical equipment
time zone. Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct plugged in when the vehicle is not
To set the date: Current in use because the vehicle could
1. Touch SETTINGS from the The vehicle has two 12-volt outlets catch fire and cause injury or
Home Page, then touch Time that can be used to plug in electrical death.
and Date. equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
2. Touch Set Date and touch «
The power outlets are located: Caution
or ª to increase or decrease
month, day, or year. . On the center stack below the
Leaving electrical equipment
climate controls.
3. Touch the back icon to go back plugged in for an extended period
to the previous menu. . In the rear cargo area. of time while the ignition is in
Lift the cover to access the outlet LOCK/OFF will drain the battery.
To set the clock display:
and replace when not in use. Always unplug electrical
1. Touch SETTINGS and touch equipment when not in use and
Time and Date. There are also charging only USB
do not plug in equipment that
ports on the rear of the center
2. Touch Clock Display and touch exceeds the maximum 15 ampere
console and in the third row
Off or On to turn the clock seating area. rating.
display off or on.
3. Touch the back icon to go back Certain accessory plugs may not be
to the previous menu. compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

vehicle and adapter fuses. If a indicator light turns off. To reset the
problem is experienced, see your circuit, unplug the item and plug it
dealer. back in or turn the Retained
When adding electrical equipment, Accessory Power (RAP) off and
be sure to follow the proper then back on. See Retained
installation instructions included with Accessory Power (RAP) 0 228. The
the equipment. See Add-On power restarts when equipment
Electrical Equipment 0 281. using 150 watts or less is plugged
into the outlet and a system fault is
not detected.
Caution
The power outlet is not designed for
Hanging heavy equipment from and may not work properly, if the
the power outlet can cause The power outlet is on the rear of following are plugged in:
damage not covered by the the center console. . Equipment with high initial peak
vehicle warranty. The power An indicator light on the outlet turns wattage, such as
outlets are designed for on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators
accessory power plugs only, such comes on when the ignition is on, and electric power tools
as cell phone charge cords. equipment requiring less than 150 . Other equipment requiring an
watts is plugged into the outlet, and extremely stable power supply,
Power Outlet 110V/120V no system fault is detected. such as
Alternating Current The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled
when the ignition is off or if the electric blankets and touch
If equipped with this power outlet it sensor lamps
equipment is not fully seated into
can be used to plug in electrical
the outlet. . Medical equipment
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts. If equipment is connected using See High Voltage Devices and
more than 150 watts or a system Wiring 0 309.
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Wireless Charging Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
If equipped, the vehicle has wireless
charging in the storage bin in front recommended to consult with charging pad will become very
of the floor console. The system your doctor before using the hot. On the rare occasion that the
operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly wireless charging system. charging system does not detect
charges one PMA or Qi compatible an object, and the object gets
mobile device. The power output of wedged between the phone and
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
the system is capable of charging at charger, remove the phone and
ACCESSORY, or Retained
a rate up to 3 amp (15W), as allow the object to cool before
Accessory Power (RAP) must be
requested by the compatible mobile removing it from the charging
active. The wireless charging
device. See Radio Frequency pad, to prevent burns.
feature may not correctly indicate
Statement 0 390.
charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
To check for phone or other device See Retained Accessory Power
compatibility: (RAP) 0 228.
. In the U.S., see The operating temperature is −20 °C
my.chevrolet.com/learn. (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
. In Canada, see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
gmtotalconnect.ca. 35 °C (95 °F) for the mobile device.
. Or, see your dealer for details.
{ Warning
{ Warning Remove all objects from the
charging pad before charging
Wireless charging can affect the your mobile device. Objects, such
operation of an implanted as coins, keys, rings, paper clips,
pacemaker or other medical or cards, between the phone and To charge a mobile device:
devices. If you have one, it is
(Continued)
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

1. Remove all objects from the the indicated open source licenses 1. Redistributions of source code
charging pad. The system may (as are included following this must retain the above copyright
not charge if there are any notice) for the terms and conditions notice, this list of conditions
objects between the mobile of their use. and the following disclaimer.
device and charging pad. 2. Redistributions in binary form
OSS Notice Information
2. Place the mobile device face must reproduce the above
up on the charging pad. To obtain the source code that is copyright notice, this list of
contained in this product, please conditions and the following
3. The $ will display on the V on visit http://opensource.lge.com. In disclaimer in the
the infotainment display. This addition to the source code, all documentation and/or other
indicates that the mobile device referred license terms, warranty materials provided with the
is properly positioned and disclaimers and copyright notices distribution.
charging. are available for download. LG
Electronics will also provide open 3. Neither the name of the
If $ does not appear on the source code to you on CD-ROM for copyright holder nor the names
infotainment display: a charge covering the cost of of its contributors may be used
1. Remove the mobile device performing such distribution (such to endorse or promote products
as the cost of media, shipping, and derived from this software
from the pad and wait
handling) upon email request to without specific prior written
three seconds.
opensource@lge.com. This offer is permission.
2. Turn the mobile device valid for three (3) years from the THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
180 degrees before placing/ date on which you purchased the BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
aligning the mobile device on product. AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
the pad again.
Freescale-WCT library AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
Software Acknowledgements WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
Certain Wireless Charging Module Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
product from LG Electronics, Inc. WARRANTIES OF
reserved. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
("LGE") contains the open source
software detailed below. Refer to FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE when the engine is started to
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, Gauges, and indicate they are working. When
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, one of the warning lights comes on
EXEMPLARY, OR
Indicators and stays on while driving, or when
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that
TO, PROCUREMENT OF before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous.
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS warning lights and gauges could
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER prevent injury.
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Instrument Cluster
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar

10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar

10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the If there is an active call, mute the
selected Driver Information phone or switch to handset
There is an interactive display area
Center (DIC) displays can be operation.
in the center of the instrument
viewed. See Driver Information
cluster. Navigation
Center (DIC) 0 150.
. Audio Press V to select the Navigation
. Phone app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
. Navigation active route, you can resume the
. Options last route and turn the voice
prompts on/off. If there is an active
Audio
route, press V to cancel or resume
Press V to select the Audio app, route guidance or turn the voice
then press p to enter the Audio prompts on or off.
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Options
music, select from the favorites,
or change the audio source. Use w Press V to select the Options app,
Use the right steering wheel control then press p to enter the Options
to open and scroll through the or x to change the station or go to
different items and displays. the next or previous track. menu. Use w or x to scroll
through items in the Options menu.
Press o to access the cluster Phone
Units : Press p while Units is
applications. Use w or x to scroll Press V to select the Phone app, displayed to enter the Units menu.
through the list of available then press p to enter the Phone Choose English, Imperial, or metric
applications. Not all applications will menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
be available on all vehicles. units by pressing V while the
no active phone call, view recent desired item is highlighted.
calls, or scroll through contacts. A checkmark will be displayed next
to the selected item.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Info Pages : Press p while Info Speedometer For vehicles with the Stop/Start
Pages is displayed to enter the Info system, when the ignition is on, the
The speedometer shows the tachometer indicates the vehicle
Pages menu and select the items to vehicle's speed in either kilometers
be displayed in the Info app. See status. When pointing to AUTO
per hour (km/h) or miles per STOP, the engine is off but the
Driver Information Center (DIC) hour (mph).
0 150. vehicle is on and can move. The
engine could auto start at any time.
Speed Warning : The Speed Odometer When the indicator points to OFF,
Warning display allows the driver to the vehicle is off.
set a speed that they do not want to The odometer shows how far the
exceed. To set the Speed Warning vehicle has been driven, in either When the engine is on, the
kilometers or miles. tachometer will indicate the engine’s
press p when Speed Warning is
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
displayed.
Trip Odometer tachometer may vary by several
Press w or x to adjust the value. hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
The trip odometer shows how far mode, when the engine is shutting
Press V to set the speed. the vehicle has been driven since off and restarting.
the trip odometer was last reset.
Once the speed is set, this feature A slight bump may be felt when the
can be turned off by pressing V The trip odometer is accessed and transmission is determining the
while viewing this page. If the reset through the Driver Information most fuel efficient operating range.
selected speed limit is exceeded, a Center (DIC). See Driver
pop-up warning is displayed with a Information Center (DIC) 0 150.
chime.
Tachometer
Software Information : Displays
open source software information. The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge indicates about how much to stabilize after the ignition is
fuel is left in the tank. turned on, and goes back to
An arrow on the fuel gauge empty when the ignition is
indicates the side of the vehicle the turned off.
fuel door is on.
Engine Coolant
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a Temperature Gauge
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Metric Uplevel
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was Metric Uplevel
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
English Uplevel
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See
light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 91.
English Uplevel
This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
coolant temperature. light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
If the pointer moves toward the on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
warning area at the high end of the their seat belt. Then the light stays their seat belt. Then the light stays
gauge, the engine is too hot. on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
If the engine coolant has times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
overheated and the vehicle has becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
been operating under normal driving vehicle is moving. moving.
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is
soon as possible. See Engine neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
Overheating 0 298. comes on. light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

such as a briefcase, handbag, The airbag readiness light comes on safety information. The overhead
grocery bag, laptop, or other for several seconds when the console has a passenger airbag
electronic device. To turn off the vehicle is started. If the light does status indicator.
reminder light and/or chime, remove not come on then, have it fixed
the object from the seat or buckle immediately.
the seat belt.
{ Warning
Airbag Readiness Light
If the airbag readiness light stays
This light shows if there is an
on after the vehicle is started or
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means When the vehicle is started, the
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger the airbag system might not be passenger airbag status indicator
sensing system, the pretensioners, working properly. The airbags in will light ON and OFF for several
the airbag modules, the wiring, and the vehicle might not inflate in a seconds as a system check. Then,
the crash sensing and diagnostic crash, or they could even inflate after several more seconds, the
module. For more information on the without a crash. To help avoid status indicator will light either ON
airbag system, see Airbag System injury, have the vehicle serviced or OFF to let you know the status of
0 84. right away. the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag.
If there is a problem with the airbag If the word ON is lit on the
system, a Driver Information Center passenger airbag status indicator, it
(DIC) message may also come on. means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is allowed
Passenger Airbag Status to inflate.
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 91 for important
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the word OFF is lit on the Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
Lamp (Check Engine
system has turned off the front Light)
outboard passenger frontal airbag. This light is part of the vehicle’s
If, after several seconds, both status emission control on-board
indicator lights remain on, or if there diagnostic system. If this light is on
are no lights at all, there may be a while the engine is running, a
problem with the lights or the The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and
passenger sensing system. See briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The
your dealer for service. on, but the engine is not running, as light should come on to show that it
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in
{ Warning The light turns off when the engine Service Mode. See Ignition
Positions 0 224.
is started. If it does not, have the
If the airbag readiness light ever vehicle serviced by your dealer.
comes on and stays on, it means
If the light stays on, or comes on
that something may be wrong
while driving, there may be a
with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging
avoid injury to yourself or others, system. Have it checked by your
have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
away. See Airbag Readiness could drain the battery.
Light 0 140 for more information, Malfunctions are often indicated by
including important safety When this light comes on, the Driver the system before any problem is
Information Center (DIC) also noticeable. Being aware of the light
information.
displays a message. and seeking service promptly when
If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage.
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the light is on steady : A
Caution Caution (Continued) malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See required.
with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications
control system may not work as 0 284. Check the following:
well, the fuel economy may be . If fuel has been added to the
lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless fuel
run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that funnel adapter, make sure that it
costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control has been removed. See “Filling
covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle the Tank with a Portable Gas
emissions. Diagnosis and service Can” under Filling the Tank
may be required. 0 271. The diagnostic system
can detect if the adapter has
Caution To help prevent damage, reduce been left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard allowing fuel to evaporate into
Modifications to the engine, accelerations and uphill grades. the atmosphere. A few driving
transmission, exhaust, intake, If towing a trailer, reduce the trips with the adapter removed
or fuel system, or the use of amount of cargo being hauled as may turn off the light.
replacement tires that do not soon as possible.
. Poor fuel quality can cause
meet the original tire If the light continues to flash, find a inefficient engine operation and
specifications, can cause this light safe place to park. Turn the vehicle poor driveability, which may go
to come on. This could lead to off and wait at least 10 seconds away once the engine is warmed
costly repairs not covered by the before restarting the engine. If the up. If this occurs, change the
vehicle warranty. This could also light is still flashing, follow the fuel brand. It may require at
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass previous guidelines and see your least one full tank of the proper
an Emissions Inspection/ dealer for service as soon as fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
(Continued) possible. 0 269.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the light remains on, see your The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning
dealer. inspection if:
Light
Emissions Inspection and . The light is on when the engine
is running. The vehicle brake system consists
Maintenance Programs of two hydraulic circuits. If one
If the vehicle requires an Emissions . The light does not come on circuit is not working, the remaining
Inspection/Maintenance test, the when the ignition is in circuit can still work to stop the
test equipment will likely connect to Service Mode. vehicle. For normal braking
the vehicle's Data Link . Critical emission control systems performance, both circuits need to
Connector (DLC). have not been completely be working.
diagnosed. If this happens, the If the warning light comes on, there
vehicle would not be ready for is a brake problem. Have the brake
inspection and might require system inspected right away.
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
The DLC is under the instrument the vehicle has been recently
panel to the left of the steering serviced.
wheel. Connecting devices that are Metric English
not used to perform an Emissions See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready This light should come on briefly
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
for the test. when the engine is started. If it does
service the vehicle may affect
not come on then, have it fixed so it
vehicle operation. See Add-On
will be ready to warn you if there is
Electrical Equipment 0 281. See
a problem.
your dealer if assistance is needed.
If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a brake problem.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Parking Brake system. A message Antilock Brake System
{ Warning may also display in the Driver
(ABS) Warning Light
Information Center (DIC).
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake If the light does not come on,
system warning light is on. or remains flashing, see your dealer.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a Service Electric Parking
crash. If the light is still on after Brake Light
the vehicle has been pulled off (Uplevel Only)
the road and carefully stopped, This light comes on briefly when the
have the vehicle towed for engine is started.
service. If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
Electric Parking Brake there is a problem.
Light If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
This light should come on briefly and turn off the vehicle. Then start
when starting the vehicle. If it does the engine again to reset the
not come on, have it fixed so it will system. If the ABS light stays on,
be ready to warn if there is a or comes on again while driving, the
problem. vehicle needs service. A chime may
Metric English If this light stays on, take the vehicle also sound when the light comes on
to your dealer as soon as possible. steady.
This light comes on when the See the information for the Electric If the ABS light is the only light on,
parking brake is applied. If the light Parking Brake under Electric the vehicle has regular brakes, but
continues flashing after the parking Parking Brake 0 237. A message the antilock brakes are not
brake is released, or while driving, may also display in the Driver functioning.
there is a problem with the Electric Information Center (DIC).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If both the ABS and the brake This light is amber and flashes as a Pedestrian Ahead
system warning light are on, the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle's antilock brakes are not alert, to indicate that the lane
Indicator
functioning and there is a problem marking has been crossed.
with the regular brakes. See your See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 267.
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light Vehicle Ahead Indicator
0 143.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) If equipped, this indicator will

Light display amber when a nearby
pedestrian is detected directly in
front of the vehicle.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
If equipped, this indicator will System 0 263.
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
Traction Off Light
If equipped, this light is green if LKA much too closely.
is available to assist. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
LKA may assist by gently turning System 0 259.
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn This light comes on briefly while
amber. starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

dealer. If the system is working This light comes on briefly while If the light does not come on, have
normally, the indicator light then starting the engine. If it does not, the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
turns off. have the vehicle serviced by your If the system is working normally,
The traction off light comes on when dealer. the indicator light turns off.
the Traction Control System (TCS) This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the
has been turned off by pressing and StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled.
button. Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC)
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
light come on when StabiliTrak is system does not assist in controlling DIC messages to determine which
turned off. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
the StabiliTrak systems, and the and whether the vehicle requires
If the TCS is off, wheel speed will service.
be limited when necessary to warning light turns off.
protect the driveline from damage. See Traction Control/Electronic If the light is on and flashing, the
Adjust driving accordingly. Stability Control 0 239. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 239. Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 239.
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
StabiliTrak OFF Light Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light Caution (Continued)
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is Oil pressure can vary with engine
started. It provides information speed, outside temperature, and oil have the vehicle serviced. Always
about tire pressures and the TPMS. viscosity. follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
When the Light Is On Steady On some models, the oil pump will
vary engine oil pressure according
This indicates that one or more of to engine needs. Oil pressure may
the tires are significantly change quickly as the engine speed
underinflated. or load varies. This is normal. If the
A Driver Information Center (DIC) oil pressure warning light or Driver
tire pressure message may also Information Center (DIC) message
display. Stop as soon as possible, indicates oil pressure outside the
and inflate the tires to the pressure normal operating range, check the
value shown on the Tire and vehicle's oil as soon as possible. This light should come on briefly as
Loading Information label. See Tire the engine is started. If it does not
Pressure 0 326. Caution come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
When the Light Flashes First and Lack of proper engine oil
Then Is On Steady If the light comes on and stays on, it
maintenance can damage the means that oil is not flowing through
If the light flashes for about a minute engine. Driving with the engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle
and then stays on, there may be a low can also damage the engine. could be low on oil and might have
problem with the TPMS. If the The repairs would not be covered some other system problem. See
problem is not corrected, the light by the vehicle warranty. Check your dealer.
will come on at every ignition cycle. the oil level as soon as possible.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Add oil if required, but if the oil
Operation 0 328. level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Low Fuel Warning Light Low Fuel Warning Light The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
(Base Level) (Uplevel) does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
This light is near the fuel gauge and 0 52.
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working. High-Beam On Light
It also comes on when the fuel tank
Metric Shown, English Similar is low on fuel. The light turns off
This light comes on for a few when fuel is added. If it does not,
seconds when the ignition is turned have the vehicle serviced.
on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on, Security Light
have it fixed. This light comes on when the
The low fuel warning light comes on high-beam headlamps are in use.
and a chime sounds when the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns Changer 0 168.
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

IntelliBeam Light Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the This light comes on when the This light is white when the Adaptive
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is exterior lamps are in use. See Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
enabled. See Exterior Lamp Exterior Lamp Controls 0 166. on and ready, and turns green when
Controls 0 166. the ACC is set and active. See
Cruise Control Light Adaptive Cruise Control 0 246.
Front Fog Lamp Light
Door Ajar Light
The cruise control light is white

The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and
the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the This light comes on when a door is
The light goes out when the fog cruise control is set and active. open or not securely latched. Before
lamps are turned off. See Fog driving, check that all doors are
See Cruise Control 0 244. properly closed.
Lamps 0 170 for more information.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Information Displays o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is
the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or
Driver Information cluster. deselect that item. When an
V : Press to open a menu or select item is selected, a checkmark
Center (DIC) will appear next to it.
a menu item. Press and hold to
The DIC displays are shown in the reset values on certain screens. DIC Info Pages
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster DIC Info Page Options The following is the list of all
0 134. The displays show the status The info pages on the DIC can be possible DIC info page displays.
of many vehicle systems. The turned on or off through the Some may not be available for your
controls for the DIC are on the right Options menu. particular vehicle. Some items may
steering wheel control. not be turned on by default but can
1. Press o to access the cluster be turned on through the Options
applications. app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Options application. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
3. Press V to enter the miles per hour (mph). If equipped,
Options menu. press p to open the menu and
4. Scroll to Info Pages and select to display speed limit signs.
press p. Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
5. Press w or x to move kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
through the list of possible the trip odometer was last reset.
information displays.
This also shows the approximate
w or x : Press to move up or average liters per 100 kilometers
down in a list. (L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

calculated based on the number of Remaining Oil Life : Shows an Tire Pressure : Shows the
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the estimate of the oil's remaining useful approximate pressures of all four
last time this menu item was reset. life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
This number reflects only the displayed, that means 99% of the either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
approximate average fuel economy current oil life remains. per square inch (psi). If the pressure
that the vehicle has right now, and When the remaining oil life is low, is low, the value for that tire is
will change as driving conditions the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
change. message will appear on the display. Monitor System 0 327 and Tire
The oil should be changed as soon Pressure Monitor Operation 0 328.
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer as possible. See Engine Oil 0 289. Instantaneous Fuel Economy :
and the average fuel economy. Trip In addition to the engine oil life Displays the current fuel economy in
A and Trip B can also be reset by system monitoring the oil life, liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
additional maintenance is or miles per gallon (mpg). This
pressing p and choosing reset.
recommended in the Maintenance number reflects only the
Fuel Range : Shows the Schedule. See Maintenance approximate fuel economy that the
approximate distance the vehicle Schedule 0 365. vehicle has right now and changes
can be driven without refueling. The Oil Life display must be reset frequently as driving conditions
LOW will be displayed when the after each oil change. It will not change. This display cannot be
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil reset.
range estimate is based on an Life display at any time other than Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
average of the vehicle's fuel when the oil has just been changed. the average vehicle speed of the
economy over recent driving history It cannot be reset accurately until vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
and the amount of fuel remaining in the next oil change. To reset the or miles per hour (mph). This
the fuel tank. engine oil life system, press and average is based on the various
Follow Distance : If equipped, the hold V for several seconds while vehicle speeds recorded since the
current follow time to the vehicle the Oil Life display is active. See last reset. Reset the average speed
ahead is displayed as a time value Engine Oil Life System 0 291. by pressing V when it is displayed.
on this page.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Fuel Economy : The center The display provides information on Transmission Fluid
displays the approximate how current driving behavior affects Temperature : Shows the
instantaneous fuel economy as a the running average and how well temperature of the automatic
number and bar graph. Displayed recent driving compares to the best transmission fluid in either degrees
above the bar graph is a running that has been achieved for the Celsius (°C) or degrees
average of fuel economy for the selected distance. Fahrenheit (°F).
most recently traveled selected Timer : This display can be used as Off Road Page : This page shows
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel a timer. To start the timer, press V the traction, four wheel drive, and
while this display is active. The steering angle states. When the
economy that has been achieved for front or rear axles are locked, a lock
the selected distance. The selected display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was icon is displayed.
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.” last reset. To stop the timer, press V Blank Page : Shows no
briefly while this display is active information.
Press p to select the distance or and the timer is running. To reset
reset best value. Use w and x to the timer to zero, press and hold V
choose the distance and press V. while this display is active, or
Press w and x to select “Reset press p and select reset.
Best Score.” Press V to reset the Battery Voltage : Displays the
best average fuel economy. After current battery voltage, if equipped.
reset, the best value displays “-,-” Battery voltage changes are normal
until the selected distance has been while driving. See Charging System
traveled. Light 0 141. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

.
Vehicle Messages Brakes in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
. Ride Control Systems
Messages displayed on the DIC be reduced the next time the vehicle
indicate the status of the vehicle or . Driver Assistance Systems is driven. The vehicle may be driven
some action that may be needed to . Cruise Control while this message is on, but
correct a condition. Multiple maximum acceleration and speed
messages may appear one after . Lighting and Bulb Replacement may be reduced. Anytime this
another. . Wiper/Washer Systems message stays on, or displays
The messages that do not require repeatedly, the vehicle should be
. Doors and Windows
immediate action can be taken to your dealer for service as
. Seat Belts soon as possible.
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V. The messages that . Airbag Systems
require immediate action cannot be
Vehicle Speed Messages
. Engine and Transmission
cleared until that action is SPEED LIMITED TO
. Tire Pressure
performed. XXX KM/H (MPH)
. Battery
All messages should be taken This message shows that the
seriously; clearing the message vehicle speed has been limited to
does not correct the problem. Engine Power Messages the speed displayed. The limited
If a SERVICE message appears, ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED speed is a protection for various
see your dealer. propulsion and vehicle systems,
This message displays when the such as lubrication, thermal,
Follow the instructions given in the vehicle's propulsion power is suspension, Teen Driver if
messages. The system displays reduced. Reduced propulsion power equipped, or tires.
messages regarding the following can affect the vehicle's ability to
topics: accelerate. If this message is on,
. Service Messages but there is no observed reduction
. Fluid Levels
. Vehicle Security
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Wi-Fi
Vehicle 3. Touch the back icon on the
infotainment display to return to Each menu is detailed in the
Personalization the previous menu or exit. following information.
Use the audio system controls to Personalization Menus
access the personalization menus Time and Date
The following list of menu items may
for customizing vehicle features. Manually set the time and date. See
be available:
The following are all possible Clock 0 128.
. Time and Date
personalization features. Depending Rear Seat Reminder
on the vehicle, some may not be . Rear Seat Reminder
available. This allows for a chime and a
. Language message when the rear door has
Base Radio Audio System . Valet Mode been opened before or during
Controls operation of the vehicle. See Rear
. Teen Driver
{ : Press to access the Home Seats 0 71.
Page Menu. . Radio
Select Off or On.
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the . Vehicle
Language
menus or setup items. . Bluetooth
Select Language, then select from
0 : Touch to exit or return to the . Apple CarPlay the available language(s).
previous screen or menu. . Android Auto The selected language will display
Uplevel Radio Audio System . USB Auto Launch on the system, and voice
Controls recognition will reflect the selected
. Voice
1. Touch the desired feature to language.
display a list of available . Display
options. . Rear Camera
2. Touch to select the desired . Return to Factory Settings
feature setting.
. Software Information
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Valet Mode . Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume
This will lock the infotainment . Maximum Startup Volume This feature sets the maximum
system and steering wheel controls. startup volume. If the vehicle is
Manage Favorites started and the volume is greater
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations (if equipped). This allows favorites to be edited. than this level, the volume is
See “Manage Favorites” in adjusted to this level.
To enable valet mode:
“Settings” under “Radio” in the To set the maximum startup volume,
1. Enter a four-digit code on the infotainment manual. touch + or − to increase or
keypad.
Number of Favorites Shown decrease.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen. Touch to set the number of favorites Vehicle
to display.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Select and the following may
Select the desired number or select display:
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or Auto and the infotainment system
unlock the system. Touch Back to . Climate and Air Quality
will automatically adjust the number
go back to the previous menu. of favorites shown. . Collision/Detection Systems
Teen Driver Audible Touch Feedback . Comfort and Convenience
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” This allows Audible Touch . Lighting
in the infotainment manual. Feedback to be turned on or off. . Power Door Locks
Radio Select Off or On. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Touch and the following may Auto Volume Climate and Air Quality
display: This feature adjusts the volume Select and the following may
. Manage Favorites based on vehicle speed and display:
. ambient noise.
Number of Favorites Shown . Auto Fan Speed
. Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Audible Touch Feedback . Auto Defog
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Auto Rear Defog . Forward Collision System Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Auto Fan Speed . Front Pedestrian Detection Front Pedestrian Detection
This setting specifies the amount of . Park Assist This feature may help avoid or
airflow when the climate control fan . Rear Cross Traffic Alert reduce the harm caused by
setting is Auto Fan. front-end crashes with nearby
. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier pedestrians.
Select Low, Medium, or High.
. Lane Change Alert See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Auto Defog System 0 263.
Alert Type
When set to On, the front defog will Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
automatically react to temperature This feature will set crash alerts to
and humidity conditions that may beeps or seat vibrations. This Park Assist
cause fogging. setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision, Lane If equipped, this allows the feature
Select Off or On. Departure Warning, Adaptive Cruise to be turned on or off. See
Control, Parking Assist, and Assistance Systems for Parking or
Auto Rear Defog Backing 0 256.
Backing Warning alerts.
If equipped, this allows the Auto Select Off or On.
Rear Defog to be turned on or off. Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
This feature will automatically turn Forward Collision System Rear Cross Traffic Alert
on the rear window defogger when it This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
is cold outside. This feature will turn on or off the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and Alert feature to be turned on or off.
Select Off or On. Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). Select Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems The Off setting disables all FCA and
FAB functions. With the Alert and Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
Select the Collision/Detection Brake setting, both FCA and FAB This feature will give a reminder that
Systems menu and the following are available. The Alert setting Adaptive Cruise Control provides
may be displayed if equipped: disables FAB. See Forward when it has brought the vehicle to a
. Alert Type Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 261.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

complete stop behind another ignition is changed from off to on or R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
stopping vehicle, and then that ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory the ground near the rear wheels.
vehicle drives on. Seats 0 67. They will return to their previous
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. driving position when the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse) or the
Lane Change Alert Easy Exit Options ignition is turned to off.
This allows the feature to be turned This feature automatically recalls Select Off, On - Driver and
on or off. See Lane Change Alert the previously stored Exit button Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
(LCA) 0 265. position when exiting the vehicle. Passenger.
Select Off or On. See Memory Seats 0 67.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Select Off or On.
Comfort and Convenience When on and the front wiper is on,
Chime Volume the rear wiper will automatically
Select and the following may
This allows the selection of the activate when the vehicle is shifted
display:
chime volume level. to R (Reverse).
. Auto Memory Recall
Touch + or − to adjust the volume. Select Off or On.
. Easy Exit Options
Hands Free Liftgate Control Extended Hill Start Assist
. Chime Volume
The liftgate may be operated with a This allows the duration of the Hill
. Hands Free Liftgate Control Start Assist to be changed.
kicking motion under the left side of
. Reverse Tilt Mirror the rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 44. Select Extended Hold or
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off, On-Open and Close, Standard Hold.
. Extended Hill Start Assist or On-Open Only. Lighting
Auto Memory Recall Reverse Tilt Mirror Select and the following may
When on, the driver and/or display:
This feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored passenger mirrors will tilt downward . Vehicle Locator Lights
1 or 2 button positions when the when the vehicle is shifted to
. Exit Lighting
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
This feature will flash the exterior When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
lamps and allows some of the driver door from locking when the . Remote Window Operation
exterior lamps and most of the door is open. If Off is selected, the
interior lamps to turn on briefly Delayed Door Lock menu will be . Passive Door Unlock
when K on the Remote Keyless available. . Passive Door Lock
Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed Select Off or On. . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
to locate the vehicle.
Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Select Off or On.
This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will
Exit Lighting doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle
This allows the selection of how the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter.
long the exterior lamps stay on Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside. Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
or 120 Seconds. locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Power Door Locks switch on the door.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Select and the following may Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
display:
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
. Auto Door Unlock display: will unlock when pressing K on the
. Delayed Door Lock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
. Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Remote Door Unlock
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock . Device Management
This setting automatically turns on This allows the selection of what . Change Pairing PIN
the ventilated seats when using the doors will unlock when using the . Ringtones
remote start function on warm days. button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle. . Sort Order
Select Off or On.
Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Voice Mail Numbers
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Passive Door Lock . Text Message Alerts
This setting automatically turns on
the heated seats when using the This allows passive locking to be Device Information
remote start function on cold days. turned on or off and selects See information about the device
If equipped with Remote Start feedback. See Remote Keyless name, address, and PIN code.
Heated Steering Wheel, this feature Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
Pair New Device
will turn on when the Remote Start Select Off, On with Horn
Auto Heated Seats turn on. Chirp, or On. Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
Select Off or On. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
Remote Window Operation This feature sounds an alert when manual.
If equipped, this feature enables the the RKE transmitter is left in the Device Management
remote operation of all windows vehicle. This menu also enables
Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert. Select to connect to a different
from the RKE transmitter. See phone source, disconnect a phone,
“Remote Window Operation” in Select Off or On. or delete a phone.
Power Windows 0 57.
Bluetooth Change Pairing PIN
Select Off or On.
Select and the following may Select to change the PIN of a
display: device.
. Device Information
. Pair New Device
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Ringtones Apple CarPlay USB Auto Launch
Touch to change the ring tone for This feature allows Apple devices to This allows Android and Apple
the specific phone. The phone does be connected to the infotainment CarPlay devices to automatically
not need to be connected to change system through a USB port. connect when plugged into the
the ring tone. Select Off or On. USB port.
Sort Order Select Off or On.
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select to change the order of the Select to manage Apple devices. Voice
contacts list. Apple CarPlay must be on for this Select and the following may
Select First/Last or Last/First. feature to be accessed. display:
Voice Mail Numbers Android Auto . Confidence Threshold
This feature displays the voice mail Select and the following may . Prompt Length
number for all connected phones. display: . Audio Feedback Speed
To change the voice mail number, . Android Auto
select EDIT. Type a new number, . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
then select Save. . Manage Android Auto Devices
Confidence Threshold
Text Message Alerts Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment
This allows the feature to be turned This feature allows Android devices of the sensitivity of the speech
on or off. to be connected to the infotainment recognition system.
system through a USB port. Select Confirm More or
Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. Confirm Less.
Apple CarPlay
Manage Android Auto Devices Prompt Length
Select and the following may
display: Select to manage Android devices. This feature adjusts the voice
Android Auto must be on for this prompt length.
. Apple CarPlay
feature to be accessed. Select Short or Long.
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Audio Feedback Speed Calibrate Touchscreen Return to Factory Settings
This feature adjusts the audio Select to calibrate the touchscreen, Select and the following may
feedback speed. then follow the prompts. display:
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Turn Display Off . Restore Vehicle Settings
Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Select to turn the display off. Touch . Clear All Private Data
This feature gives voice anywhere on the infotainment . Restore Radio Settings
command tips. display area or press any controls
on the radio center stack to turn the Restore Vehicle Settings
Select Off or On. display on. This allows selection of restoring
Display Rear Camera vehicle settings.
Select and the following may This allows for Rear Parking Assist Select Restore or Cancel.
display: Symbols and Guidance Lines to be Clear All Private Data
. Mode turned off or on.
This allows selection to clear all
. Calibrate Touchscreen Select Off or On for the desired private information from the vehicle.
feature.
. Turn Display Off Select Delete or Cancel.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
Mode or Backing 0 256. Restore Radio Settings
Select to change the display screen This allows selection to restore
for day or night driving. radio settings.
Select Auto, Day, or Night. Select Restore or Cancel.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Software Information Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
Touch to view or update the version System devices.
of the infotainment system software.
See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote
Wi-Fi 0 390. system with any garage door opener
Select and the following may that does not have the stop and
display: Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
. Wi-Fi Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982.
. Manage Wi-Fi Networks Read these instructions completely
Wi-Fi before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
This feature allows Wi-Fi networks another person assist with the
to be turned of or on. programming process.
Select Off or On. Keep the original hand-held
Manage Wi-Fi Networks transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Select to manage Wi-Fi networks. Erase the programming when
Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to vehicle ownership is terminated.
be accessed. See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
If equipped, these buttons are in the section.
overhead console. To program a garage door opener,
This system can replace up to three park outside directly in line with and
remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener
activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and
door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door.
home automation devices. These
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
has a new battery for quicker and hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
more accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote second button press may
system buttons to be used to be required. For a second
Programming the Universal operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the
Remote System not release either button until newly programmed button
For questions or programming help, the indicator light changes from for five seconds. If the light
see www.homelink.com/gm or call a slow to a rapid flash. Then stays on or the garage door
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed release both buttons. moves, programming is
outside the U.S.A, Canada, Some garage door openers complete.
or Puerto Rico, international rates may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks
will apply and may differ based on Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds,
landline or mobile phone. under “Radio Signals for Some then changes to a solid light
Programming involves Gate Operators” later in this and the garage door does
time-sensitive actions, and may time section. not move, continue with
out causing the procedure to be 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6.
repeated. programmed Universal Remote
To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
1. Hold the end of the hand-held light and garage door
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm activation.
(1 to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
in view. The hand-held door moves when the
transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
door opener receiver. There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

and hold the same button a This may not be long enough for the
second time for two seconds, Universal Remote system to pick up
then release it. Again, if the the signal during programming.
door does not move or the If the programming did not work,
garage door lamp does not replace Step 2 under “Programming
flash, press and hold the same the Universal Remote System” with
button a third time for the following:
two seconds, then release it.
Press and hold the Universal
The Universal Remote system Remote system button while
Learn or Smart Button
should now activate the pressing and releasing the
4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door. hand-held transmitter button every
locate the Learn or Smart
Repeat the process for two seconds until the signal has
button inside the garage on the
programming the two remaining been successfully accepted by the
garage door opener receiver.
buttons. Universal Remote system. The
The name and color of the
Universal Remote system indicator
button may vary by Radio Signals for Some Gate light will flash slowly at first and then
manufacturer. Operators rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
5. Press and release the Learn or For questions or programming help, “Programming the Universal Remote
Smart button. Step 6 must be see www.homelink.com/gm or call System” to complete.
completed within 30 seconds of 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed
pressing this button. outside the U.S.A, Canada,
6. Inside the vehicle, press and or Puerto Rico, international rates
hold the newly programmed will apply and may differ based on
Universal Remote system landline or mobile phone.
button for two seconds, then Some radio-frequency laws and
release it. If the garage door gate operators require transmitter
does not move or the lamp on signals to time out or quit after
the garage door opener several seconds of transmission.
receiver does not flash, press
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
166 Lighting
Lighting Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Battery Load Management . . . 173 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 174
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 166
Exterior Lighting Battery
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 170
Turn and Lane-Change
The exterior lamp control is on the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
instrument panel to the left of the
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
steering column.
Interior Lighting There are four positions.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 to O again to reactivate the
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
outside lighting.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Lighting 167
; : Turns on the parking lamps Turning On and Enabling Keep this area of the windshield
including all lamps, except the IntelliBeam clear of debris to allow for best
headlamps. system performance.
5 : Turns on the headlamps The high-beam headlamps remain
together with the parking lamps and on, under the automatic control,
instrument panel lights. until one of the following situations
occurs:
IntelliBeam® System . The system detects an
If equipped, this system turns the approaching vehicle's
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on headlamps.
and off according to surrounding . The system detects a preceding
traffic conditions. To enable the IntelliBeam system, vehicle's taillamps.
The system turns the high-beam press b on the turn signal lever . The outside light is bright
headlamps on when it is dark when it is dark outside and the enough that high-beam
enough and there is no other traffic exterior lamp control is in AUTO headlamps are not required.
present.
or 5. The blue high-beam on light . The vehicle's speed drops below
appears on the instrument cluster 20 km/h (12 mph).
when the high beams are on.
. The IntelliBeam system is
Driving with IntelliBeam disabled by the button on
The system only activates the high the turn signal lever. If this
beams when driving over 40 km/h happens, press b on
(25 mph). the turn signal lever when the
This light comes on in the exterior lamp control is in the
instrument cluster when the There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that AUTO or 5 position to
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
automatically controls the system. reactivate the IntelliBeam
system. The instrument cluster
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
168 Lighting
light will come on to indicate the . The vehicle is loaded such that Flash-to-Pass
IntelliBeam system is the front end points upward,
reactivated. causing the light sensor to aim This feature is used to signal to the
high and not detect headlamps vehicle ahead that you want
. The IntelliBeam system will turn to pass.
off if the fog lamps are and taillamps.
turned on. . The vehicle is being driven on If the headlamps are off or in the
winding or hilly roads. low-beam position, pull the turn
The high beams may not turn off signal lever toward you to
automatically if the system cannot The IntelliBeam system may need to momentarily switch to high beams.
detect another vehicle's lamps be disabled if any of the above
because of any of the following: conditions exist. Release the lever to turn the
high-beam headlamps off.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed Headlamp High/
from view, or otherwise Low-Beam Changer Daytime Running
undetected. Lamps (DRL)
Push the turn signal lever away
. The other vehicle's lamps are from you and release, to turn the DRL can make it easier for others to
covered with dirt, snow, and/or high beams on. To return to low see the front of your vehicle during
road spray. beams, push the lever again or pull the day. Fully functional DRL are
it toward you and release. required on all vehicles first sold in
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot
Canada.
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road The dedicated DRL will come on
spray, mist, or other airborne when all of the following conditions
obstructions. are met:
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, . The ignition is on.
cracked, or obstructed by . The exterior lamp control is
something that blocks the view in AUTO.
of the light sensor. This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the . The light sensor determines it is
high-beam headlamps are on. daytime.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Lighting 169
. The vehicle is not parked. cluster may not be as bright as
The taillamps, instrument panel usual. Make sure the instrument
lights, and other lamps will not panel brightness control is in the full
be on. bright position. See Instrument
Panel Illumination Control 0 171.
The DRL turn off when the
When it is bright enough outside,
headlamps are turned to O or the the headlamps will turn off or may
ignition is off. For vehicles sold in change to DRL.
Canada, this control only works
when the vehicle is parked. The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
Automatic Headlamp control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.
System There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the Lights On with Wipers
When the exterior lamp control is
sensor; otherwise the headlamps
set to AUTO and it is dark enough If the windshield wipers are
will come on when they are not
outside, the headlamps come on activated in daylight with the engine
needed.
automatically. on, and the exterior lamp control is
The system may also turn on the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
headlamps when driving through a lamps, and other exterior lamps
parking garage or tunnel. come on. The transition time for the
If the vehicle is started in a dark lamps coming on varies based on
garage, the automatic headlamp wiper speed. When the wipers are
system comes on immediately. If it not operating, these lamps turn off.
is light outside when the vehicle Move the exterior lamp control to O
leaves the garage, there is a slight or ; to disable this feature.
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
During that delay, the instrument
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
170 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
Signals
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Instrument
Panel Fuse Block 0 314.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
| : Press to make the front and An arrow on the instrument cluster

rear turn signal lamps flash on and will flash in the direction of the turn
off. This warns others that you are or lane change.
having trouble. Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
Press | again to turn the change. Hold it there until the lane
flashers off. change is complete. If the lever is
moved momentarily to the lane
change position, the arrow will flash The fog lamps button is on the
three times. It will flash six times if instrument panel beside the steering
Tow/Haul Mode is active. wheel.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Lighting 171
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps
and the headlamps or parking lamps
must be on. The courtesy lamps come on when
Instrument Panel any door is opened unless the dome
# : If equipped, press to turn on or Illumination Control lamp override is activated. To
off. An indicator light on the deactivate the dome lamp override,
instrument cluster comes on when
press j OFF and the indicator
the fog lamps are on.
light on the button will turn off.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on The reading lamps, located on the
along with the fog lamps. front overhead console and the
headliner above the rear seat
passengers, can be controlled
independently of the courtesy
lamps.
The brightness of the instrument Dome Lamps
cluster display, infotainment display
and controls, steering wheel
controls, and all other illuminated
controls, as well as feature status
indicators can be adjusted.
The knob for this feature is on the
instrument panel beside the steering
column.
Push the knob in all the way until it
extends out and then turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
brighten or dim the lights.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
172 Lighting
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
To operate, press the following
buttons:
j OFF : Press to turn off the
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
override is activated. Press j Rear Reading Lamps
OFF again to deactivate this feature The rear reading lamps are over the
and the indicator light will turn off. rear seats.
The dome lamps will come on when Front Reading Lamps
doors are opened. Press the lamp lens to turn the rear
The front reading lamps are in the passenger reading lamps on or off.
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome overhead console.
lamps on manually. Press again to
turn the dome lamps off. Press the lamp lenses to turn the
front reading lamps on or off.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
seats. These lamps come on when
any door is opened.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Lighting 173
Lighting Features Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
Some exterior lamps and interior prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
Entry Lighting lights come on at night, or in areas has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
Some exterior lamps and most of with limited lighting, when the driver display on the Driver Information
the interior lights turn on briefly at door is opened after the ignition is Center (DIC), you may see the
night, or in areas of limited lighting turned off. The dome lamp comes voltage move up or down. This is
on after the ignition is turned off. normal. If there is a problem, an
when K is pressed on the Remote The exterior lamps and dome lamp alert will be displayed.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. remain on for a set amount of time,
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) then automatically turn off. The battery can be discharged at
System Operation 0 32. When the idle if the electrical loads are very
driver door is opened, all control The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles.
lights, Driver Information Center immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator
(DIC) lights, and door pocket lights lamp control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
turn on. After about 30 seconds the This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all of the
exterior lamps turn off, then the Vehicle Personalization 0 154. power needed for very high
remaining interior lights dim to off. electrical loads.
Entry lighting can be disabled Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when
manually by turning the ignition on
or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or by Management several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
pressing Q on the RKE transmitter. The vehicle has Electric Power window defogger, climate control fan
Management (EPM) that estimates at high speed, heated seats, engine
This feature can be changed. See the battery's temperature and state
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage plugged into accessory power
Vehicle Personalization 0 154. for best performance and extended outlets.
life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
174 Lighting
It can increase engine idle speed to . The doors are closed and then
generate more power whenever re-opened.
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some Exterior Lighting Battery
accessories.
Saver
Normally, these actions occur in
The exterior lamps turn off about
steps or levels, without being
10 minutes after the ignition is
noticeable. In rare cases at the
turned off, if the parking lamps or
highest levels of corrective action,
headlamps have been manually left
this action may be noticeable to the
on. This protects against draining
driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
and charging message displays. It is
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
recommended that the driver reduce
to the off position and then back to
the electrical loads as much as
the parking lamp or headlamp
possible. See Driver Information
position.
Center (DIC) 0 150.
To keep the lamps on for more than
Battery Power Protection 10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
This feature helps prevent the
battery from being drained, if the
interior courtesy lamps or reading
lamps are accidentally left on. If any
of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after
10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The
lamps will not come back on again
until one of the following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Infotainment System 175

Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 191
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Infotainment
Apple CarPlay and Base radio information is included in
Introduction Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 197 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 176 available infotainment systems.
Trademarks and License
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Agreements
Trademarks and License become familiar with these features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
{ Warning
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Taking your eyes off the road for
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 too long or too often while using
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 any infotainment feature can
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 184 could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 displays and focus your attention
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
176 Infotainment System

The infotainment system has built-in . Set up phone numbers in Theft-Deterrent Feature
features intended to help avoid advance so they can be called
distraction by disabling some easily by pressing a single The infotainment system has an
functions when driving. These control or by using a single voice electronic security system installed
functions may gray out when they command if equipped with to prevent theft.
are unavailable. Many infotainment Bluetooth phone capability. The infotainment system only works
features are also available through . Set up your Bluetooth, CarPlay, in the vehicle in which it was first
the instrument cluster and steering or Android Auto device. Some installed, and cannot be used in
wheel controls. devices will require a series of another vehicle.
Before driving: setup steps to be taken or a
. Become familiar with the default app to be chosen prior to
operation, center stack controls, using the feature. Not
and infotainment display completing these steps could
controls. prevent the feature from
functioning properly.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the See Defensive Driving 0 209.
tone, and adjusting the To play the infotainment system with
speakers. the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 228.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Overview 1. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
0 178. Press and hold to
access Projection
supported devices when
connected.
2. g
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the previous
strongest station or
channel.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press to go to the
previous content. Press and
hold to fast rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the
system when on.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Turn to decrease or selected, the item may highlight. Projection : Touch to access
increase the volume. Press and hold to rearrange icons supported devices when connected.
on the screen. See USB Port 0 184.
4. d
Home Page Features Settings : Touch to access the
. Radio: Press and release to Personalization menu. See Vehicle
go to the next strongest Personalization 0 154.
station or channel. Press
and hold to fast seek the Climate : If equipped, touch to
next strongest station or access the Climate menu. See Dual
channel. Automatic Climate Control System
0 200 or Rear Climate Control
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ System 0 203.
Pictures: Press to go to the
next content. Press and OnStar : If equipped, touch to
hold to fast forward. access the OnStar menu. See
OnStar Overview 0 394.
5. 5 Press { to go to the Home Page.
. Press and release to Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, Operation
access the phone screen, SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Radio Controls
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home Gallery : Touch to view a picture or The infotainment system is operated
screen. movie. by using the center stack controls,
menus shown on the infotainment
Home Page Phone : Touch to activate the display, and steering wheel controls.
phone features (if equipped). Press
Infotainment Display Controls and hold to start a Voice session Turning the System On or Off
Controls show on the infotainment

with a paired device. See Bluetooth O : Press to turn the radio on.
(Overview) 0 191 or Bluetooth Press and hold to turn the radio off.
display when available. When a (Infotainment Controls) 0 192.
function is unavailable, the item may
gray out. When a function is
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Automatic Switch-Off 2. Touch Radio. To manually check for updates,
If the infotainment system has been 3. Touch Tone Settings. touch SETTINGS on the Home
turned on after the ignition is turned Page, followed by Software
. Bass, Midrange, or Treble: Information, and then System
off, the system will turn off Touch − or +.
automatically after 10 minutes. Update. Follow the on-screen
. Fader or Balance: Adjust prompts. The steps to check for,
Volume Control the front/rear or left/right download and install updates may
O : Turn to increase or decrease. speakers by dragging the vary by vehicle.
Press when the system is on to dot in the vehicle image on Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle
mute and unmute the system. the screen. software updates requires Internet
connectivity, which can be accessed
System Settings 4. Touch 3 to go back to the
through the vehicle’s built-in OnStar
source screen. 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
Auto Volume
active. If required, data plans are
This feature automatically adjusts Software Updates provided by a third party. Optionally,
the radio volume to compensate for a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a
road and wind noise. Over-the-Air Software Updates
compatible mobile device hotspot,
The level of volume compensation If equipped, the infotainment system home hotspot, or public hotspot can
can be selected, or the feature can can download and install select be used. Applicable data rates may
be turned off. software updates over a wireless apply.
connection. The system will prompt
Tone Settings for certain updates to be
The tone settings can be set for downloaded and installed. There is
each radio band and each audio also an option to check for updates
player source. manually.
Custom Tone Settings
1. Touch SETTINGS on the
Home Page.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To connect the infotainment system Radio Direct Tune
to a secured mobile device hotspot, From the AM or FM menu:
home hotspot, or public hotspot,
touch SETTINGS on the Home AM-FM Radio 1. Touch Tune.
Page, followed by Wi-Fi, and then Playing the Radio 2. Enter the station number.
Manage Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
appropriate Wi-Fi network, and Audio Source Menu 3. Touch Go.
follow the on-screen prompts. { : Press to go to the Home Page. Favorites
Download speeds may vary.
O : Press to turn on, mute, 1. Touch S or T to scroll through
On most compatible mobile devices, or unmute the system. Press and
activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the favorite pages.
hold to turn off the system.
the Settings menu under Mobile 2. Touch the station to select it.
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Selecting a Band
Mobile Hotspot, or similar. Update Station List
1. Press {. . From the AM or FM menu, touch
Availability of Over-the-Air vehicle
2. Touch AUDIO. Menu, then touch Update Station
software updates varies by vehicle
and country. For more information List. The broadcasting list
3. Touch Source. updating will begin.
on this feature, see
www.my.chevrolet.com/learn. 4. Touch AM or FM. . During the AM or FM
The last station that was playing broadcasting list update, touch
starts playing again. Cancel to stop the updates.
Selecting a Station Station List
Seek Tuning 1. From the AM or FM menu,
touch Menu.
If the radio station is not known:
2. Select Station List.
Press g or d to automatically
search for available radio stations.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

3. Touch Q or R to scroll through Tone Settings Storing Stations
the list. Touch the station to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See To store the station to a position in
select it. “Tone Settings” under the list, touch and hold the
Operation 0 178. corresponding favorite 1−5.
Menu
2. Touch 3 to return to the 1. Select the desired station.
Touch to choose between available
menus for the current source. previous menu. 2. Touch S or T to select the
Operation Auto Volume desired page of saved
favorites.
1. Touch MENU on the AM-FM 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
radio screen. Volume” under Operation 3. Touch and hold any of the
0 178. favorites to save the current
2. Touch the menu to select the radio station to that location on
desired item or to display the 2. Touch 3 to return to the the selected favorites page.
detail menu item. previous menu.
To change a preset, tune to the new
3. Touch 3 to return to the Categories desired radio station and touch and
previous menu. 1. Touch Categories. hold the preset.
Station List 2. Touch Q or R to find the Satellite Radio
1. Touch Station List from the desired category. Touch the
If equipped, vehicles with a
AM-FM menu. The station list category to select it.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio tuner and a
is displayed.
Storing a Station as a Favorite valid SiriusXM Satellite Radio
2. Touch Q or R to find the subscription can receive SiriusXM
Stations from all bands can be programming.
desired station. Touch the stored in any order in the favorite
station to select it. pages.
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

SiriusXM Satellite Radio 3. Touch Source. 2. Touch the preset to listen to the
Service 4. Touch SXM and the most channel.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service recent listened to SiriusXM Using the SiriusXM Menu
based in the 48 contiguous United channel will display.
States and 10 Canadian provinces. Operation
Selecting a Category
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide 1. Touch MENU on the SXM
variety of programming and From Menu, touch Categories, then screen.
commercial-free music, coast to touch the desired category or from
2. Touch the menu to select the
coast, and in digital-quality sound. Categories, touch Q or R to find the desired item or to display the
During your trial or when you desired channel. Touch the channel detail menu item.
subscribe, you will get unlimited to select it.
access to SiriusXM Radio Online for 3. Touch Back on the infotainment
when you are not in the vehicle. Selecting a Channel display to return to the
A service fee is required to receive previous menu.
Press g or d to seek the previous
the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM Channel List
service needs to be reactivated, the or next channel.
radio will display "No Subscription Using the Preset Buttons 1. Touch Channel List from the
Please Renew" on channel XM1. SXM menu. The channel list is
For more information, contact Up to five favorites pages can be displayed.
SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or saved, and each page can store up
to five channels. 2. Touch Q or R to find the
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.), and
www.siriusxm.ca or 1-877-438-9677 desired channel. Touch the
To change a preset, tune to the new
(Canada). channel to select it.
desired channel and hold the
preset. Tone Settings
Listening to SiriusXM Radio (If
Equipped) Listening to Preset Channels 1. Touch Tone Settings. See
“Tone Settings” under
1. Press {. 1. Touch S or T repeatedly to Operation 0 178.
select the desired
2. Touch AUDIO.
favorites page.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2. Touch Back on the infotainment Radio Reception interfere with radio reception. When
display. this happens, try reducing the treble
Frequency interference and static on the radio.
Auto Volume can occur during normal radio
1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto reception if items such as mobile SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Volume” under Operation phone chargers, vehicle Service
0 178. convenience accessories, and
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
external electronic devices are
2. Touch Back on the infotainment gives digital radio reception from
plugged into the accessory power
display. coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
outlet. If there is interference or
United States, and in Canada. Just
Categories static, unplug the item from the
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
accessory power outlet.
1. Touch Categories. interfere with satellite radio signals,
FM causing the sound to fade in and
2. Touch Q or R to find the out. In addition, traveling or standing
desired category. Touch the FM signals only reach about 16 to under heavy foliage, bridges,
category to select it. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the garages, or tunnels may cause loss
radio has a built-in electronic circuit of the SiriusXM signal for a period
Explicit Content Filter that automatically works to reduce of time.
When on, only a filtered list of interference, some static can occur,
channels will be received. When off, especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage
all regular SXM programming hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making
subscribed to will be received. and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging,
1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter. AM or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the
2. Select to enable or disable. The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
greater than for FM, especially at if this happens.
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Antenna Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players
The AM-FM antenna is integrated in The multi-band antenna is on the
the liftgate spoiler and the liftgate roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media
window defogger. used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Devices
No maintenance or adjustments are Satellite Radio Service System, and
GPS (Global Positioning System), When using media devices such as
needed. Do not place loads on the CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD
spoiler. if the vehicle has these features.
Keep the antenna clear of cards, USB devices, and mobile
If the spoiler is replaced, be sure it obstructions for clear reception. devices, consider the source.
is replaced with the correct GM Untrusted media devices could
parts for the best AM and FM If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is contain files that affect system
reception. open, reception can also be operation or performance. Avoid use
affected. if the content or origin cannot be
Do not scratch the inside surface or
trusted.
damage the lines in the glass. If the
inside surface is damaged, it could
interfere with radio reception. USB Port
If attaching a cell phone antenna to Using the USB Port
the glass, attach it between the grid
lines. The infotainment system can play
music by connecting an auxiliary
device to the USB port.
USB Support
The USB ports are on the center
stack, and use the USB 2.0
standard. There is also a USB port
in the storage area behind the radio
(if equipped). There are also
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

charging only USB ports on the rear To view supported devices in automatically powers off and will not
of the center console and in the Canada, see charge or draw power from the
third row seating area. www.chevroletowner.ca. vehicle's battery.
USB Supported Devices To view supported devices in For more information on USB
Mexico, see your dealer for details. usage, see “Audio System
. USB Flash Drives
Information” following.
. Portable USB Hard Drives USB Supported File and Folder
Structure Audio System Information
Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port. The infotainment system supports: The infotainment system can play
. FAT16 the music files contained in the USB
Make sure the iPod has the latest storage device or iPod/iPhone
firmware from Apple for proper . FAT32 products.
operation. iPod firmware can be . exFAT
updated using the latest iTunes Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
application. See www.apple.com/ Connecting a USB Storage . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
itunes. Device or iPod/iPhone .ogg, and .wav file name
For help with identifying your iPod, extensions can be played.
To connect a USB storage device,
go to www.apple.com/support. connect the device to the USB port. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
The USB port can play both lower rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
one end of the device’s cable to the
and .wav files stored on a USB 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
iPod/iPhone and the other end to
storage device. kHz, and 16 kHz.
the USB port.
. Files with a bit rate above
Supported Apple Devices The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
128 kbps will result in higher
To view supported devices in U.S., connected to the vehicle if the
quality sound.
see www.my.chevrolet.com\learned. ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY. See Ignition . ID3 Tag information for MP3
Positions 0 224. When the vehicle is files, such as the album name
turned off, the iPod/iPhone and the artist, can be played.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. To display album title, track title, . The time it takes to process files . USB storage devices can only
and artist information, the file will depend on the USB storage be connected for playing music,
should be compatible with the device type and capacity, and viewing photo files,
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. the type of files stored. or upgrading.
Using USB Storage Devices or . Some USB storage device files . Do not use the USB terminal to
iPod/iPhone may not be compatible. charge USB accessory
. Use a USB or flash memory type . Up to two USB devices and one equipment. The heat generated
storage device. Do not connect iPod can be played through a may cause performance issues
using a USB adaptor. USB hub. All devices may not be or damage.
. Do not connect and reconnect supported, depending on the . Music files to which Digital Right
the USB device repeatedly in a performance of the USB hub. Management (DRM) is applied
short time, as this may cause If there is not enough power cannot be played.
static electricity and problems supply, it may not operate . USB storage device that has a
using the device. normally. capacity limit of no more than
. Use a USB device with a metal . Do not disconnect the USB 5,000 files, such as music,
connecting terminal. storage device while it is playing. photo, video, and 15 levels of
This may cause damage to the folder structure. Normal usage
. Connection with i-Stick Type product or affect the cannot be guaranteed for a
USB storage devices may be performance of the USB device. storage device that exceeds this
faulty due to vehicle vibration. limit. The iPod/iPhone can play
. Disconnect the USB storage
. Do not touch the USB device when the ignition is all music files that are
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned supported. The music file lists
on while the USB device is will only display in alphabetical
. Only USB storage devices order up to 5,000 files on the
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT connected, the USB device may
be damaged or may not operate screen.
file systems are recognized.
NTFS and other file systems are normally.
not recognized.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Some iPod/iPhone product
models may not support the
connectivity or functionality of
this product.
. Only connect the iPod/iPhone
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone
products. Other connection
cables cannot be used. . Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already
. The iPod/iPhone may be classification items related to the connected:
damaged if it is connected to the search function provided by the
vehicle with the ignition on. iPod/iPhone. 1. Press {.
When not in use, disconnect the
USB Player 2. Touch AUDIO.
iPod/iPhone.
. Playing Music from a USB Device 3. Touch Source.
When the iPod/iPhone is
connected to the USB port by . Connect the USB device to the 4. Touch USB.
using the iPod/iPhone cable, the USB port. To stop the USB device and select
Bluetooth music is not . Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
supported. Source, then select the other
the system has finished reading
. The iPod/iPhone playback the USB device. source.
functions and the information . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select
displayed may be different when another function, then remove the
connected, an error message
played on the infotainment USB device.
displays and the system will
system.
switch to the previous audio Pause
function.
. Touch j to pause.
. Touch r to resume.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Changing to Next/Previous Songs Using the USB Music Menu Auto Volume
. Touch l to change to the . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
next song. Volume menu is displayed. See
“Auto Volume” under “Radio
. Touch g within five seconds of Controls” in Operation 0 178.
the playback time to play the Traffic Program (If Equipped)
previous song.
. Touch On or Off.
Returning to the Beginning of the
Current Song MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
Touch g after five seconds of the . Connect a MTP supported
. Touch Menu during playback. device.
playback time.
. Touch the desired menu. . Play will start automatically after
Scanning Forward or Backward
. Applicable audio extensions are the system has finished reading
Touch and hold g or l during asx, m3u, .pls, .wpl, b4s, the MTP device.
playback to rewind or fast forward. and .xspf. . If a non-readable MTP device is
Release to resume playback at Browse Music connected, an error message
normal speed. displays and the system will
1. Touch Browse Music.
Playing Songs Randomly switch to the previous audio
2. Touch the desired music. function.
Touch Z during playback.
Tone Settings iPod/iPhone Player
. ON: Plays all songs randomly.
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone This feature is limited to models
. OFF: Returns to normal Settings menu is displayed. See supporting the iPod/iPhone
playback. “Tone Settings” under “Radio connection.
Controls” in Operation 0 178.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Playing Music from an iPod/ To remove the device, select Playing Songs Randomly
iPhone Player another function, then remove the
device. Touch Z during playback.
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
USB port. Pause . ON: Plays all songs randomly.
. Play will start from the previously . OFF: Returns to normal
. Touch j to pause. playback.
played point after the system
has finished reading the USB . Touch r to resume. Using the iPod Menu
device.
Changing to Next/Previous Song . Touch Menu during playback.
. If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message . Touch l to change to the . Touch the appropriate
displays and the system will next song. play mode.
switch to the previous audio . Touch g within two seconds of Browse Music
function. 1. Touch Browse Music.
the playback time to play the
If the iPod/iPhone is already previous song. 2. Touch the desired music.
connected:
Returning to the Beginning of the Tone Settings
1. Press {. Current Song
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
2. Touch AUDIO. Touch g after two seconds of the Settings menu is displayed. See
3. Touch Source. playback time. “Tone Settings” under “Radio
Scanning Forward or Backward Controls” in Operation 0 178.
4. Touch iPod.
Auto Volume
To stop the device and select Touch and hold g or l during
another media source, touch playback to rewind or fast forward. . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Source, then select the other Release to resume playback at Volume menu is displayed. See
source. normal speed. “Auto Volume” under “Radio
Controls” in Operation 0 178.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Picture System Information Some features are disabled while . Clock, Temp. Display:
the vehicle is in motion. Allows selection of On or
The infotainment system can view
Off to show the clock and
picture files stored on a USB Viewing a Slide Show temperature on the full
storage device and devices that
support Media Transfer 1. Touch z from the picture screen.
Protocol (MTP). screen. . Display Settings: Adjusts
. Supported file extensions: .jpg, 2. Touch the screen to cancel the for Brightness and Contrast.
.bmp, .png, .gif. slide show during the slide 3. Touch Back on the infotainment
show playback. display to exit.
. Animated GIF files are not
supported. Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture Auxiliary Devices
. Some files may not operate due
to a different recording format or Touch S or T from the picture Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
the condition of the file. screen. Settings menus and functions may
Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture vary depending on vehicle options.
1. Connect the USB device to the The auxiliary input jack can be used
USB port.
Touch w from the picture screen. to connect external audio devices
Enlarging a Picture such as an iPod, iPhone, MP3
2. Touch the infotainment display player, CD player, and other
to open to full screen. Touch Touch x from the picture screen. supported devices for use as
the infotainment display again another source for audio listening.
to return to the previous Using the USB Picture Menu
This input jack is not an audio
screen. 1. Touch MENU from the picture output; do not plug headphones into
If the USB device is already screen. the front auxiliary input jack.
connected: 2. Touch the appropriate menu:
1. Press {. . Slide Show Time: Allows
2. Touch GALLERY. selection of the slide show
interval.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The auxiliary input jack is in the .
center stack. The infotainment
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
system can play music connected all cell phones. See “Pairing”
by the auxiliary device. Bluetooth (Overview) later in this section.
Play will begin when the system has If equipped with Bluetooth capability,
finished reading the information on the system can interact with many { Warning
the device. Bluetooth phones, PDAs, or other
devices to: When using a cell phone, it can
Playing Music be distracting to look too long or
. Place and receive hands-free
To play music from the device, if the calls. too often at the screen of the
device is already connected: phone or the infotainment system.
. Transmit hands-free data. Taking your eyes off the road too
1. Press {. . Play audio streaming files. long or too often could cause a
2. Touch AUDIO. crash resulting in injury or death.
The device must be paired first. See
“Pairing” later in this section. Focus your attention on driving.
3. Touch Source.
4. Touch AUX. To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
To adjust the tone settings, see parked: can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
“Tone Settings” in Operation 0 178. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
. Become familiar with the make and receive phone calls. The
features of the cell phone. infotainment system is used to
Organize the phone book and control the system. The system can
contact lists clearly and delete be used while ignition is on or in
duplicate or rarely used entries. ACC/ACCESSORY. See Ignition
If possible, program speed dial Positions 0 224. Not all phones
or other shortcuts. support all functions and not all
. Review the controls and phones work with the Bluetooth
operation of the infotainment system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth
system.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

for more information about Steering Wheel Controls . Up to 10 cell phones can be
compatible phones, for U.S. and See Steering Wheel Controls 0 124. paired to the Bluetooth system.
Canada only. . The pairing process is disabled
The Bluetooth system range can be Bluetooth (Infotainment when the vehicle is moving.
up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Controls) . Pairing only needs to be
There may be restrictions on using completed once, unless the
To use infotainment controls to
Bluetooth wireless technology in pairing information on the cell
access the menu system, see
some locations. phone changes or the cell phone
Overview 0 177.
Due to the variety of Bluetooth is deleted from the system.
devices and their firmware versions, Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can
the device may respond differently A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth
when performing over Bluetooth. must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time.
On a current phone call, an image system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are
of the current contact from the vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the
phone's contact list may be your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first
displayed. Not all phones are guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the
compatible with this feature. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired.
phone is not connected, calls will be
Refer to the cell phone made using OnStar Hands-Free When the Bluetooth device and
manufacturer’s user guide for Calling, if available. See OnStar infotainment system are
questions about the phone's Overview 0 394. successfully paired, the phone book
Bluetooth functionality. is downloaded automatically. This is
Pairing Information dependent on the type of phone
Bluetooth Controls paired. If the automatic download
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3
If equipped with Bluetooth capability, capability cannot be paired to does not occur, proceed with the
use the controls on the infotainment the vehicle as a phone and an phone book download on the
system and the steering wheel to MP3 player at the same time. phone.
operate the system.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Pairing a Phone – SSP and No Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired . The connected phone is
Paired Device Device highlighted by 5.
When there is no paired device on When a paired device is on the
the infotainment system and Simple infotainment system and SSP is
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: supported: and phone music functions are
enabled.
1. Press {. 1. Press {. . 5 indicates only the hands-free
2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the 2. Touch SETTINGS. function is enabled.
center stack, or press g on the 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z indicates only Bluetooth
steering wheel without OnStar. Management.
music is enabled.
3. Touch Search Device. 4. Touch the desired device to
pair. When the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No
4. Touch the desired device to device and infotainment system Paired Device
pair on the searched list
screen. are successfully paired, Z / 5 When there is no paired device on
is displayed on the pair device the infotainment system and SSP is
5. Touch Yes on the pop-up screen. If no desired device is not supported:
screen of the Bluetooth device available go to Step 5.
and infotainment system. 1. Press {.
5. Touch Search Device to search
6. When the Bluetooth device and for the desired device. 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the
infotainment system are center stack, or press g on the
successfully paired, the phone 6. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list steering wheel without OnStar.
screen is displayed on the
infotainment system. screen. 3. Touch Search Device.
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 4. Touch the desired device to
screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list
and infotainment system. screen.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

5. Input the Personal 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
Identification Number (PIN) Management. and phone music functions are
code (default: 1234) to the 4. Touch the desired device to enabled.
Bluetooth device. When the pair. When the Bluetooth
Bluetooth device and device and infotainment system
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
infotainment system are function is enabled.
successfully paired, the are successfully paired, Z / 5
PHONE screen is displayed on is displayed on the pair device . Z indicates only Bluetooth
the infotainment system. screen. If no desired device is music is enabled.
available go to Step 5.
When the connection fails, a failure Connecting a Paired Bluetooth
message is displayed on the 5. Touch Search Device to search Device
infotainment system. for the desired device.
1. Press {.
If a Bluetooth device was previously 6. Touch the desired device to
connected, the infotainment system pair on the searched list 2. Touch SETTINGS.
executes the auto connection. screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
However, if the Bluetooth setting on 7. Input the Personal Management.
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a Identification Number (PIN) 4. Touch the device to be
failure message is displayed on the code (default: 1234) to the connected.
infotainment system. Bluetooth device. When the
Bluetooth device and Checking the Bluetooth
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and
infotainment system are Connection
Paired Device
successfully paired, Z / 5 is 1. Press {.
When a paired device is on the
displayed on the pair device
infotainment system and SSP is not 2. Touch SETTINGS.
screen.
supported:
. The connected phone is 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
1. Press {. highlighted by 5.
Management.
2. Touch SETTINGS. 4. The paired device will show.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example,
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth
1. Press {. product. hands-free while playing Phone
2. Touch SETTINGS. . From the cell phone or Bluetooth music, the music is
device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device the car is not possible when
Management. type to set/connect the item as a
stereo headset. there are no music files stored in
4. Touch the name of the device the cell phone.
to be disconnected. . e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
5. Touch Disconnect. the stereo headset is
successfully connected. 1. Press {.
Deleting a Bluetooth Device
. The sound played by the 2. Touch AUDIO.
1. Press {. Bluetooth device is delivered
3. Touch Source.
through the infotainment system.
2. Touch SETTINGS. 4. Touch Bluetooth.
. Bluetooth music can be played
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device only when a Bluetooth device
Management. Pause
has been connected. To play
4. Touch the device to delete. Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth phone to the
5. Touch Y. Touch r to resume.
infotainment system.
6. Touch Delete. . If the Bluetooth device is Playing the Next Song
Bluetooth Music disconnected while playing Touch l.
phone music, the music is
Before playing Bluetooth music, discontinued. The audio Playing the Previous Song
read the following information: streaming function may not be
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device supported in some Bluetooth Touch g within two seconds of
that supports Advanced Audio phones. Only one function can playback time.
Distribution Profile (A2DP) be used at a time between the
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Returning to the Beginning of the . The infotainment system PROJECTION will appear on the
Current Song transmits the order to play from Home Page of the infotainment
the Bluetooth device in the display.
Touch g after two seconds of Bluetooth music play mode.
playback time. To use Android Auto or Apple
If this is done in a different CarPlay:
Search mode, then the device transmits
the order to stop. Depending on 1. Download the Android Auto
Touch and hold g or l to rewind the Bluetooth device options, app to your phone from the
or fast forward. this order to play/stop may take Google Play store. No app is
time to activate. required for Apple CarPlay.
Playing Music Randomly
. If the Bluetooth music playback 2. Connect an Android phone or
Touch Z during playback. Touch is not functioning, then check to iPhone by using the compatible
again to return to normal play. see if the Bluetooth device is in phone USB cable and plugging
This function may not be supported the waiting screen mode. into a USB data port. For best
depending on the Bluetooth device. performance, use the device’s
. Sounds may be cut off during factory-provided USB cable.
Do not change the track too quickly the Bluetooth music playback. Aftermarket or third-party
when playing Bluetooth music. . The infotainment system outputs cables may not work.
Conditions that may occur when the audio from the cell phone or 3. When the phone is first
playing Bluetooth music: Bluetooth device as it is connected to activate Apple
transmitted. CarPlay or Android Auto, the
. It takes time to transmit data
from the Bluetooth device to the message “Device Projection
infotainment system.
Apple CarPlay and Privacy Consent” will appear.
. If the cell phone or Bluetooth
Android Auto . Select Continue to launch
device is not in the waiting If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay or
screen mode, it may not Apple CarPlay capability may be Android Auto.
automatically play. available through a compatible
smartphone. If available,
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Select Disable to remove Android Auto support see Steering Wheel Controls
Apple CarPlay and Android https://support.google.com/ Steering wheel controls can be
Auto capability from the androidauto. For Apple CarPlay used to:
vehicle Settings menu. support see www.apple.com/ios/
Other functions may carplay/. Apple or Google may . Answer incoming calls.
still work. change or suspend availability at . Confirm system information.
PROJECTION on the Home Page any time. Android Auto, Android,
Google, Google Play, and other . End a call.
will change to Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay depending on the phone. marks are trademarks of Google . Decline a call.
Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark
. Cancel an operation.
may automatically launch upon USB of Apple Inc.
. Make outgoing calls using the
connection. If not, touch the
ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE Hands-Free Phone call list.
CARPLAY icon on the Home Page General Information g : Press to answer incoming calls.
to launch. c : Press to end a call, decline a
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
Press { on the center stack to call, or cancel an operation.
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
return to the Home Page. cell phone with a hands-free profile Making a Call by Entering a Phone
For further information on how to set to make and receive phone calls. Number
up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay The infotainment system and voice
in the vehicle, see my.chevrolet.com commands are used to operate the . Press 5 on the center stack.
system. Not all phones support all
or see Customer Assistance Offices . Press {, then touch PHONE on
0 382. functions and not all phones work
the infotainment display.
with the Hands-Free Phone system.
Android Auto is provided by
Google and is subject to Google’s Hands-Free Phone Controls
. Press g on the steering wheel.
terms and privacy policy. Apple Use the controls on the infotainment If a wrong number is entered, touch
CarPlay is provided by Apple and is system and the steering wheel to } to delete the number one digit at
subject to Apple’s terms and privacy operate the Hands-Free Phone a time, or touch and hold } to
policy. Data plan rates apply. For system. delete all digits of the number.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Switching a Call to the Cell Phone Taking Calls Searching for Contacts Entries
(Private Mode) When a phone call comes through 1. Touch contacts on the phone
To switch the call from the cell the connected Bluetooth cell phone, screen.
phone to hands-free: the audio system will be muted or
paused and the phone will ring with 2. Touch 9 on the contacts
1. Touch 0. the relevant information displayed. screen.
2. Touch 0 again to switch back Press g on the steering wheel
3. Use the keypad to input the
to hands-free. name to search. For details,
controls, touch 5 on the see “Searching for a Name”
Turning the Microphone On infotainment display, or press 5 on following.
and Off the center stack. 4. Touch the phone book entry
Touch 3 to turn the microphone on To decline the call, press c on the to call.
or off. steering wheel controls or touch 5. If there is more than one
Calling by Redial Reject on the infotainment display. number associated with the
name, touch the number
To call by using redial: Using the Contacts Menu to dial.
. Press g on the steering wheel 1. Touch contacts on the phone When the Bluetooth device and
controls to display the redial screen. infotainment system are
guidance screen. 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through successfully paired, the phone book
the list. will download. Some phones may
. Touch 5 on the infotainment not download automatically. If this
display, or press 5 on the center 3. Touch the phone book entry happens, connect it again or
stack. to call. proceed with the phone book
4. If there is more than one download on the phone.
Redialing is not possible when there
is no call history. number associated with the
name, touch the number
to dial.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Searching for a Name 2. Touch one of the following for: Trademarks and
Select characters by using the W All calls history.
keypad on the phone book screen.
. License Agreements
As characters are selected, the . [ Dialed calls. Bluetooth
names that include those characters
will display on the phone book . Y Missed calls. The Bluetooth word mark and logos
screen. As more characters of the are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
name are entered, the list of
. X Received calls. Inc. and any use of such marks by
possible names is shortened. 3. Select the contact entry to call. General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
To search for the name Alex: Making a Call with Speed Dial are those of their respective owners.
1. Touch (abc) to select the first Numbers
character. Touch and hold the speed dial
2. Touch (jkl) three times to select number using the keypad on the
the second character. phone screen.
3. Touch (def) two times to select Only speed dial numbers already
the third character. stored on the cell phone can be
used for speed dial calls. Up to
4. Touch (wxy) two times to select two-digit speed dial numbers are “Made for iPod” and “Made for
the fourth character. supported. iPhone” mean that an electronic
Making a Call from Call History accessory has been designed to
For two-digit speed dial numbers,
connect specifically to iPod or
1. Touch Call History on the press and hold the second digit to
iPhone and has been certified by
phone screen. make a call to the speed dial
the developer to meet Apple
number.
performance standards.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
200 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Dual Automatic Climate The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 this system.
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
1. Driver and Passenger 6. Driver and Passenger Heated

Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) Seats (If Equipped)
2. Driver and Passenger 7. SYNC
Temperature Controls 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. MAX Defrost 9. Fan Controls
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls 10. Power (On/Off)
5. A/C (Air Conditioning) 11. Recirculation
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Climate Controls 201

12. Rear Window Defogger Driver and Passenger cancels automatic fan control and
Temperature Controls : The the fan is controlled manually. Press
Automatic Operation temperature can be adjusted AUTO to return to automatic
The system automatically controls separately for the driver and the operation.
the fan speed, air delivery, air passenger. Turn the knob clockwise Air Delivery Mode Controls :
conditioning, and recirculation in or counterclockwise to increase or
order to heat or cool the vehicle to decrease the driver or passenger Press X, Y, or [ to change the
the desired temperature. temperature setting. direction of the airflow. Any
combination of the three buttons
When AUTO is lit, all four functions SYNC : Press to link all passenger can be selected. The indicator light
operate automatically. Each function temperature settings to the driver in the button will turn on. The
can also be manually set and the setting. The SYNC indicator light will current mode appears in the display
selected setting is displayed. turn on. When the passenger screen. Pressing either button
Functions not manually set will settings are adjusted, the SYNC cancels automatic air delivery
continue to be automatically indicator light turns off. control and the direction of the
controlled, even if the AUTO airflow is controlled manually. Press
indicator is not lit. Manual Operation
AUTO to return to automatic
For automatic operation: O : Press to turn the fan off or on. operation.
When off is selected, the system will
1. Press AUTO. prevent air from flowing into the To change the current mode, select
cabin. If on is selected, or any other one or more of the following modes:
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Adjust button is pressed, the climate X : Clears the windows of fog or
the temperature as needed for control system will turn on and moisture. Air is directed to the
best comfort. return to delivering airflow as set. windshield.
The temperature control and air
To improve fuel efficiency and to delivery mode can still be adjusted. Y : Air is directed to the instrument
cool the vehicle faster with A/C on, panel outlets.
recirculation may be automatically ^ : Press to increase or decrease [ : Air is directed to the floor
selected in warm weather. Press the fan speed. The fan speed
setting appears on the main display. outlets.
@ to select recirculation; press it
again to select outside air. Pressing any air flow mode button
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

0 MAX : Air is directed to the cool the air inside the vehicle or to To turn Auto Defog off or on, see
windshield, the fan runs at a higher dry the air needed to defog the “Climate and Air Quality” under
speed, and the temperature of the windshield faster. Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
air is increased if not already at @ : Press to turn on recirculation. Rear Window Defogger
maximum. This mode overrides the An indicator light comes on. Air is
previous mode selected and clears recirculated to quickly cool the K : Press to turn the rear window
fog or frost from the windshield inside of the vehicle or to reduce the defogger on or off. An indicator light
more quickly. When the button is entry of outside air and odors. on the button comes on to show that
pressed again, the system returns the rear window defogger is on. The
to the previous mode setting and If selected during cool or cold rear window defogger only works
fan speed. weather, the windshield and when the ignition is on. The
windows may fog. Turn off defogger turns off when the ignition
For best results, clear all snow and recirculation to help clear the is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
ice from the windshield before windshield and windows.
defrosting. The rear window defogger can be
Auto Defog : The climate control set to automatic operation. See
A/C : Press to turn the air system may have a sensor to “Climate and Air Quality” under
conditioning system on or off. If the automatically detect high humidity Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
climate control system is turned off inside the vehicle. When high When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
or the outside temperature falls humidity is detected, the climate the rear window defogger turns on
below freezing, the air conditioner control system may adjust to automatically when the interior
will not run. outside air supply and turn on the temperature is cold and the outside
Pressing this button cancels air conditioner. The fan speed may temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)
automatic air conditioning and turns slightly increase to help prevent and below. The auto rear defogger
off the air conditioner. Press AUTO fogging. If the climate control turns off automatically.
to return to automatic operation and system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal If the vehicle is equipped with
the air conditioner runs heated outside mirrors, they turn on
automatically as needed. When the operation.
when the rear window defogger
indicator light is on, the air
conditioner runs automatically to
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

button is on and help to clear fog or Remote Start Climate Control Sensor
frost from the surface of the mirror. Operation : If equipped with remote
The solar sensor, on top of the
See Heated Mirrors 0 54. start, the climate control system
instrument panel near the
may run when the vehicle is started
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
Caution remotely. The system will use the
defrost setting if it is cold outside or The climate control system uses the
Do not try to clear frost or other turn on using the coldest settings if sensor information to adjust the
material from the inside of the it is hot outside. The rear defog may temperature, fan speed,
front windshield and rear window come on during remote start based recirculation, and air delivery mode
with a razor blade or anything on cold ambient conditions. The for best comfort.
else that is sharp. This may rear defog indicator light does not Do not cover the sensor; otherwise
damage the rear window come on during a remote start. the automatic climate control system
defogger grid and affect the If equipped, the heated seats will may not work properly.
radio's ability to pick up stations turn on if it is cold outside or the
clearly. The repairs would not be ventilated seats will turn on if it is Rear Climate Control
covered by the vehicle warranty. hot outside. The heated and System
ventilated seat indicator lights may
not come on during a remote start. The rear climate control system is
L or M : If equipped, press L or M If equipped, the heated steering on the rear of the center console
to heat the driver or passenger seat. wheel will come on in a remote start storage. The settings can be
See Heated and Ventilated Seats if it is cold outside. The heated adjusted by either the rear climate
0 15. steering wheel indicator light may control or the rear climate display
{ or C : If equipped, press { or not come on. See Remote Vehicle app on the front infotainment
C to ventilate the driver or Start 0 38 and Heated and display.
passenger seat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 70.
Ventilated Front Seats 0 70.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

REAR O : Press REAR O to turn
the rear climate control on or off.
SYNC : Press SYNC on the rear
climate display to match the rear
climate control temperature to the
front climate control driver
temperature. The SYNC button will
be lit. Adjust the rear climate control
temperature to change the linked
temperature. The SYNC button
turns off. When SYNC is active the
display is not shown.
Rear Climate Controls Rear Climate Display
Rear Control Lockout : Press Rear
1. Fan Control 1. Outside Temperature Display Control Lockout on the rear climate
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 2. Rear Climate Temperature display to lock or unlock control of
Control the rear climate control system from
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
the front seat. When locked the rear
Control) 3. Fan Control
climate control system cannot be
4. TEMP (Temperature Control) 4. SYNC (Synchronized adjusted from the rear climate
5. Heated Rear Seats (If Temperatures) controls.
Equipped) 5. REAR O (On/Off) Automatic Operation
6. Rear Auto (Automatic AUTO : Press AUTO or touch Rear
Operation) Auto on the rear climate display to
7. Rear Control Lockout automatically control air delivery
and fan speed. A is indicated in the
8. Air Delivery Mode Control display on the rear of the center
console storage when automatic
operation is active. If any of the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

climate control settings are manually 2/\/Y or MODE : Touch the Air Vents
adjusted, this cancels full automatic desired mode on the rear climate
operation. display or press MODE on the rear Use the slider switch on the air
climate controls to change the outlets to change the direction of the
The display on the rear of the center
direction of the airflow in the rear airflow, or to open and close off the
console storage only indicates
seating area. Repeatedly press airflow.
climate control functions when the
system is in rear independent mode. MODE until the desired mode There are also outlets overhead in
appears on the display. the rear passenger area; adjust as
Manual Operation needed.
M or L : If equipped, press M or L
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or to heat the left or right rear outboard Keep all outlets open whenever
counterclockwise or touch and seat. See Heated Rear Seats 0 74. possible for best system
hold p or o on the rear climate performance.
display to increase or decrease the
fan speed. Operation Tips
TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or . Clear away any ice, snow,
counterclockwise or press and hold or leaves from the air inlets at
the rear climate display temperature the base of the windshield that
controls to adjust the rear can block the flow of air into the
passenger temperature. If SYNC is vehicle.
lit, the rear climate temperature is
linked to the driver temperature
setting.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Clear snow off the hood to Service
improve visibility and help
Maintenance
decrease moisture drawn into All vehicles have a label underhood
the vehicle. Passenger Compartment that identifies the refrigerant used in
Air Filter the vehicle. The refrigerant system
. Use of non-GM approved hood should only be serviced by trained
deflectors can adversely affect The filter reduces dust, pollen, and and certified technicians. The air
the performance of the system. other airborne irritants from outside conditioning evaporator should
. Keep the path under all seats air that is pulled into the vehicle. never be repaired or replaced by
clear of objects to help circulate The filter should be replaced as part one from a salvage vehicle.
the air inside the vehicle more of routine scheduled maintenance. It should only be replaced by a new
effectively. See Maintenance Schedule 0 365. evaporator to ensure proper and
See your dealer regarding safe operation.
. If fogging reoccurs while in vent
or bi-level modes with mild replacement of the filter. During service, all refrigerants
temperature throughout the should be reclaimed with proper
vehicle, turn on the air equipment. Venting refrigerants
conditioner to reduce windshield directly to the atmosphere is harmful
fogging. to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Driving and Operating 207

Driving and Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 255
Operating Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 256
Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Driving Information Running the Vehicle While
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Automatic Transmission Forward Automatic
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 232 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Front Pedestrian Braking
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Side Blind Zone
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Drive Systems Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 265
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 216 Lane Departure
Brakes Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 217 Antilock Brake
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 267
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 219 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 237 Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 239 California Fuel
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 223 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Ride Control Systems Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 270
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Traction Control/Electronic
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 241
Retained Accessory Filling a Portable Fuel
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Cruise Control Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 246
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
208 Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing . Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Conversions and Add-Ons activities divert your attention away
Add-On Electrical Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Focus on the task of driving. Braking
{ Warning
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception
Taking your eyes off the road too time and reaction time. Deciding to
long or too often could cause a Death and injury associated with push the brake pedal is perception
crash resulting in injury or death. drinking and driving is a global time. Actually doing it is
Focus your attention on driving. tragedy. reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
Refer to the infotainment section for { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
more information on using that that time, a vehicle moving at
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
system and the navigation system,
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone. perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive Driving can have a serious — or even include:
Defensive driving means “always fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
expect the unexpected.” The first drinking. you and the vehicle in front
step in driving defensively is to wear of you.
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 77. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink.
careless and make mistakes. vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
front of you. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Once the power assist is used up, it See your dealer if there is a Off-Road Recovery
can take longer to stop and the problem.
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Curve Tips
Steering . Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Electric Power Steering
. Reduce speed before entering a
The vehicle has electric power curve.
steering. It does not have power
. Maintain a reasonable steady
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required. speed through the curve.
If power steering assist is lost due . Wait until the vehicle is out of
to a system malfunction, the vehicle the curve before accelerating
can be steered, but may require gently into the straightaway.
increased effort. Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
If the steering assist is used for an off the edge of a road onto the
. There are some situations when
extended period of time while the shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
vehicle is not moving, power assist these tips:
be more effective than braking.
may be reduced. 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Holding both sides of the
If the steering wheel is turned until it then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn
reaches the end of its travel and is way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
held against that position for an straddles the edge of the
a hand. pavement.
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System
2. Turn the steering wheel about
(ABS) allows steering while
Normal use of the power steering one-eighth of a turn, until the
braking.
assist should return when the right front tire contacts the
system cools down. pavement edge.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

3. Turn the steering wheel to go . Ease your foot off the Off-Road Driving
straight down the roadway. accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go. All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
Loss of Control The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles
Be ready for a second skid if it without all-wheel drive and vehicles
Skidding occurs. not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or
On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not
There are three types of skids that . Slow down and adjust your be driven off-road except on a level,
correspond to the vehicle's three driving according to weather solid surface. To contact the tire
control systems: conditions. Stopping distance manufacturer for more information
. Braking Skid — wheels are not can be longer and vehicle about the original equipment tires,
rolling. control can be affected when see the warranty manual.
traction is reduced by water,
. Steering or Cornering Skid — snow, ice, gravel, or other Controlling the vehicle is the key to
too much speed or steering in a material on the road. Learn to successful off-road driving. One of
curve causes tires to slip and recognize warning clues — such the best ways to control the vehicle
lose cornering force. as enough water, ice, or packed is to control the speed.
. Acceleration Skid — too much snow on the road to make a
throttle causes the driving mirrored surface — and slow { Warning
wheels to spin. down when you have any doubt.
When driving off-road, bouncing
Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering,
and quick changes in direction
by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking,
can easily throw you out of
existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed
position. This could cause you to
overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause lose control and crash. You and
skids are always possible.
the tires to slide. your passengers should always
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow wear seat belts.
these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Before Driving Off-Road
Caution Warning (Continued)
. Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed. Operating the vehicle for heaviest things should be
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, extended periods without the front on the floor, forward of the
and check inflation pressure in fascia lower air dam installed can rear axle.
all tires, including the spare, cause improper airflow to the . Heavy loads on the roof
if equipped. engine. Reattach the front fascia raise the vehicle's center of
. air dam after off-road driving. gravity, making it more likely
Read all the information about
all-wheel-drive vehicles in this to roll over. You can be
manual. Loading the Vehicle for seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
. Make sure all underbody Off-Road Driving heavy loads inside the
shields, if equipped, are properly cargo area, not on the roof.
attached. { Warning
. Know the local laws that apply to . For more information about loading
Unsecured cargo on the
off-road driving. load floor can be tossed the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
To gain more ground clearance if about when driving over 0 219.
needed, it may be necessary to rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
Environmental Concerns
remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the by flying objects. Secure the . Always use established trails,
air dam reduces fuel economy. cargo properly. roads, and areas that have been
. set aside for public off-road
Keep cargo in the cargo
recreational driving and obey all
area as far forward and as
posted regulations.
low as possible. The
(Continued) . Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Do not park over things that When driving on hills: . Never go downhill forward or
burn. See Parking over Things . Use a low gear and keep a firm backward with the transmission
That Burn 0 230. grip on the steering wheel. in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. control.
Driving safely on hills requires good . When possible, drive straight up . When driving down a hill, keep
judgment and an understanding of or down the hill. the vehicle headed straight
what the vehicle can and cannot do. down. Use a low gear because
. Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill. the engine will work with the
{ Warning . Use headlamps even during the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more control.
for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible.
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss { Warning { Warning
of control. Driving across hills can Heavy braking when going down
cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high a hill can cause your brakes to
injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident. overheat and fade. This could
steep hills. There could be a drop-off, cause loss of control and you or
embankment, cliff, or even others could be injured or killed.
another vehicle. You could be Apply the brakes lightly when
Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you
steepness, traction, and descending a hill and use a low
near the top of a hill, slow down gear to keep vehicle speed under
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
and stay alert. control.
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . If driving downhill when the cause the tires to slip sideways,
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle stalls, shift to a downhill. If the vehicle slips
vehicle, and then apply the lower gear, release the sideways, it can hit something
parking brake. parking brake, and drive that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc.
straight down the hill. – and roll over.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
3. If the vehicle cannot be . Hidden obstacles can make the
restart the engine.
restarted after stalling, set the steepness of the incline more
. If driving uphill when the parking brake, shift an severe. If a rock is driven across
vehicle stalls, shift to automatic transmission into with the uphill wheels, or if the
R (Reverse), release the P (Park), and turn the downhill wheels drop into a rut
parking brake, and back vehicle off. or depression, the vehicle can tilt
straight down. even more.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
. Never try to turn the vehicle seek help. . If an incline must be driven
around. If the hill is steep across, and the vehicle starts to
enough to stall the vehicle, 3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it slide, turn downhill. This should
it is steep enough to cause help straighten out the vehicle
it to roll over. rolled downhill.
and prevent the side slipping.
. If you cannot make it up the . Avoid turns that take the vehicle
hill, back straight down across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
{ Warning
the hill.
up or down might be too steep to Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Never back down a hill in drive across. Driving across an downhill side when stopped
N (Neutral) using only the incline puts more weight on the across an incline is dangerous.
brake. downhill wheels which could If the vehicle rolls over, you could
. The vehicle can roll cause a downhill slide or a
be crushed or killed. Always get
backward quickly and you rollover.
out on the uphill side of the
could lose control. . Surface conditions can be a vehicle and stay well clear of the
problem. Loose gravel, muddy rollover path.
spots, or even wet grass can
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice Warning (Continued) Caution
Use a low gear when driving in mud you and your passengers could Do not drive through standing
– the deeper the mud, the lower the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe water if it is deep enough to cover
gear. Keep the vehicle moving to surfaces only. the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
avoid getting stuck. pipe. Deep water can damage the
Traction changes when driving on axle and other vehicle parts.
Driving in Water
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This { Warning If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
affects steering, accelerating, and Driving through rushing water can speeds, water can get into the
braking. Drive at a reduced speed be dangerous. Deep water can engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt sweep your vehicle downstream can occur if the exhaust pipe is
maneuvers. under water. Do not turn off the
and you and your passengers
Traction is reduced on hard packed could drown. If it is only shallow ignition when driving through water.
snow and ice and it is easy to lose water, it can still wash away the If the exhaust pipe is under water,
control. Reduce vehicle speed when ground from under your tires. the engine will not start. When going
driving on hard packed snow through water, the brakes get wet
Traction could be lost, and the
and ice. and it may take longer to stop. See
vehicle could roll over. Do not
Driving on Wet Roads 0 216.
drive through rushing water.
{ Warning After Off-Road Driving
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Remove any brush or debris that
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice has collected on the underbody or
conditions vary greatly and the chassis, or under the hood. These
vehicle could fall through the ice; accumulations can be a fire hazard.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

After operation in mud or sand, wet enough and you are going fast
have the brake linings cleaned and { Warning enough. When the vehicle is
checked. These substances can hydroplaning, it has little or no
cause glazing and uneven braking. Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
Check the body structure, steering, They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
suspension, wheels, tires, and hydroplaning. The best advice is to
exhaust system for damage and pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage. After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
More frequent maintenance service puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet
is required. See Maintenance wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include:
Schedule 0 365. pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance.
normally.
Driving on Wet Roads . Pass with caution.
Flowing or rushing water creates
Rain and wet roads can reduce strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
vehicle traction and affect your flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape.
ability to stop and accelerate. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Always drive slower in these types happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled.
of driving conditions and avoid occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
driving through large puddles and ignore police warnings and be
deep-standing or flowing water. tread depth. See Tires 0 318.
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Hydroplaning mode. See Driver Mode Control
0 241.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
have the engine running and the
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
vehicle in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 239.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
. Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) than when on dry pavement.
Mode. See Driver Mode Control See Antilock Brake System
0 241 and All-Wheel Drive (ABS) 0 236.
0 235.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Allow greater following distance . Tie a red cloth to an outside
and watch for slippery spots. Icy mirror. Warning (Continued)
patches can occur on otherwise
. Adjust the climate control
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
{ Warning system to circulate the air
overpass can remain icy when inside the vehicle and set
Snow can trap engine exhaust
the surrounding roads are clear. the fan speed to the highest
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
Avoid sudden steering cause exhaust gases to get
maneuvers and braking while Control Systems.”
inside. Engine exhaust contains
on ice. carbon monoxide (CO), which For more information about CO,
. Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can see Engine Exhaust 0 231.
. cause unconsciousness and even
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Mode for vehicles equipped with death. To save fuel, run the engine for
AWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode for If the vehicle is stuck in snow: short periods to warm the vehicle
FWD only vehicles. See Driver and then shut the engine off and
. Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
Mode Control 0 241 and
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
All-Wheel Drive 0 235.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
Blizzard Conditions . Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and (2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
unless there is help nearby. to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
If possible, use Roadside . Fully open the air outlets on charged to restart the vehicle and to
Assistance. See Roadside or under the instrument signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance Program 0 384. To get panel. Do this as little as possible, to
help and keep everyone in the save fuel.
vehicle safe: (Continued)
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle capacity weight and
it Out includes the weight of all
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and occupants, cargo, and all
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the nonfactory-installed options.
front wheels. Turn off any traction Two labels on the vehicle may
If stuck too severely for the traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
between R (Reverse) and a low properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label.
Control/Electronic Stability Control
transmission wear, wait until the
0 239.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
lightly on the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
see Towing the Vehicle 0 351. cause loss of control and a
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) crash. Overloading can also
Mode. See Driver Mode Control Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
0 241 and All-Wheel Drive 0 235. It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
carry. This weight is called the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Tire and Loading Information The Tire and Loading 2. Determine the combined
Label Information label also shows the weight of the driver and
size of the original equipment passengers that will be
tires (3) and the recommended riding in your vehicle.
cold tire inflation pressures (4). 3. Subtract the combined
For more information on tires weight of the driver and
and inflation see Tires 0 318 passengers from XXX kg or
and Tire Pressure 0 326. XXX lbs.
There is also important loading 4. The resulting figure equals
information on the vehicle
the available amount of
Certification/Tire label. It may
cargo and luggage load
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
capacity. For example, if the
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Example Label
"XXX" amount equals
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
1400 lbs. and there will be
A vehicle-specific Tire and the front and rear axle. See
five 150 lb passengers in
Loading Information label is “Certification/Tire Label” later in
your vehicle, the amount of
attached to the center pillar this section.
available cargo and luggage
(B-pillar). The tire and loading “Steps for Determining Correct load capacity is 650 lbs.
information label shows the Load Limit– (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
number of occupant seating 1. Locate the statement "The 650 lbs.)
positions (1), and the maximum combined weight of 5. Determine the combined
vehicle capacity weight (2) in occupants and cargo should
kilograms and pounds. weight of luggage and cargo
never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle.
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s That weight may not safely
placard.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
Example 1 Example 2
See Trailer Towing 0 276 for
important information on towing 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
a trailer, towing safety rules and for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg
trailering tips. (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight
Cargo Weight = 317 kg = 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
and cargo should never exceed The GVWR includes the weight
the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle, all occupants,
Certification/Tire Label
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
Example 3 a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
the load equally on both sides of
for Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Caution
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification/
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Tire label is attached to the Overloading the vehicle may
(1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). cause damage. Repairs would not
3. Available Cargo Weight be covered by the vehicle
The label may show the size of warranty. Do not overload the
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
the vehicle's original tires and vehicle.
Refer to the vehicle's tire and the inflation pressures needed to
loading information label for obtain the gross weight capacity
specific information about the of the vehicle. The label shows
vehicle's capacity weight and the gross weight capacity of the
seating positions. The combined vehicle. This is called the Gross
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Starting and

Operating
Things inside the vehicle can . Do not leave an
strike and injure people in a unsecured child restraint New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a in the vehicle.
crash.
. Secure loose items in the Caution
. Put things in the cargo vehicle. The vehicle does not need an
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as . Do not leave a seat elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. folded down unless perform better in the long run if
Try to spread the weight needed. you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 800 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
(Continued) the first 300 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information Center (DIC).
Caution (Continued) transmitter must be in the vehicle for When the vehicle is shifted into
the system to operate. If the P (Park), the ignition will turn off.
breaking-in guideline every pushbutton start is not working, the
time you get new brake Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle may be near a strong radio vehicle is moving. This will cause a
linings. antenna signal causing interference loss of power assist in the brake
Following break-in, engine speed to the Keyless Access system. See and steering systems and disable
and load can be gradually Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the airbags.
increased. System Operation 0 32.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition emergency:
Ignition Positions must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
and the brake pedal must be 1. Brake using a firm and steady
applied. pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No deplete power assist, requiring
Indicator Lights) : When the increased brake pedal force.
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
START/STOP once to turn the 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
engine off. This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
ignition will turn off, and Retained brakes and steer the vehicle to
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain a safe location.
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 228. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition off. The shift lever must
This vehicle has pushbutton ignition will return to ACC/
starting. be in P (Park) to turn the
ACCESSORY and display the ignition off.
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

4. Set the parking brake. See The ignition will switch from ACC/ not be able to be driven. The engine
Electric Parking Brake 0 237. ACCESSORY to OFF after will not start in Service Mode. Press
five minutes to prevent battery the button again to turn the
{ Warning rundown. vehicle off.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Turning off the vehicle while Light) : This mode is for driving and Starting the Engine
moving may cause loss of power starting. With the ignition off, and Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
assist in the brake and steering the brake pedal applied, pressing N (Neutral). The engine will not start
systems and disable the airbags. the button once will place the in any other position. To restart the
While driving, only shut the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. engine when the vehicle is already
vehicle off in an emergency. Once engine cranking begins, moving, use N (Neutral) only.
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, Caution
and must be shut off while driving, See Starting the Engine 0 225. The
press and hold ENGINE START/ ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
STOP for longer than two seconds, Service Mode vehicle is moving. If you do, you
or press twice in five seconds. could damage the transmission.
This power mode is available for
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Shift to P (Park) only when the
service and diagnostics, and to
Indicator Light) : This mode allows vehicle is stopped.
verify the proper operation of the
some electrical accessories to be malfunction indicator lamp as may
used when the engine is off. be required for emission inspection
With the ignition off, pressing the purposes. With the vehicle off, and Caution
button one time without the brake the brake pedal not applied,
pedal applied will place the ignition pressing and holding ENGINE If you add electrical parts or
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. START/STOP for more than accessories, you could change
five seconds will place the vehicle in the way the engine operates. Any
Service Mode. The instruments and resulting damage would not be
audio systems will operate as they
do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

starts briefly but then stops
Caution (Continued) Caution again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
covered by the vehicle warranty. Cranking the engine for long the engine. Do not race the
See Add-On Electrical Equipment periods of time, by returning the engine immediately after
0 281. ignition to the START position starting it. Operate the engine
immediately after cranking has and transmission gently until
ended, can overheat and damage the oil warms up and lubricates
Starting Procedure
the cranking motor, and drain the all moving parts.
1. With the Keyless Access battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
system, the RKE transmitter between each try, to let the Stop/Start System
must be in the vehicle. Press cranking motor cool down.
ENGINE START/STOP with the
brake pedal applied. When the
{ Warning
engine begins cranking, let go 2. If the engine does not start Exiting the vehicle without first
of the button. after five to 10 seconds, shifting into P (Park) may cause
especially in very cold weather the vehicle to move. You or others
The idle speed will go down as (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
the engine gets warm. Do not may be injured. Because the
be flooded with too much
race the engine immediately vehicle may have an auto engine
gasoline. Try pushing the
after starting it. Stop/Start feature, the vehicle's
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as engine might seem to be shut off;
If the RKE transmitter is not in
you press ENGINE START/ however, once the brake pedal is
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or if the RKE STOP, for up to a maximum of released, the engine will start up
battery is low, the Driver 15 seconds. Wait at least again. The engine may restart
Information Center (DIC) will 15 seconds between each try, even while the brake is applied.
display a message. to allow the cranking motor to Shift to P (Park) and turn the
cool down. When the engine ignition off before exiting the
starts, let go of the button and vehicle.
the accelerator. If the vehicle
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/ . The interior comfort level has not
start system to shut off the engine to reached the required level for Warning (Continued)
help conserve fuel. the climate control system or
defog settings. injury may result. Always park the
Auto Engine Stop/Start vehicle in a clear open area away
. The Auto Stop time is greater from buildings or structures.
When the brakes are applied and than two minutes.
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When To Use the Engine Heater
stopped, the tachometer displays Engine Heater
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer The engine heater can provide 1. Turn off the engine.
0 137. When the brake pedal is easier starting and better fuel
released or the accelerator pedal is economy during engine warm-up in
pushed, the engine will restart. cold weather conditions at or below
Auto Stop may be deactivated if: 0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles with an
engine heater should be plugged in
. A minimum vehicle speed is not at least four hours before starting.
reached. Some models may have an internal
. The engine or transmission is thermostat in the cord which will
not at the required operating prevent engine heater operation at
temperature. temperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).
. The outside temperature is not
in the required operating range, { Warning
typically between −10 °C (14 °F)
Do not plug in the engine block 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
and 50 °C (122 °F).
heater while the vehicle is parked electrical cord. The bundled
. The vehicle is in any gear other in a garage or under a carport. cord is on the driver side of the
than D (Drive). Property damage or personal engine compartment, in front of
. The battery charge is low. (Continued) the battery. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 286.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Check the heater cord for 4. Before starting the engine, be
damage. If it is damaged, do Warning (Continued) sure to unplug and store the
not use it. See your dealer for cord as it was before to keep it
a replacement. Inspect the condition, or using a away from moving engine
cord for damage yearly. damaged heater or parts. If you do not, it could be
extension cord, could make damaged.
3. Plug the cord into a normal, it overheat and cause a fire,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet. property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
{ Warning . Do not operate the vehicle
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
Improper use of the heater cord
permanently attached to the
or an extension cord can damage vehicle. Possible heater
the cord and may result in cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
overheating and fire. damage could occur. Power (RAP)
. Plug the cord into a . While in use, do not let the Some vehicle accessories may be
three-prong electrical utility heater cord touch vehicle used after the ignition is turned off.
receptacle that is protected parts or sharp edges. Never
by a ground fault detection The power windows and sunroof,
close the hood on the if equipped, will continue to work for
function. An ungrounded heater cord.
outlet could cause an up to 10 minutes or until any door is
electric shock. . Before starting the vehicle, opened.
unplug the cord, reattach The infotainment system will
. Use a weatherproof, the cover to the plug, and
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated continue to work for 10 minutes,
securely fasten the cord. until the driver door is opened,
extension cord if needed. Keep the cord away from
Failure to use the or until the ignition is turned on or
any moving parts. placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.
recommended extension
cord in good operating
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued)
If you can, it means that the shift
lever was not fully locked in
1. Hold the brake pedal down and P (Park).
set the parking brake. See Do not leave the vehicle when the
Electric Parking Brake 0 237. engine is running. If you have left Torque Lock
the engine running, the vehicle Torque lock is when the weight of
2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by holding in the can move suddenly. You or others the vehicle puts too much force on
button on the shift lever and could be injured. To be sure the the parking pawl in the
pushing the shift lever all the vehicle will not move, even when transmission. This happens when
way toward the front of the you are on fairly level ground, parking on a hill and shifting the
vehicle. always set the parking brake and transmission into P (Park) is not
move the shift lever to P (Park). done properly and then it is difficult
3. Turn the ignition off.
See Shifting Into Park 0 229. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
Leaving the Vehicle with the If you are towing a trailer, see torque lock, set the parking brake
Engine Running Driving Characteristics and and then shift into P (Park). To find
Towing Tips 0 273. out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
listed previously.
{ Warning
If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, your
It can be dangerous to leave the the engine running, be sure the vehicle may need to be pushed
vehicle with the engine running. vehicle is in P (Park) and the uphill by another vehicle to relieve
It could overheat and catch fire. parking brake is set before you the parking pawl pressure, so you
leave it. After you have moved the can shift out of P (Park).
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully shift lever into P (Park), hold the
in P (Park) with the parking brake regular brake pedal down. Then, Shifting out of Park
see if you can move the shift lever
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. The vehicle is equipped with an
away from P (Park) without first
(Continued) electronic shift lock release system.
pressing the button.
The shift lock release is designed to
prevent movement of the shift lever
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

out of P (Park), unless the ignition is If you still are unable to shift out of Extended Parking
on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the P (Park):
regular brake pedal is applied. It is best not to park with the vehicle
1. Fully release the shift lever running. If the vehicle is left running,
The shift lock release is always button. be sure it will not move and there is
functional except in the case of an 2. While holding down the brake adequate ventilation.
uncharged or low voltage (less than pedal, press the shift lever
9-volt) battery. See Shifting Into Park 0 229 and
button again. Engine Exhaust 0 231.
If the vehicle has an uncharged 3. Move the shift lever to the
battery or a battery with low voltage, If the vehicle is left parked and
desired position. running with the RKE transmitter
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North If you still cannot move the shift outside the vehicle, it will turn off
America 0 348. lever from P (Park), see your dealer. after one hour.
To shift out of P (Park): If the vehicle is left parked and
Parking over Things running with the RKE transmitter
1. Turn the ignition on.
That Burn inside the vehicle, it will turn off after
2. Apply the brake pedal. two hours.
3. Press the shift lever button. { Warning The vehicle could turn off sooner if it
is parked on a hill, due to lack of
4. Move the shift lever to the Things that can burn could touch available fuel.
desired position. hot exhaust parts under the
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
vehicle and ignite. Do not park taken out of P (Park) while it is
over papers, leaves, dry grass, running.
or other things that can burn.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 229 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 231.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 273.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Automatic Warning (Continued)
and move the shift lever into
another gear. See Shifting out of
Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the
Park 0 229.
engine is running. If you have left R : Use this gear to back up.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others Caution
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
you are on fairly level ground, vehicle is moving forward could
always set the parking brake and damage the transmission. The
move the shift lever to P (Park). repairs would not be covered by
See Shifting Into Park 0 229 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Towing Tips 0 273. is stopped.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
P : This position locks the drive P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
the engine because the vehicle transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 219.
cannot move easily. system. With the ignition on, fully N : In this position, the engine does
apply the regular brake, then press not connect with the wheels. To
{ Warning the button on the shift lever before restart the engine when the vehicle
shifting from P (Park). If you cannot is already moving, use
It is dangerous to get out of the shift out of P (Park), ease pressure N (Neutral) only.
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully on the shift lever, then push the shift
in P (Park) with the parking brake lever all the way into P (Park) as
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. you maintain brake application.
(Continued) Then press the shift lever button
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

designed to improve fuel economy
{ Warning Caution and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use
Shifting into a drive gear while the A transmission hot message may the accelerator pedal.
engine is running at high speed is display if the automatic
dangerous. Unless your foot is transmission fluid is too hot. L : This position gives you access
firmly on the brake pedal, the Driving under this condition can to gear ranges. This provides more
vehicle could move very rapidly. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle engine braking but lower fuel
You could lose control and hit the engine to cool the automatic economy than D (Drive). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep
people or objects. Do not shift transmission fluid. This message
snow or mud. See Manual Mode
into a drive gear while the engine clears when the transmission fluid
0 234.
is running at high speed. has cooled sufficiently.
Operating Modes : The
transmission may operate in a lower
D : This position is for normal gear than normal to improve vehicle
Caution driving. If more power is needed for performance. The engine speed
passing, press the accelerator may be higher and there may be an
Shifting out of P (Park) or pedal down. increase in noise during the
N (Neutral) with the engine following conditions:
running at high speed may Caution . When climbing a grade.
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by If the vehicle does not shift gears, . When driving downhill.
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the the transmission could be . When driving in hot
engine is not running at high damaged. Have the vehicle temperatures, or at high altitude.
speed when shifting the vehicle. serviced right away.
If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,

with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle may roll. This is normal
and is due to the torque converter
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Manual Mode To use this feature: If the transmission is in 6 (Sixth)
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low). gear when L (Low) is selected, a
Electronic Range Select downshift to 4 (Fourth) will be
(ERS) Mode 2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on commanded. If in 5 (Fifth) through
the shift lever to increase or 2 (Second) a single downshift will
ERS mode allows you to choose the decrease the gear range occur.
top-gear limit of the transmission available.
and the vehicle's speed while While in L (Low), the transmission
driving downhill or towing a trailer. When you shift from D (Drive) to will prevent shifting to a lower gear
The vehicle has an electronic shift L (Low), the transmission will shift to range if the engine speed is too
position indicator within the a pre-determined lower gear range. high. You have a brief period of time
instrument cluster. When using the The highest gear available for this to slow the vehicle. If vehicle speed
ERS mode a number will display pre-determined range is displayed is not reduced within the time
next to the L, indicating the highest next to the L in the DIC. See Driver allowed, the lower gear range shift
gear available for the range Information Center (DIC) 0 150. The will not be completed. You must
selected. number displayed in the DIC is the further slow the vehicle, then press
highest gear that the transmission − (Minus) to the desired lower gear
will be allowed to operate in. This range.
means that all gears below that
number are available. For example, Automatic Engine Grade Braking is
when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the not available when the ERS is
L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears active. It is available in D (Drive) for
are automatically shifted by the both normal driving and Tow/Haul
vehicle. The transmission will not Mode. While using the ERS, cruise
shift into 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) control and the Tow/Haul Mode can
button is used or you shift back into be used. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
D (Drive). following.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Tow/Haul Mode Automatic Engine Grade Drive Systems
Braking
Automatic Engine Grade Braking All-Wheel Drive
assists when driving downhill.
Vehicles with this feature can
It maintains vehicle speed by
operate in All-Wheel
automatically implementing a shift
Drive (AWD) Mode.
pattern that uses the engine and the
transmission to slow the vehicle.
The system will automatically
command downshifts to reduce
vehicle speed. The normal shift
pattern will return once the vehicle
is on a low grade or when the
accelerator pedal is pressed.
This feature can assist when towing While in the Electronic Range
or hauling a heavy load. Select (ERS) mode, grade braking is
_ : Select Tow/Haul Mode with deactivated, allowing the driver to
the knob on the center console. select a range and limiting the
highest gear available. Grade
When Tow/Haul Mode is activated, braking is available for normal
there could be a message displayed driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. Turn the knob to 4 to select AWD.
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Driving Characteristics See Automatic Transmission 0 232. The AWD Mode will stay selected
and Towing Tips 0 273 and Driver until the mode is changed. See
Mode Control 0 241. Driver Mode Control 0 241.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

When operated in Two-wheel drive, Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it
the vehicle will deliver power to the becomes necessary to slam on the
front wheels only and may provide brakes and continue braking to
better fuel economy. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
When using a compact spare tire on
System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are
an AWD vehicle, the system slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
automatically detects the compact is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced
spare and reduces AWD will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
performance to protect the system. each wheel.
prevent a braking skid.
To restore full AWD operation and ABS can change the brake pressure
When the vehicle begins to drive
prevent excessive wear on the to each wheel, as required, faster
away, ABS checks itself.
system, replace the compact spare than any driver could. This can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
with a full-size tire as soon as you steer around the obstacle while
may be heard while this test is going
possible. See Compact Spare Tire braking hard.
on, and it may even be noticed that
0 347. As the brakes are applied, the
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always
0 144. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Using ABS The vehicle has an Electric Parking The Y or PARK light will flash and
Brake (EPB). The EPB can always then stay on once the EPB is fully
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
be activated, even if the ignition is
the brake pedal down firmly and let applied. If the Y or PARK light
off. To prevent draining the battery,
ABS work. You may hear the ABS flashes continuously, then the EPB
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
pump or motor operating and feel is only partially applied, the vehicle
system when the engine is not
the brake pedal pulsate. This is is in Service Mode, or there is a
running.
normal. problem with the EPB. A Driver
The system has a Y or PARK Information Center (DIC) message
Braking in Emergencies will display. Release the EPB and
Electric Parking Brake light, and
ABS allows you to steer and brake some vehicles may have a 8 try to apply it again. If the light does
at the same time. In many Service Parking Brake light. not come on, or keeps flashing,
emergencies, steering can help See Electric Parking Brake Light have the vehicle serviced.
more than even the very best
braking.
0 144 and Service Electric Parking Do not drive the vehicle if the Y or
Brake Light (Uplevel Only) 0 144. PARK light is flashing. See your
Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check for dealer. See Electric Parking Brake
the Y or PARK light to ensure that Light 0 144.
the parking brake is applied. If the 8 light is on or the Y or
EPB Apply PARK light flashes when the ignition
is turned on, pull the EPB switch
To apply the EPB: and hold it. Continue to hold the
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a switch until the Y or PARK light
complete stop. remains on. If the 8 light remains
2. Lift up the EPB switch on, see your dealer.
momentarily. If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

pulled. If the switch is pulled until switch. Continue to hold the switch Brake Assist
the vehicle comes to a stop, the until the Y or PARK light is off.
EPB will remain applied. The Brake Assist feature is
If either light stays on after release designed to assist the driver in
The vehicle may automatically apply is attempted, see your dealer. stopping or decreasing vehicle
the EPB in some situations when speed in emergency driving
the vehicle is not moving. This is Caution conditions. This feature uses the
normal, and is done to periodically stability system hydraulic brake
check the correct operation of the Driving with the parking brake on control module to supplement the
EPB system. can overheat the brake system power brake system under
If the EPB fails to apply, block the and cause premature wear or conditions where the driver has
rear wheels to prevent vehicle damage to brake system parts. quickly and forcefully applied the
movement. Make sure that the parking brake brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
is fully released and the brake stop or slow down the vehicle. The
EPB Release warning light is off before driving. stability system hydraulic brake
To release the EPB: control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
vehicle until the ABS activates.
ACCESSORY. is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
Characteristics and Towing Tips
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal movement during this time is
0 273.
pedal. normal and the driver should
Automatic EPB Release continue to apply the brake pedal as
3. Press the EPB switch
the driving situation dictates. The
momentarily. The EPB will automatically release if Brake Assist feature will
the vehicle is running, placed into
The EPB is released when the Y gear, and an attempt is made to
automatically disengage when the
or PARK light is off. brake pedal is released or brake
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration pedal pressure is quickly
If the 8 light is on or the Y or when the EPB is applied, to decreased.
PARK light flashes, release the EPB preserve parking brake lining life.
by pressing and holding the EPB
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Hill Start Assist (HSA) selected, the vehicle is held Ride Control Systems
stationary for up to five minutes
Hill Start Assist (HSA) will activate after the brake pedal is released. In
when the vehicle is stopped on a either case, override the hold Traction Control/
moderate to steep grade to help feature by pressing the accelerator Electronic Stability
prevent it from rolling in an pedal and attempting to drive away.
unintended direction. After the brake Control
pedal has been released and before If Standard Hold is selected, it will
hold the vehicle for two seconds System Operation
the accelerator pedal has been
pressed, HSA uses braking unless the driver door is opened or The vehicle has a Traction Control
pressure to hold the vehicle the driver seat belt is unbuckled System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an
stationary. If HSA is holding the after releasing the brake pedal. electronic stability control system.
vehicle, a DIC message displays. If Extended Hold is selected, it will These systems help limit wheel slip
HSA will not activate in a forward hold the vehicle for five minutes and assist the driver in maintaining
drive gear when facing downhill, unless the driver door is opened control, especially on slippery road
or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill. and the driver seat belt is unbuckled conditions.
prior to releasing the brake pedal.
Select the duration of the HSA TCS activates if it senses that any
When deactivated after five minutes,
feature through vehicle of the drive wheels are spinning or
or if it is deactivated when the driver
personalization. See ”Extended Hill beginning to lose traction. When this
seat belt is unlatched or the driver
Start Assist” under “Comfort and happens, TCS applies the brakes to
door is opened, the Electric Parking
Convenience” in Vehicle the spinning wheels and reduces
Brake will engage to prevent vehicle
Personalization 0 154. When engine power to limit wheel spin.
movement.
Standard Hold is selected, the StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle is held stationary for up to vehicle senses a difference between
two seconds after the brake pedal is the intended path and the direction
released. When Extended Hold is the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

vehicle wheel brakes to assist the If d comes on and stays on:
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. 1. Stop the vehicle.
If cruise control is being used and 2. Turn the engine off and wait
traction control or StabiliTrak begins 15 seconds.
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 3. Start the engine.
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This 4. Drive the vehicle.
conditions allow. TCS and light will: If d comes on and stays on, see
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on . Flash when TCS is limiting your dealer.
when cruise control is set. wheel spin.
Both systems come on
Turning the Systems Off
. Flash when StabiliTrak is and On
automatically when the vehicle is activated.
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while . Turn on and stay on when either
they are operating or while system is not working.
performing diagnostic checks. This If either system fails to turn on or to
is normal and does not mean there activate, a message displays in the
is a problem with the vehicle. Driver Information Center (DIC), and
It is recommended to leave both d comes on and stays on to
systems on for normal driving indicate that the system is inactive Caution
conditions, but it may be necessary and is not assisting the driver in
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets maintaining control. The vehicle is Do not repeatedly brake or
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. safe to drive, but driving should be accelerate heavily when TCS is
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 219 adjusted accordingly. off. The vehicle driveline could be
and “Turning the Systems Off and damaged.
On” later in this section.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

To turn off only TCS, press and Driver Mode Control
release g on the center console.
If equipped with Front-Wheel Drive
The Traction Off light i displays in (FWD), the Driver Mode Control
the instrument cluster. may have the following modes:
To turn TCS on again, press and FWD, Snow, and Tow/Haul.
If equipped with All-Wheel Drive
release g. The Traction Off light i
(AWD), the Driver Mode Control
displayed in the instrument cluster may have AWD, Two-Wheel Drive
will turn off. (2WD), Off-Road, and Tow/Haul.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g There may be Driver Information
is pressed, the system will not turn Center (DIC) messages displayed
off until the wheels stop spinning. for each drive mode.
Driver Mode Control Knob
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, for AWD
press and hold g until the Traction Rotate the Driver Mode Control
Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF light knob to make a mode selection. The
g come on and stay on in the icons on the knob will illuminate to
instrument cluster. indicate which mode is active.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on message will indicate that the mode
again, press and release g. The is on when switching to different
Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak modes.
OFF light g in the instrument cluster 5 (AWD Only) or q (FWD
turn off. Only) : Vehicle is in either
Driver Mode Control Knob Front-Wheel Drive for non AWD
Adding accessories can affect the
for FWD vehicles, or Two-Wheel Drive for
vehicle performance. See
AWD vehicles. This mode will
Accessories and Modifications
remain active through future ignition
0 284.
cycles. This setting either puts the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

vehicle in Two-Wheel Drive (AWD 6 (FWD Only) : Vehicle is in Snow _ Tow/Haul : Vehicle is in Tow/
vehicles) or is the normal drive Mode. This mode will not remain Haul Mode. This mode will not
mode (FWD vehicles). Use this active through future ignition cycles. remain active through future ignition
mode for normal driving conditions. The vehicle will be in Front-Wheel cycles. The vehicle will be in
This is the most fuel efficient drive Drive when the engine is restarted. Front-Wheel Drive or Two-Wheel
mode. See Driving for Better Fuel Snow Mode improves vehicle Drive when the engine is restarted.
Economy 0 29. acceleration on snow and ice This mode will automatically
4 (AWD Only) : Vehicle is in AWD covered roads. The accelerator activate AWD. See All-Wheel Drive
Mode. This mode will remain active pedal will be more sensitive to 0 235. The transmission holds lower
through future ignition cycles. AWD provide finer control of the torque at gears longer before shifting to
Mode provides drive torque to all the wheels in slippery conditions. provide more torque necessary
four wheels. Use this mode for 7 (AWD Only) : Vehicle is in when towing heavy loads. This will
driving conditions that require Off-Road Mode. This mode will not also increase fuel consumption. Use
improved traction such as gravel, remain active through future ignition this mode to assist in maintaining
sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. cycles. The vehicle will be in desired vehicle speeds when driving
AWD may turn off and display a Two-Wheel Drive when the engine on downhill grades by using the
message on the DIC in instances of is restarted. This mode will engine and transmission to slow the
extensive use or overheating. automatically activate AWD. The vehicle. This helps prevent the
accelerator pedal will be more brakes from overheating. For more
When in AWD Mode, the AWD information, see Tow/Haul Mode
Mode indicator will be on. For more sensitive to provide finer control of
the torque at the wheels. 0 235.
information on AWD Mode, see
All-Wheel Drive 0 235. StabiliTrak, ABS, and TCS will
change for optimal off-road
performance. Use this mode for
public off-road recreational driving.
See Off-Road Driving 0 211.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

The following table shows how the different modes affect the various subsystem functions that may be on the vehicle.
Modes: Front-Wheel AWD Snow Off-Road Tow/Haul
Drive/
Two-Wheel
Drive
Mode Availability AWD & FWD AWD FWD AWD Towing
Vehicles Vehicles Only Vehicles Only Vehicles Only Package
(AWD
& FWD)
Retained In Future Ignition Cycles Yes Yes No No No
Accelerator Pedal Sensitivity Normal Normal Snow Off-Road Normal
Automatic Transmission Shifting Normal Normal Normal Normal Tow/Haul
AWD Status (If Equipped) Off Normal AWD Not Available Off-Road Normal AWD
(Two-Wheel Active AWD Active Active
Drive)
StabiliTrak, ABS, and TCS Normal Normal Normal Off-Road Normal
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Cruise Control If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or StabiliTrak® electronic stability
control system begins to limit wheel
{ Warning spin while using cruise control, the
cruise control automatically
Cruise control can be dangerous disengages. See Traction Control/
where you cannot drive safely at Electronic Stability Control 0 239.
a steady speed. Do not use If a collision alert occurs when
cruise control on winding roads or cruise control is activated, cruise
in heavy traffic. control is disengaged. See Forward
Cruise control can be dangerous Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 259.
on slippery roads. On such roads, When road conditions allow the
fast changes in tire traction can cruise control to be safely used,
cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control can be turned J : Press to turn the system on
back on. and off. A white indicator appears in
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads. Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak the instrument cluster when cruise
system will disengage the cruise is turned on.
control. RES+ : If there is a set speed in
With cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can If the brakes are applied, cruise memory, press briefly to resume to
be maintained without keeping your control disengages. that speed or press and hold to
foot on the accelerator. Cruise accelerate. If the cruise control is
control does not work at speeds already active, use to increase
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). vehicle speed.
SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If the cruise control is already
active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

* : Press to disengage cruise Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using
control without erasing the set If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control
speed from memory. desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is
Setting Cruise Control are applied or * is pressed, the already activated:
cruise control is disengaged without . Press and hold SET− until the
If J is on when not in use, SET− or erasing the set speed from memory. desired lower speed is reached,
RES+ could get pressed and go into then release it.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
cruise when not desired. Keep J about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . To decrease the vehicle speed in
off when cruise is not being used. press RES+ briefly. The vehicle small increments, briefly press
1. Press J. returns to the previous set speed. SET−. For each press, the
Increasing Speed While Using vehicle goes about 1 km/h
2. Get up to the desired speed. (1 mph) slower.
Cruise Control
3. Press and release SET−. The The speedometer reading can be
desired set speed briefly If the cruise control system is
already activated: displayed in either English or metric
appears in the instrument units. See Instrument Cluster 0 134.
cluster. . Press and hold RES+ up until The increment value used depends
4. Remove your foot from the the desired speed is reached, on the units displayed.
accelerator. then release it.
Passing Another Vehicle While
When the cruise control has been . To increase vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control
set to the desired speed, a green small increments, briefly press
RES+. For each press, the Use the accelerator pedal to
cruise control indicator appears on increase the vehicle speed. When
the instrument cluster. vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster. you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
The speedometer reading can be previous set cruise speed.
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 134.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

While pressing the accelerator pedal . Shift the transmission to maintain the selected following gap.
or shortly following the release to N (Neutral). To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
override cruise, briefly applying SET If ACC is controlling your vehicle
− will result in cruise set to the . Press J. speed when the Traction Control
current vehicle speed. Erasing Speed Memory System (TCS) or StabiliTrak
electronic stability control system
Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is activates, the ACC may
How well the cruise control will work erased from memory if J is automatically disengage. See
on hills depends upon the vehicle pressed or if the ignition is Traction Control/Electronic Stability
speed, load, and the steepness of turned off. Control 0 239. When road
the hills. When going up steep hills, conditions allow ACC to be safely
you might have to step on the Adaptive Cruise Control used, the ACC can be turned
accelerator pedal to maintain your back on.
speed. While on a hill, the If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak
transmission may downshift in order system will disengage the cruise
to use engine braking to slow the select the cruise control set speed
and following gap. Read this entire control.
vehicle and maintain the set speed.
Also, you may have to brake or shift section before using this system.
to a lower gear to keep your speed The following gap is the following { Warning
down. If the brake pedal is applied, time between your vehicle and a
vehicle detected directly ahead in ACC has limited braking ability
cruise control disengages.
your path, moving in the same and may not have time to slow
Ending Cruise Control direction. If no vehicle is detected in the vehicle down enough to avoid
There are four ways to end cruise your path, ACC works like regular a collision with another vehicle
control: cruise control. ACC uses camera you are following. This can occur
and radar sensors. See Radio when vehicles suddenly slow or
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. Frequency Statement 0 390. stop ahead, or enter your lane.
. Press *. If a vehicle is detected in your path, Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
ACC can apply acceleration or (Continued)
limited, moderate braking to
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

J : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator turns white on the
this section. Complete attention is . Visibility is low, such as in instrument cluster when ACC is
always required while driving and fog, rain, or snow turned on.
you should be ready to take conditions. ACC RES+ : Press briefly to resume the
action and apply the brakes. See performance is limited under previous set speed or to increase
Defensive Driving 0 209. these conditions. vehicle speed. If ACC is already
. On slippery roads where activated, use to increase vehicle
fast changes in tire traction speed.
can cause excessive SET– : Press briefly to set the
{ Warning wheel slip. speed and activate ACC or to
ACC will not detect or brake for decrease vehicle speed. If ACC is
children, pedestrians, animals, already activated, use to decrease
or other objects. vehicle speed.
Do not use ACC when:

* : Press to disengage ACC
without erasing the selected set
. On winding and hilly roads speed.
or when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
[ : Press to select a following gap
time (or distance) setting for ACC of
The system may not detect
Far, Medium, or Near.
a vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle The speedometer reading can be
clean. displayed in either English or metric
(Continued) units. See Instrument Cluster 0 134.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Switching Between ACC and When the vehicle is turned on, the Select the set speed desired for
Regular Cruise Control cruise control mode will be set to cruise. This is the vehicle speed
To switch between ACC and regular the last mode used before the when no vehicle is detected in
vehicle was turned off. its path.
cruise control, press and hold *.
A Driver Information Display (DIC) While the vehicle is moving, ACC
message displays. See Vehicle { Warning will not set at a speed less than
Messages 0 153. 25 km/h (16 mph), although it can be
Always check the cruise control resumed when driving at lower
ACC can also be set while the indicator on the instrument cluster speeds.
vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and to determine which mode cruise
the brake pedal is applied. control is in before using the To set ACC while moving:
feature. If ACC is not active, the 1. Press J.
vehicle will not automatically
brake for other vehicles, which 2. Get up to the desired speed.
could cause an accident if the 3. Press and release SET–.
brakes are not applied manually. 4. Remove foot from the
You and others could be seriously accelerator.
ACC Indicator Regular Cruise injured or killed.
Control Indicator After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
When ACC is engaged, a green o Setting Adaptive Cruise Control is detected closer than the selected
indicator will be lit on the instrument following gap.
If J is on when not in use, it could
cluster and the following gap will be get pressed and go into cruise when ACC can also be set while the
displayed. When the regular cruise vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and
not desired. Keep J off when
control is engaged, a green J the brake pedal is applied.
cruise is not being used.
indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not
display.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle When the accelerator pedal is
until RES+ or the accelerator pressed, ACC will not brake
pedal is pressed. because it is overridden. The
A green ACC indicator and the set ACC indicator will turn blue on
speed display on the instrument the instrument cluster.
cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator . Press and hold RES+ until the
The ACC indicator displays on the may be flashing if a vehicle ahead desired set speed appears on
instrument cluster. When ACC is was present and moved. See the display, then release it.
turned on, the indicator will be lit “Approaching and Following a . To increase vehicle speed in
white. Vehicle” later in this section. small increments, press RES+.
Be mindful of speed limits, Once ACC has resumed, if there is For each press, the vehicle goes
surrounding traffic speeds, and no vehicle ahead, if the vehicle 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
weather conditions when selecting ahead is beyond the selected When it is determined that there is
the set speed. following gap, or if the vehicle has no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
exited a sharp curve, then the ahead is beyond the selected
Resuming a Set Speed
vehicle speed will increase to the following gap, then the vehicle
If the ACC is set at a desired speed set speed. speed will increase to the set speed.
and then the brakes are applied,
ACC is disengaged without erasing Increasing Speed While ACC Is at The set speed can also be
the set speed from memory. a Set Speed increased while the vehicle is
Do one of the following: stopped.
To begin using ACC again, press
RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns . Use the accelerator to get to the . If stopped with the brake
to the previous set speed. higher speed. Press SET– . applied, press RES+ until the
. If the vehicle is moving, it returns Release the control and the desired set speed is displayed.
to the previous set speed. accelerator pedal. The vehicle . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a
will now cruise at the higher stop and there is another vehicle
. If the vehicle is stopped with speed. directly ahead, pressing RES+
the brake pedal applied, press
will increase the set speed.
RES+ and release the brake
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Pressing RES+ when there is no vehicle's speed and attempt to or Near) for the Forward Collision
longer a vehicle ahead will maintain the follow distance gap Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
cause ACC to resume. selected. Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 259.
Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Press [ on the steering wheel to Alerting the Driver
Set Speed adjust the following gap. Each press
Do one of the following: cycles the gap button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Release When pressed, the current gap
the brake and press SET–. The setting displays briefly on the
vehicle will now cruise at the instrument cluster. The gap setting
lower speed. will be maintained until it is
changed. If ACC is engaged, driver action
. Press and hold SET– until the
Since each gap setting corresponds may be required when ACC cannot
desired lower speed is reached, apply sufficient braking because of
then release it. to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in vary based on vehicle speed. The When this condition occurs, six red
smaller increments, press SET−. faster the vehicle speed, the further lights will flash on the windshield.
For each press, the vehicle goes back your vehicle will follow a Either eight beeps will sound from
about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle detected ahead. Consider the front, or both sides of the Safety
. To decrease speed while the traffic and weather conditions when Alert Seat will pulse five times. See
vehicle is stopped, press SET− selecting the following gap. The “Collision/Detection Systems” under
until the desired set speed is range of selectable gaps may not be Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
displayed. appropriate for all drivers and
See Defensive Driving 0 209.
driving conditions.
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
Changing the gap setting
When a slower moving vehicle is automatically changes the alert
detected ahead within the selected timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
following gap, ACC will adjust the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different ACC Automatically Disengages
Vehicle than if the brakes were applied ACC may automatically disengage
manually. This is normal. and the driver will need to manually
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving apply the brakes to slow the
Objects vehicle if:
. The sensors are blocked.
{ Warning . The Traction Control System
ACC may not detect and react to (TCS) or electronic stability
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the stopped or slow-moving vehicles control system has activated or
instrument cluster. been disabled.
ahead of you. For example, the
The vehicle ahead indicator only system may not brake for a . There is a fault in the system.
displays when a vehicle is detected vehicle it has never detected . The radar falsely reports
in your vehicle’s path moving in the moving. This can occur in blockage when driving in a
same direction. stop-and-go traffic or when a desert or remote area with no
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC vehicle suddenly appears due to other vehicle or roadside
will not respond to or brake for a vehicle ahead changing lanes. objects. A DIC message may
vehicles ahead. Your vehicle may not stop and display to indicate that ACC is
could cause a crash. Use caution temporarily unavailable.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to when using ACC. Your complete The ACC indicator will turn white
follow the vehicle in front at the attention is always required while when ACC is no longer active.
selected follow gap. The vehicle driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the In some cases, when ACC will not
speed increases or decreases to activate, regular cruise control may
follow the vehicle in front of you, but brakes.
be used. See “Switching Between
will not exceed the set speed. It may ACC and Regular Cruise Control”
apply limited braking, if necessary. previously in this section. Always
When braking is active, the brake consider driving conditions before
lights will come on. The automatic using either cruise control system.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Notification to Resume ACC will turn on. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 237. To resume ACC and Warning (Continued)
ACC will maintain a follow gap
behind a detected vehicle and slow release the EPB, press the
accelerator pedal. stop by ACC. Always place the
your vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
vehicle. A DIC warning message may the ignition before leaving the
If the stopped vehicle ahead has display indicating to shift to P (Park) vehicle.
driven away and ACC has not before exiting the vehicle. See
resumed, the vehicle ahead Vehicle Messages 0 153.
ACC Override
indicator will flash as a reminder to
check traffic ahead before { Warning If using the accelerator pedal while
proceeding. In addition, the left and ACC is active, the ACC indicator
right sides of the Safety Alert Seat If ACC has stopped the vehicle, turns blue on the instrument cluster.
will pulse three times, or three and if ACC is disengaged, turned ACC will resume operation when the
beeps will sound. See”Alert Type” off, or canceled, the vehicle will accelerator pedal is not being
and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in no longer be held at a stop. The pressed.
“Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicle can move. When ACC is
Vehicle Personalization 0 154. holding the vehicle at a stop, { Warning
always be prepared to manually
When the vehicle ahead drives
apply the brakes. The ACC will not automatically
away, press RES+ or the
apply the brakes if your foot is
accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
If stopped for more than resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver seat belt is
{ Warning ahead of you.
unbuckled, the ACC automatically Leaving the vehicle without
applies the Electric Parking Brake placing it in P (Park) can be
(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The dangerous. Do not leave the
Electric Parking Brake status light vehicle while it is being held at a
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Curves in the Road
Warning (Continued)
{ Warning to use the brakes if necessary.
On curves, ACC may not detect a Select an appropriate speed while
vehicle ahead in your lane. You driving in curves.
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed, ACC may operate differently in a
especially when following a sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle exiting or entering exit vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
ramps. You could lose control of sharp. not in your lane and apply the
the vehicle or crash. Do not use brakes.
ACC while driving on an entrance ACC may occasionally provide an
or exit ramp. Always be ready to alert and/or braking that is
use the brakes if necessary. considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
{ Warning exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
On curves, ACC may respond to need service.
a vehicle in another lane, or may When following a vehicle and
not have time to react to a vehicle entering a curve, ACC may not
in your lane. You could crash into detect the vehicle ahead and
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose accelerate to the set speed. When
control of your vehicle. Give extra this happens, the vehicle ahead
attention in curves and be ready indicator will not appear.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do not use ACC when driving on Cleaning the Sensing System
steep hills or when towing a trailer. The camera sensor on the
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the windshield behind the rearview
lane while driving on steep hills. The mirror and the radar sensors on the
driver will often need to take over front of the vehicle can become
acceleration and braking on steep blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.
hills, especially when towing a These areas need to be cleaned for
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC to operate properly.
ACC disengages.
If ACC will not operate, regular
Disengaging ACC cruise control may be available. See
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead There are three ways to “Switching Between ACC and
until it is completely in the lane. The disengage ACC: Regular Cruise Control” previously
brakes may need to be manually in this section. Always consider
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
applied. driving conditions before using
. Press *. either cruise control system.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
For cleaning instructions, see
When Towing a Trailer . Press J.
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Erasing Speed Memory Exterior Care 0 353.
The cruise control set speed is System operation may also be
erased from memory if J is limited under snow, heavy rain,
pressed or if the ignition is or road spray conditions.
turned off.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Systems
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding
This vehicle may have features that the detection sensor is
work together to help avoid crashes systems will not:
. damaged or not properly
or reduce crash damage while Detect children,
repaired.
driving, backing, and parking. Read pedestrians, bicyclists,
this entire section before using or animals. Complete attention is always
these systems. . Detect vehicles or objects required while driving, and you
outside the area monitored should be ready to take action
{ Warning by the system. and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Do not rely on the Driver . Work at all driving speeds.
Assistance Systems. These . Warn you or provide you Audible or Safety Alert Seat
systems do not replace the need with enough time to avoid a
for paying attention and driving crash. Some driver assistance features
safely. You may not hear or feel alert the driver of obstacles by
. Work under poor visibility or
alerts or warnings provided by beeping. To change the volume of
bad weather conditions. the warning chime, see “Comfort
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor and Convenience” under Vehicle
result in injury, death, or vehicle is not cleaned or is covered Personalization 0 154.
damage. See Defensive Driving by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. If equipped with the Safety Alert
0 209. . Work if the detection sensor Seat, the driver seat cushion may
(Continued) is covered up, such as with provide a vibrating pulse alert
a sticker, magnet, or metal instead of beeping. To change this,
plate. see “Collision/Detection Systems”
(Continued) under Vehicle Personalization
0 154.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Assistance Systems for Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
Parking or Backing displayed is limited and objects that
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera are close to either corner of the
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), bumper or under the bumper do not
Surround Vision, and Rear Cross display.
Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the A warning triangle may display to
driver park or avoid objects. Always show that Rear Parking Assist
check around the vehicle when (RPA) has detected an object. This
parking or backing. triangle changes from amber to red
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) and increases in size the closer the
object.
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an 1. View Displayed by the Rear Surround Vision
image of the area behind the vehicle Vision Camera
If equipped, Surround Vision
in the infotainment display. The displays an image of the area
previous screen displays when the surrounding the vehicle, along with
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) the front or rear camera views in the
after a short delay. To return to the infotainment display. The front
previous screen sooner, press any camera is in the grille or near the
button on the infotainment display, front emblem, the side cameras are
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle on the bottom of the outside
speed of approximately 12 km/h rearview mirrors, and the rear
(8 mph). Select Guidance Lines on camera is above the license plate.
the infotainment display to enable or
disable the guidance lines. 1. View Displayed by the Rear
Vision Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by
{ Warning touching CAMERA in the
infotainment display, and when the
The Surround Vision cameras vehicle is moving forward slower
have blind spots and will not than 8 km/h (5 mph).
display all objects near the
corners of the vehicle. Folding
side mirrors that are out of
{ Warning
position may not display surround The camera(s) do not display
view correctly. Always check 1. Views Displayed by the children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
around the vehicle when parking Surround Vision Cameras crossing traffic, animals, or any
or backing. 2. Area Not Shown other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
Front Vision Camera bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
1. Views Displayed by the
Surround Vision Cameras Parking Assist
2. Area Not Shown With RPA, as the vehicle backs up
at speeds of less than 8 km/h
If equipped, a view of the area in (5 mph), the sensors on the rear
front of the vehicle displays. The bumper may detect objects up to
view displays after shifting from
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within detects objects coming from up to
a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side
ground and below bumper level. of the vehicle. When an object is
These detection distances may be detected, three beeps sound from
shorter during warmer or humid the left or right, depending on the
weather. direction of the detected vehicle.
Blocked sensors will not detect Use caution while backing up when
objects and can also cause false towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detections. Keep the sensors clean detection zones that extend out
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; The instrument cluster may have a from the back of the vehicle do not
and clean sensors after a car wash parking assist display with bars that move further back when a trailer is
in freezing temperatures. show “distance to object” and object towed.
location information for RPA. As the
object gets closer, more bars light Turning the Features On or Off
{ Warning up and the bars change color from RPA can be turned on and off
The Parking Assist system does yellow to amber to red. through vehicle personalization. See
not detect children, pedestrians, When an object is first detected in Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
bicyclists, animals, or objects the rear, one beep will be heard Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.
located below the bumper or that from the rear. When an object is
are too close or too far from the very close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in the To turn the rear parking assist
vehicle. It is not available at vehicle rear, five beeps will sound symbols or guidance lines on or off
speeds greater than 8 km/h from the rear. (on some models), see “Rear
Camera” under Vehicle
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Personalization 0 154.
or vehicle damage, even with
Parking Assist, always check the If equipped, RCTA shows a red RCTA can also be turned on or off
area around the vehicle and warning triangle with a left or right through vehicle personalization. see
pointing arrow on the infotainment “Collision/Detection Systems” under
check all mirrors before moving
display to warn of traffic coming Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
forward or backing.
from the left or right. This system
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Assistance Systems for above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle personalization. See “Collision/
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Driving it can detect vehicles to distances of Personalization 0 154.
If equipped, when driving the approximately 110 m (360 ft) and
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward operates at all speeds. See Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Adaptive Cruise Control 0 246.
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
{ Warning
(LCA), Forward Automatic Braking FCA is a warning system and
(FAB), and/or the Front Pedestrian does not apply the brakes. When
Braking (FPB) System can help to approaching a slower-moving or
avoid a crash or reduce crash stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, FCA warnings will not occur unless
damage. or when following a vehicle too the FCA system detects a vehicle
closely, FCA may not provide a ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
Forward Collision Alert warning with enough time to help the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
(FCA) System avoid a crash. It also may not
detected on curves, highway exit
provide any warning at all. FCA
If equipped, the FCA system may ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
does not warn of pedestrians,
help to avoid or reduce the harm or if a vehicle ahead is partially
caused by front-end crashes. When animals, signs, guardrails, blocked by pedestrians or other
approaching a vehicle ahead too bridges, construction barrels, objects. FCA will not detect another
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing or other objects. Be ready to take vehicle ahead until it is completely
alert on the windshield and rapidly action and apply the brakes. See in the driving lane.
beeps. FCA also lights an amber Defensive Driving 0 209.
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely. FCA can be disabled with the FCA
FCA detects vehicles within a steering wheel control or,
distance of approximately 60 m if equipped, through vehicle
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

When your vehicle approaches Selecting the Alert Timing
{ Warning another detected vehicle too rapidly,
The Collision Alert control is on the
the red FCA display will flash on the
FCA does not provide a warning windshield. Also, eight rapid steering wheel. Press [ to set the
to help avoid a crash, unless it high-pitched beeps will sound from FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,
detects a vehicle. FCA may not the front. When this Collision Alert or on some vehicles, Off. The first
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA occurs, the brake system may button press shows the current
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, prepare for driver braking to occur setting on the Driver Information
or ice, or if the windshield is more rapidly which can cause a Center (DIC). Additional button
damaged. It may also not detect a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to presses will change this setting. The
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, apply the brake pedal as needed. chosen setting will remain until it is
or in conditions that can limit Cruise control may be disengaged changed and will affect the timing of
visibility such as fog, rain, when the Collision Alert occurs. both the Collision Alert and the
or snow, or if the headlamps or Tailgating Alert features. The timing
Tailgating Alert of both alerts will vary based on
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the vehicle speed. The faster the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA vehicle speed, the farther away the
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
sensors clean and in good repair.
weather conditions when selecting
the alert timing. The range of
Collision Alert selectable alert timings may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
The vehicle ahead indicator will driving conditions.
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too If your vehicle is equipped with
closely. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Following Distance Indication . Clean the entire front of the The system works when driving in a
vehicle. forward gear between 8 km/h
The following distance to a moving
. Clean the headlamps. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),
vehicle you are following is
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
indicated in following time in
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h
seconds on the DIC. See Driver Forward Automatic (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
Information Center (DIC) 0 150. The Braking (FAB) approximately 60 m (197 ft).
minimum following time is
0.5 seconds away. If there is no If the vehicle has Forward Collision
vehicle detected ahead, or the Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which { Warning
vehicle ahead is out of sensor includes Intelligent Brake
range, dashes will be displayed. Assist (IBA). When the system FAB is an emergency crash
detects a vehicle ahead in your path preparation feature and is not
Unnecessary Alerts that is traveling in the same designed to avoid crashes. Do
FCA may provide unnecessary direction that you may be about to not rely on FAB to brake the
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles crash into, it can provide a boost to vehicle. FAB will not brake
in other lanes, objects that are not braking or automatically brake the outside of its operating speed
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts vehicle. This can help avoid or range and only responds to
are normal operation and the lessen the severity of crashes when detected vehicles.
vehicle does not need service. driving in a forward gear. Depending
FAB may not:
on the situation, the vehicle may
Cleaning the System automatically brake moderately or . Detect a vehicle ahead on
If the FCA system does not seem to hard. This forward automatic winding or hilly roads.
operate properly, this may correct braking can only occur if a vehicle is . Detect all vehicles,
the issue: detected. This is shown by the FCA especially vehicles with a
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. trailer, tractors, muddy
. Clean the outside of the See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
windshield in front of the vehicles, etc.
System 0 259.
rearview mirror. (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning

. Detect a vehicle when FAB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking
weather limits visibility, such vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be
as in fog, rain, or snow. where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
is partially blocked by turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and
pedestrians or other objects. signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed.
objects. To override FAB, firmly
Complete attention is always
press the accelerator pedal, if it is FAB and IBA can be disabled
required while driving, and you
safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer “Collision/Detection Systems” under
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
IBA may activate when the brake
FAB may slow the vehicle to a pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning
complete stop to try to avoid a a boost to braking based on the Using FAB or IBA while towing a
potential crash. If this happens, FAB speed of approach and distance to
trailer could cause you to lose
may engage the Electric Parking a vehicle ahead.
control of the vehicle and crash.
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the
stop. Release the EPB or firmly pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when
press the accelerator pedal. normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer.
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is A system unavailable message may
released. display if:
. The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering may also respond to pedestrians.
with object detection. See Forward Automatic Braking Warning (Continued)
. There is a problem with the (FAB) 0 261.
. Due to poor visibility,
StabiliTrak system. The FPB system can detect and including nighttime
The FAB system does not need alert to pedestrians in a forward conditions, fog, rain,
service. gear at speeds between 8 km/h or snow.
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
. If the FPB sensor is blocked
During daytime driving, the system
Front Pedestrian Braking detects pedestrians up to a distance by dirt, snow, or ice.
(FPB) System of approximately 40 m (131 ft). . If the headlamps or
If equipped, the Front Pedestrian During nighttime driving, system windshield are not cleaned
Braking (FPB) system may help performance is very limited. or in proper condition.
avoid or reduce the harm caused by Be ready to take action and apply
front-end crashes with nearby { Warning the brakes. For more information,
pedestrians when driving in a see Defensive Driving 0 209.
forward gear. FPB displays an FPB does not provide an alert or
Keep the windshield, headlamps,
automatically brake the vehicle,
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby and FPB sensor clean and in
unless it detects a pedestrian.
pedestrian is detected directly good repair.
ahead. When approaching a FPB may not detect pedestrians,
detected pedestrian too quickly, including children:
. When the pedestrian is not FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert
FPB provides a red flashing alert on
and Brake through vehicle
the windshield and rapidly beeps. directly ahead, fully visible,
personalization. See “Collision/
FPB can provide a boost to braking or standing upright, or when
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
or automatically brake the vehicle. part of a group.
Personalization 0 154.
This system includes Intelligent (Continued)
Brake Assist (IBA), and the Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) system
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Detecting the Pedestrian high-pitched beeps will sound from stop. Release the EPB. A firm press
Ahead the front. When this Pedestrian Alert of the accelerator pedal will also
occurs, the brake system may release Automatic Braking and
prepare for driver braking to occur the EPB.
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
{ Warning
Cruise control may be disengaged FPB may alert or automatically
when the Front Pedestrian Alert brake the vehicle suddenly in
occurs. situations where it is unexpected
FPB alerts and automatic braking
will not occur unless the FPB Automatic Braking and undesired. It could falsely
system detects a pedestrian. When alert or brake for objects similar in
If FPB detects it is about to crash shape or size to pedestrians,
a nearby pedestrian is detected
into a pedestrian directly ahead, and including shadows. This is normal
directly in front of the vehicle, the
the brakes have not been applied, operation and the vehicle does
pedestrian ahead indicator will
FPB may automatically brake not need service. To override
display amber.
moderately or brake hard. This can
Automatic Braking, firmly press
Front Pedestrian Alert help to avoid some very low speed
the accelerator pedal, if it is safe
pedestrian crashes or reduce
pedestrian injury. FPB can to do so.
automatically brake to detected
pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) Automatic Braking can be disabled
and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic through vehicle personalization. See
braking levels may be reduced “Front Pedestrian Detection” in
under certain conditions, such as “Collision/Detection Systems” under
higher speeds. Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
When the vehicle approaches a
pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the If this happens, Automatic Braking
red FPB alert display will flash on may engage the Electric Parking
the windshield. Eight rapid Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

and a vehicle is also detected on
{ Warning the same side, the display will flash Warning (Continued)
as an extra warning not to change
Using the Front Pedestrian lanes. Since this system is part of provide alerts when changing
Braking system while towing a the Lane Change Alert (LCA) lanes under all driving conditions.
trailer could cause you to lose system, read the entire LCA section Failure to use proper care when
control of the vehicle and crash. before using this feature. changing lanes may result in
Turn the system to Alert or Off injury, death, or vehicle damage.
when towing a trailer. Lane Change Alert (LCA) Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over
If equipped, the LCA system is a your shoulder, and use the turn
Cleaning the System lane-changing aid that assists signals.
If FPB does not seem to operate drivers with avoiding lane change
properly, cleaning the outside of the crashes that occur with moving
windshield in front of the rearview vehicles in the side blind zone (or LCA Detection Zones
mirror may correct the issue. spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
Side Blind Zone behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
Alert (SBZA) outside side mirror and will flash if
If equipped, the SBZA system is a the turn signal is on.
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that { Warning
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas. LCA does not alert the driver to
When the vehicle is in a forward vehicles outside of the system 1. SBZA Detection Zone
gear, the left or right side mirror detection zones, pedestrians, 2. LCA Detection Zone
display will light up if a moving bicyclists, or animals. It may not
The LCA sensor covers a zone of
vehicle is detected in that blind (Continued) approximately one lane over from
zone. If the turn signal is activated
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

(11 ft). The height of the zone is When the System Does Not
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) Seem to Work Properly
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) The LCA system requires some
warning area starts at approximately driving for the system to calibrate to
the middle of the vehicle and goes maximum performance. This
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also calibration may occur more quickly if
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
warned of vehicles rapidly the vehicle is driving on a straight
Display Display highway road with traffic and
approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle. When the vehicle is started, both roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
outside mirror LCA displays will barriers).
How the System Works briefly come on to indicate the LCA displays may not come on
The LCA symbol lights up in the system is operating. When the when passing a vehicle quickly, for
side mirrors when the system vehicle is in a forward gear, the left a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
detects a moving vehicle in the next or right side mirror display will light trailer. The LCA detection zones
lane over that is in the side blind up if a moving vehicle is detected in that extend back from the side of
zone or rapidly approaching that the next lane over in that blind zone the vehicle do not move further back
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol or rapidly approaching that zone. when a trailer is towed. Use caution
indicates it may be unsafe to If the turn signal is activated in the while changing lanes when towing a
change lanes. Before making a lane same direction as a detected trailer. LCA may alert to objects
change, check the LCA display, vehicle, this display will flash as an attached to the vehicle, such as a
check mirrors, glance over your extra warning not to change lanes. trailer, bicycle, or object extending
shoulder, and use the turn signals. LCA can be disabled through out to either side of the vehicle.
vehicle personalization using the Attached objects may also interfere
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See with the detection of vehicles. This
“Collision/Detection Systems” under is normal system operation; the
Vehicle Personalization 0 154. vehicle does not need service.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not always alert the driver
LCA mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

driving on sharp curves. The system When LCA is disabled for any vehicle approaches a detected lane
does not need to be serviced. The reason other than the driver turning marking without using a turn signal
system may light up due to it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On in that direction. It may also provide
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and option will not be available on the a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
other non-moving objects. This is personalization menu. system alert as the lane marking is
normal system operation; the crossed. The LKA system will not
vehicle does not need service. Radio Frequency Information assist or provide an LDW alert if it
LCA may not operate when the LCA See Radio Frequency Statement detects that you are actively
sensors in the left or right corners of 0 390. steering. Override LKA by turning
the rear bumper are covered with the steering wheel. LKA uses a
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in Lane Departure camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning Warning (LDW) 180 km/h (112 mph).
instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 353. If equipped, LDW may help avoid
If the DIC still displays the system crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
{ Warning
unavailable message after cleaning
both sides of the vehicle toward the warning if the vehicle is crossing a The LKA system does not
rear corners of the vehicle, see your detected lane marking without using continuously steer the vehicle.
dealer. a turn signal in the lane departure It may not keep the vehicle in the
direction. Since this system is part lane or give a Lane Departure
If the LCA displays do not light up of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
when moving vehicles are in the system, read the entire LKA section lane marking is detected.
side blind zone or are rapidly before using this feature.
approaching this zone and the The LKA and LDW systems
system is clean, the system may Lane Keep Assist (LKA) may not:
need service. Take the vehicle to . Provide an alert or enough
your dealer. If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane steering assist to avoid a
departures. It may assist by gently lane departure or crash.
turning the steering wheel if the (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

display A as amber if the vehicle
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
approaches a detected lane marking
. Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the without using a turn signal in that
poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and direction. It may also provide an
conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in LDW alert by flashing A amber
the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in as the lane marking is crossed.
headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions. Additionally, there may be three
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are beeps, or the driver seat may pulse
not in proper condition, or if three times, on the right or left,
the sun shines directly into depending on the lane departure
the camera. { Warning direction.
. Detect road edges. Take Steering
Using LKA while towing a trailer
. Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause The LKA system does not
hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and continuously steer the vehicle.
If LKA only detects lane markings a crash. Turn the system off. If LKA does not detect active driver
on one side of the road, it will steering, an alert, chime, or DIC
only assist or provide an LDW message may be provided. Steer
How the System Works the vehicle to dismiss.
alert when approaching the lane
The LKA camera sensor is on the
on the side where it has detected When the System Does Not
windshield ahead of the rearview
a lane marking. Even with LKA mirror. Seem to Work Properly
and LDW, you must steer the
A The system performance may be
vehicle. Always keep your To turn LKA on and off, press
affected by:
attention on the road and on the center console.
maintain proper vehicle position . Close vehicles ahead.
within the lane, or vehicle When on, A is green if LKA is
. Sudden lighting changes, such
damage, injury, or death could available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently as when driving through tunnels.
(Continued) turning the steering wheel and . Banked roads.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
Fuel For the 2.0L L4 engine, use
premium unleaded gasoline meeting
GM recommends the use of TOP ASTM specification D4814 with a
If the LKA system is not functioning
TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep posted octane rating of 93 is highly
properly when lane markings are
the engine cleaner and reduce recommended for best performance
clearly visible, cleaning the
engine deposits. See and fuel economy. Unleaded
windshield may help.
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP gasoline with an octane rated as low
A system unavailable message may TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers as 87 can be used. Using unleaded
display if the camera is blocked. and applicable countries. gasoline rated below 93 octane,
The LKA system does not need however, will lead to reduced
service. acceleration and fuel economy.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts If knocking occurs, use a gasoline
may occur due to tar marks, rated at 93 octane as soon as
shadows, cracks in the road, possible, otherwise, the engine
temporary or construction lane could be damaged. If heavy
markings, or other road knocking is heard when using
imperfections. This is normal system gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
operation; the vehicle does not need engine needs service.
service. Turn LKA off if these For the 3.6L V6 engine, use regular
conditions continue. unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted
octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or use gasoline with a posted octane
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with rating of less than 87, as this may
ethanol levels greater than 15% by cause engine knock and will lower
volume. fuel economy.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Prohibited Fuels occurs, return to your authorized
Caution (Continued) dealer for diagnosis. If it is
Caution determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
Do not use fuels with any of the
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance,
its warranty: and may decrease the life of Fuels in Foreign
. For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst. Countries
FlexFuel, fuel labeled The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
greater than 15% ethanol by fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
volume, such as mid-level California Fuel
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
ethanol blends (16 – 50% Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuels” in Fuel 0 269.
. Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is
methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives
aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control
TIER detergent gasoline is
parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in
recommended. See Fuel 0 269.
rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions
. Fuel containing metals such Standards, the vehicle will operate If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
satisfactorily on fuels meeting not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
as methylcyclopentadienyl
federal specifications, but emission System Treatment Cleaner added to
manganese tricarbonyl
control system performance may be the fuel tank at every engine oil
(MMT), which can damage
affected. The malfunction indicator change, can help. GM Fuel System
the emissions control
lamp could turn on and the vehicle Treatment Cleaner is the only
system and spark plugs.
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by
(Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at
(Check Engine Light) 0 141. If this your dealer.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the inserted and latched prior to starting
refueling nozzle is inserted fuel flow.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
death. full, and is more likely in hot { Warning
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior than three clicks of a standard fill
all the instructions on the nozzle may cause:
fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
. Vehicle performance issues,
. Turn off the engine when including engine stalling and
refueling. damage to the fuel system.
. Keep sparks, flames, and . Fuel spills.
smoking materials away
from fuel. . Potential fuel fires.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not use a cell phone pumping before removing the
while refueling. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care 0 353.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door.
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel without using could be badly burned and the
refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel vehicle could be damaged.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by spillage and damage the capless Always:
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a . Use approved fuel
notifying the station attendant. fire and you or others could be containers.
Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. . Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
Filling the Tank with a Portable bed before filling.
Gas Can 3. Remove and clean the funnel
. Place the container on the
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return it to the
storage location. ground.
must be filled from a portable
gas can: . Place the nozzle inside the
Filling a Portable Fuel fill opening of the container
Container before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
{ Warning complete.
Filling a portable fuel container . Fill the container no more
while it is in the vehicle can than 95% full to allow for
1. Locate the capless funnel cause fuel vapors that can expansion.
adapter from the rear cargo ignite either by static electricity . Do not smoke, light
area under the load floor. or other means. You or others matches, or use lighters
2. Insert and latch the funnel into (Continued) while pumping fuel.
the capless fuel system. . Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Do not tow a trailer during the . The Front Pedestrian Braking
Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent system should be set to Alert or
damage to the engine, axle or Off when towing. See Front
General Towing other parts. Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Information . Then, during the first 800 km System 0 263.
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi), of trailer towing, do not
been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and { Warning
Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle.
dealer for assistance with preparing When towing a trailer, exhaust
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read The Tow/Haul Mode may be
the entire section before towing a the vehicle and enter if the
used in both modes. See Tow/ liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
trailer. Haul Mode 0 235. window is open.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see . Turn off parking assist when
Towing the Vehicle 0 351. For When towing a trailer:
towing.
towing the vehicle behind another . Do not drive with the
vehicle such as a motor home, see . Turn off Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351. when towing. See Lane Keep
or rear-most window open.
Assist (LKA) 0 267.
. Fully open the air outlets on
Driving Characteristics . Do not use Adaptive Cruise
or under the instrument
and Towing Tips Control (ACC) when towing. See
panel.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 246.
Driving with a Trailer . Also adjust the climate
. The Forward Automatic Braking
control system to a setting
When towing a trailer: system should be set to Off
that brings in only outside
. Become familiar with the state when towing. See Forward
air. See “Climate Control
and local laws that apply Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 261.
Systems” in the Index.
specifically to trailer towing. (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Towing with a Stability Control the left. To move the trailer to the
Warning (Continued) System right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
For information about carbon When towing, the sound of the if possible, have someone
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust stability control system might be guide you.
0 231. heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the Making Turns
trailer, which mainly occurs during
Towing a trailer requires a certain cornering. This is normal when
amount of experience. The Caution
towing heavier trailers.
combination you are driving is
Making very sharp turns while
longer and not as responsive as the Following Distance
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with trailering could cause the trailer to
Stay at least twice as far behind the come in contact with the vehicle.
the handling and braking of the rig
vehicle ahead as you would when The vehicle could be damaged.
before setting out for the open road.
driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns
Before starting, check all trailer hitch This can help to avoid situations while trailering.
parts and attachments, safety that require heavy braking and
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, sudden turns.
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has When turning with a trailer, make
electric brakes, start the Passing wider turns than normal so the
combination moving and then apply More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
the trailer brake controller by hand when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees, or other
to be sure the brakes work. rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in
farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden
During the trip, check occasionally
before returning to the lane. maneuvers.
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer Backing Up
brakes still work.
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Turn Signals When Towing a The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Parking on Hills
Trailer Use a lower gear if the transmission
The turn signal indicators on the
shifts too often. { Warning
instrument cluster flash whenever The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
signaling a turn or lane change. the transmission shifts too often. Parking the vehicle on a hill with
Properly hooked up, the trailer See Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. the trailer attached can be
lamps also flash, telling other dangerous. If something goes
When towing at high altitude on
drivers the vehicle is turning, wrong, the rig could start to move.
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
changing lanes, or stopping. People can be injured, and both
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is the vehicle and the trailer can be
When towing a trailer, the arrows on damaged. When possible, always
the instrument cluster flash for turns turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill park the rig on a flat surface.
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Check occasionally to grades, the vehicle could show
be sure the trailer bulbs are still signs similar to engine overheating. If parking the rig on a hill:
working. To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
Driving on Grades ground, with the transmission in not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
P (Park) for a few minutes before the wheels into the curb if
Reduce speed and shift to a lower facing downhill or into traffic if
gear before starting down a long or turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see facing uphill.
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the Engine Overheating 0 298. 2. Have someone place chocks
brakes might have to be used so under the trailer wheels.
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing
place, release the brake pedal Towing
until the chocks absorb Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
the load. The vehicle needs service more See New Vehicle Break-In 0 223.
often when pulling a trailer. See the
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
Maintenance Schedule 0 365.
Things that are especially important
{ Warning
shift into P (Park). in trailer operation are automatic The driver can lose control when
5. Release the brake pedal. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle pulling a trailer if the correct
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and equipment is not used or the
Leaving After Parking on a Hill brake system. Inspect these before vehicle is not driven properly. For
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal and during the trip. example, if the trailer is too heavy
while you: Check periodically to see that all or the trailer brakes are
. Start the engine. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. inadequate for the load, the
vehicle may not stop as expected.
. Shift into a gear. Engine Cooling When Trailer
The driver and passengers could
. Release the parking brake. Towing be seriously injured. The vehicle
2. Let up on the brake pedal. The cooling system may temporarily may also be damaged; the
overheat during severe operating resulting repairs would not be
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is conditions. See Engine Overheating covered by the vehicle warranty.
clear of the chocks. 0 298. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
4. Stop and have someone pick this section have been followed.
up and store the chocks. Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
with the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Three important considerations Maximum trailer weight is calculated
Caution have to do with weight: assuming only the driver is in the
. Weight of the trailer tow vehicle and it has all the
Pulling a trailer improperly can required trailering equipment. The
damage the vehicle and result in . Weight of the trailer tongue weight of additional optional
costly repairs not covered by the equipment, passengers, and cargo
. Total weight on the vehicle's
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer in the tow vehicle must be
tires
correctly, follow the advice in this subtracted from the maximum trailer
section and see your dealer for Weight of the Trailer weight.
important information about
How heavy can a trailer safely be? Use the following chart to determine
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Speed, altitude, road grades, how much the vehicle can weigh,
outside temperature, special based upon the vehicle model and
equipment, the dimensions of the options.
front of the trailer, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See “Weight of
the Trailer Tongue” later in this
section.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR
Front-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 2 910 kg (6,415 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 550 kg (10,030 lb)
All-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 020 kg (6,650 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 650 kg (10,250 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering If there are a lot of options,

information or advice. equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the
an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to
weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See
curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits 0 219.
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

should weigh 10–15 percent Total Weight on the Vehicle's bumper-type hitches to it. Use
of the total loaded trailer Tires only a frame-mounted hitch that
weight (2). does not attach to the bumper.
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the
After loading the trailer, weigh the upper limit for cold tires. These . Will any holes be made in the
trailer and then the tongue, numbers can be found on the body of the vehicle when the
separately, to see if the weights are Certification label or see Vehicle trailer hitch is installed? If so,
proper. If they are not, adjustments Load Limits 0 219 for more then be sure to seal the holes
might be made by moving some information. Do not go over the when the hitch is removed. If the
items around in the trailer. GVW limit for the vehicle, or the holes are not sealed, dirt, water,
Trailering may be limited by the GAWR, including the weight of the and deadly carbon monoxide
vehicle's ability to carry tongue trailer tongue. If using a (CO) from the exhaust may get
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause weight-distributing hitch, do not go into the vehicle. See Engine
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR over the rear axle limit before Exhaust 0 231.
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or applying the weight-distribution Weight-Distributing Hitches and
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle spring bars. Weight-Carrying Hitches
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the Towing Equipment
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight. Hitches
It is important that the vehicle does It is important to have the correct
not exceed any of its ratings — hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum trucks going by, and rough roads
Trailer Rating, or Tongue Weight. are a few reasons why the right
The only way to be sure it is not hitch is needed.
exceeding any of these ratings is to . The rear bumper on the vehicle
weigh the vehicle and trailer. is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

1. Front of Vehicle Because the vehicle has antilock . Black: Ground
2. Body-to-Ground Distance brakes, do not try to tap into the . White/Green: Back-up Lamps
vehicle's hydraulic brake system.
When using a weight-distributing . Red/Green: Battery Feed
If you do, both brake systems will
hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
not work well, or at all. . Blue: Trailer Brake*
that the distance (2) remains the
same both before and after coupling Trailer Wiring Harness *The fuse for this circuit is installed
the trailer to the tow vehicle. in the underhood electrical center,
Basic Trailer Wiring
Safety Chains but the wires are not connected.
The trailer wiring harness, with a They should be connected by your
Always attach chains between the seven-pin connector, is located at dealer or a qualified service center.
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the the rear of the vehicle and is tied to
If the back-up lamp circuit is not
safety chains under the tongue of the vehicle's frame. The harness
functional, contact your dealer.
the trailer to help prevent the tongue connector can be plugged into a
from contacting the road if it seven-pin universal heavy-duty If a remote (non-vehicle) battery is
becomes separated from the hitch. trailer connector available through being charged, select Tow/Haul
Always leave just enough slack so your dealer. Mode on Driver Mode Control knob
the rig can turn. Never allow safety on the center console. This will
Use only a round, seven-wire
chains to drag on the ground. boost the vehicle system voltage
connector with flat blade terminals
and properly charge the battery.
Trailer Brakes meeting SAE J2863 specifications
If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul
for proper electrical connectivity.
A loaded trailer that weighs more Mode, turn on the headlamps
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have The seven-wire harness contains (non-HID only) as a second way to
its own brake system that is the following trailer circuits: boost the vehicle system and
adequate for the weight of the . Yellow/Blue: Left Stop/Turn charge the battery.
trailer. Be sure to read and follow Signal
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and . Green/Brown: Right Stop/Turn
maintained properly. Signal
. Gray/Brown: Taillamps
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Electric Trailer Brake Control Conversions and
Wiring Provisions Caution
These wiring provisions for an
Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
electric trailer brake controller are damage the vehicle or cause
included with the vehicle as part of Add-On Electrical components to not work and
the trailer wiring package. The body Equipment would not be covered by the
harness, inside the front driver side vehicle warranty. Always check
instrument panel, contains blunt cut
wires below the headlamp switch for
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
the electric trailer brake controller. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
The harness contains the following used for vehicle service
wires: and Emission Inspection/ Add-on equipment can drain the
. Blue: “To Trailer” Maintenance testing. See vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
. Red/Black or Red/Blue: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Battery Feed (Check Engine Light) 0 141. The vehicle has an airbag system.
A device connected to the DLC — Before attempting to add anything
. White/Blue: Brake Apply Signal such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see
. Black: Ground driver-behavior tracking device — Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 95 and Adding Equipment
The electric trailer brake controller to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
should be installed by your dealer or systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash. 0 95.
a qualified service center.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
282 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 303
Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Wheels and Tires
General Information Park Brake and P (Park) Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 283 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 304 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
California Proposition Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 304 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 306 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
California Perchlorate Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 320
Materials Requirements . . . . . 284 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Engine Compartment LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 and Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 291 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 308 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Automatic Transmission When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 293 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Electrical System Overload . . . 309 Different Size Tires and
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 298 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310
Engine Compartment Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Instrument Panel Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire
Battery - North America . . . . . . 302 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 338
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 283

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 General Information California Proposition
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 347 your dealer. You will receive
Jump Starting
genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning
and supported service people.
Jump Starting - North Most motor vehicles, including
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its
these marks:
Towing the Vehicle service parts and fluids, contain
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 351 and/or emit chemicals known to
Recreational Vehicle the State of California to cause
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
Appearance Care exhaust, many parts and
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 systems, many fluids, and some
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 component wear by-products
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 302

and Jump Starting - North America
0 348 and the back cover.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
284 Vehicle Care

California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks
caused by modifying vehicle height
Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be
Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own
applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components
Service Work
initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
installation or use of non-GM { Warning
certified parts, including control
may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on
Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have
For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always
perchlorate. affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your service work.
Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service
can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service
safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95. about how to service the vehicle
handling, emissions systems, than this manual can. To order the
aerodynamics, durability, and proper service manual, see Service
electronic systems like antilock Publications Ordering Information
brakes, traction control, and stability 0 389.
control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system.
modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own
malfunction or damage not covered service work, see Servicing the
by the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 95.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 285

Keep a record with all parts receipts To close the hood:
and list the mileage and the date of 1. Before closing the hood, be
any service work performed. See sure all filler caps are properly
Maintenance Records 0 375. installed.
Caution 2. Pull the hood down to close.

Lower the hood until the lifting
Even small amounts of pressure of the strut is
contamination can cause damage reduced. Then allow the hood
to vehicle systems. Do not allow to fall and latch into place
contaminants to contact the fluids, under its own weight
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. 3. Check to make sure the hood
2. At the front of the vehicle, pull is closed. If the hood does not
up on the center of the hood, fully latch, gently push the
Hood and push the secondary hood hood down at the front and
To open the hood: release to the right. center of the hood until it is
completely latched.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, gas struts will
automatically take over to lift
and hold the hood in the fully
open position.
1. Pull the hood release handle

with this symbol on it. It is
under the instrument panel on
the driver side of the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
286 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 Engine
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 287

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 293. 6. Battery - North America 0 302. 9. Windshield Washer Fluid
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See 7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
Engine Oil 0 289. and Pressure Cap. See 0 299.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Cooling System 0 294. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil 0 289. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal Block 0 310.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of (Under Cover). See Jump 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery
View). See Cooling System Starting - North America 0 348. Terminal. See Jump Starting -
0 294. North America 0 348.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See

Brake Fluid 0 301.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
288 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 289

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 293. Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See To ensure proper engine Check the engine oil level regularly,
Engine Oil 0 289. performance and long life, careful every 650 km (400 mi), especially
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See attention must be paid to engine oil. prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Engine Oil 0 289. Following these simple, but dipstick handle is a loop. See
important steps will help protect Engine Compartment Overview
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of 0 286 for the location.
your investment:
View). See Cooling System
0 294. . Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the { Warning
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
proper viscosity grade. See
Brake Fluid 0 301. The engine oil dipstick handle
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
may be hot; it could burn you.
6. Battery - North America 0 302. in this section.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank . Check the engine oil level dipstick handle.
and Pressure Cap. See regularly and maintain the
Cooling System 0 294. proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add If a low oil Driver Information Center
8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. (DIC) message displays, check the
See Jump Starting - North Engine Oil” in this section.
oil level.
America 0 348. . Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil Follow these guidelines:
9. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Life System 0 291. . To get an accurate reading, park
0 299. . Always dispose of engine oil the vehicle on level ground.
properly. See “What to Do with Check the engine oil level after
10. Engine Compartment Fuse the engine has been off for at
Block 0 310. Used Oil” in this section.
least two hours. Checking the
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery engine oil level on steep grades
Terminal. See Jump Starting - or too soon after engine shutoff
North America 0 348. can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
290 Vehicle Care

checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick Caution (Continued)
and check the level.
operating range, i.e., the engine
. If unable to wait two hours, the has so much oil that the oil level
engine must be off for at least gets above the cross-hatched
15 minutes if the engine is area that shows the proper
warm, or at least 30 minutes if 3.6L V6 Engine operating range, the engine could
the engine is not warm. Pull out If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
paper towel or cloth, then push it the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
back in all the way. Remove it 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
again, keeping the tip down, and professional to remove the
recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil.
check the level. the level. See “Selecting the Right
When to Add Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to See Engine Compartment Overview
use. For engine oil crankcase 0 286 for the location of the engine
capacity, see Capacities and oil fill cap.
Specifications 0 377. Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
Caution range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
2.0L L4 Engine Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the Selecting the Right Engine Oil
acceptable operating range Selecting the right engine oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful depends on both the proper oil
to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade.
have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and
(Continued) Lubricants 0 373.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 291

Specification below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE skin and nails with soap and water,
Ask for and use engine oils that 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
meet the dexos1 specification. this viscosity grade will provide properly dispose of clothing or rags
Engine oils that have been easier cold starting for the engine at containing used engine oil. See the
approved by GM as meeting the extremely low temperatures. manufacturer's warnings about the
dexos1 specification are marked When selecting an oil of the use and disposal of oil products.
with the dexos1 approved logo. See appropriate viscosity grade, it is Used oil can be a threat to the
www.gmdexos.com. recommended to select an oil of the environment. If you change your
correct specification. See own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
“Specification” earlier in this section. from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,
Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
Do not add anything to the oil. The bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
recommended oils meeting the it to a place that collects used oil.
dexos1 specification are all that is
Caution needed for good performance and Engine Oil Life System
engine protection.
Failure to use the recommended When to Change Engine Oil
Engine oil system flushes are not
engine oil or equivalent can result This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause
in engine damage not covered by that indicates when to change the
engine damage not covered by the
the vehicle warranty. vehicle warranty. engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
Viscosity Grade What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Used engine oil contains certain temperature, and miles driven.
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade Based on driving conditions, the
engine oil. Cold Temperature elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause mileage at which an oil change is
Operation: In an area of extreme indicated can vary considerably. For
cold, where the temperature falls cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
292 Vehicle Care

the oil life system to work properly, If the system is ever reset The oil life system can also be reset
the system must be reset every time accidentally, the oil must be as follows:
the oil is changed. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) 1. Display the OIL LIFE
On some vehicles, when the system since the last oil change. REMAINING on the DIC. See
has calculated that oil life has been Remember to reset the oil life Driver Information Center (DIC)
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE system whenever the oil is changed. 0 150.
OIL SOON message comes on to How to Reset the Engine Oil 2. Fully press the accelerator
indicate that an oil change is Life System pedal slowly three times within
necessary. Change the oil as soon five seconds.
as possible within the next 1 000 km Reset the system whenever the
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving engine oil is changed so that the 3. Display the OIL LIFE
under the best conditions, the oil life system can calculate the next REMAINING on the DIC. If the
system might indicate that an oil engine oil change. Always reset the display shows 100%, the
change is not necessary for up to a engine oil life to 100% after every oil system is reset.
year. The engine oil and filter must change. It will not reset itself. To
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
be changed at least once a year reset the engine oil life system:
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
and, at this time, the system must 1. Display the OIL LIFE comes back on when the vehicle is
be reset. For vehicles without the REMAINING on the DIC. See started and/or the OIL LIFE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Driver Information Center (DIC) REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
message, an oil change is needed 0 150. oil life system has not been reset.
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING Repeat the procedure.
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer 2. Press and hold V for several
has trained service people who will seconds. The oil life will
perform this work and reset the change to 100%.
Automatic Transmission
system. It is also important to check Fluid
the oil regularly over the course of It is not necessary to check the
an oil drain interval and keep it at transmission fluid level.
the proper level. A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 293

occurs, take the vehicle to the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter replace if damaged. Do not clean
dealer and have it repaired as soon the engine air cleaner/filter or
as possible. The engine air cleaner/filter is in the components with water or
engine compartment on the compressed air.
Change the fluid at the intervals passenger side of the vehicle. See
listed in Maintenance Schedule Engine Compartment Overview To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
0 365, and be sure to use the 0 286 for location. filter:
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and When to Inspect the Engine Air
Lubricants 0 373. Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
Caution inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
Use of the incorrect automatic 0 365.
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may How to Inspect the Engine Air
not be covered by the vehicle Cleaner/Filter
warranty. Always use the Do not start the engine or have the
automatic transmission fluid listed engine running with the engine air
in Recommended Fluids and cleaner/filter housing open. Before 2.0L L4 Engine
Lubricants 0 373. removing the engine air cleaner/
1. Remove the five screws and lift
filter, make sure that the engine air
the cover out of the assembly.
If you need to check the cleaner/filter housing and nearby
transmission fluid level, take the components are free of dirt and 2. Inspect or replace the engine
vehicle to your dealer. debris. Remove the engine air air cleaner/filter.
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake 3. Lower the cover and secure
the engine air cleaner/filter (away with the five screws.
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
294 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
3.6L V6 Engine can easily get into the engine, 2.0L L4 Engine
1. Remove the five screws and lift which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
the cover out of the assembly. of View)
when driving.
2. Inspect or replace the engine 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
air cleaner/filter. and Pressure Cap
3. Lower the cover and secure Cooling System
with the five screws. The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
{ Warning working temperature.
Operating the engine with the air

cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 295

What to Use
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator { Warning
hoses, or other engine parts.
Plain water, or other liquids such
They can be very hot and can
as alcohol, can boil before the
burn you. Do not run the engine if
proper coolant mixture will. With
there is a leak; all coolant could
plain water or the wrong mixture,
leak out. That could cause an
the engine could get too hot but
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
there would not be an overheat
any leak before driving the
warning. The engine could catch
vehicle.
fire and you or others could be
3.6L V6 Engine burned.
Engine Coolant
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) The cooling system in the vehicle is Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank filled with DEX-COOL engine drinkable water and DEX-COOL
and Pressure Cap coolant. This coolant needs to be coolant. This mixture:
checked and replaced at . Gives freezing protection down
appropriate intervals. See
{ Warning Maintenance Schedule 0 365.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling . Gives boiling protection up to
start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add
129 °C (265 °F), engine
not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a
temperature.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating,
away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 298. . Protects against rust and
electric fan. corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
296 Vehicle Care

. Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant cooling system is cool before this is
temperature. done. See Engine Overheating
The vehicle must be on a level
0 298.
surface when checking the coolant
Caution level. The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
Do not use anything other than a driver side of the vehicle. See
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that Engine Compartment Overview
meets GM Standard 0 286.
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause How to Add Coolant to the
damage to the engine cooling Coolant Surge Tank
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the { Warning
vehicle warranty.
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
Never dispose of engine coolant by pressure. Turning the pressure
putting it in the trash, pouring it on cap, even a little, can cause them
the ground, or into sewers, streams, Check to see if coolant is visible in to come out at high speed and
or bodies of water. Have the coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant you could be burned. Never turn
changed by an authorized service inside the coolant surge tank is
center, familiar with legal the cap when the cooling system,
boiling, do not do anything else until
requirements regarding used including the pressure cap, is hot.
it cools down. If coolant is visible
coolant disposal. This will help but the coolant level mark is not Wait for the cooling system and
protect the environment and your visible, add a 50/50 mixture of pressure cap to cool.
health. clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
surge tank to the top rib on the
middle of the tank, but be sure the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 297

1. Remove the coolant surge tank
{ Warning Caution pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
Plain water, or other liquids such Failure to follow the specific surge tank pressure cap and
as alcohol, can boil before the coolant fill procedure could cause upper radiator hose, is no
proper coolant mixture will. With the engine to overheat and could longer hot.
plain water or the wrong mixture, cause system damage. If coolant
the engine could get too hot but is not visible in the surge tank, Turn the pressure cap slowly
there would not be an overheat contact your dealer. counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you
warning. The engine could catch
hear a hiss, wait for that to
fire and you or others could be If no problem is found, check to see stop. This will allow any
burned. if coolant is visible in the coolant pressure still left to be vented
surge tank. If coolant is visible but out the discharge hose.
the coolant level is not at the
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
{ Warning indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
slowly and remove it.
Spilling coolant on hot engine water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
parts can burn you. Coolant coolant surge tank, but be sure the
contains ethylene glycol and it will cooling system, including the
burn if the engine parts are hot coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
enough. cool before you do it.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
298 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with fan is running. If the engine is
the proper mixture to the Caution overheating, the fan should be
indicated level mark. running. If it is not, do not continue
If the pressure cap is not tightly to run the engine. Have the vehicle
4. With the coolant surge tank installed, coolant loss and engine
pressure cap off, start the serviced.
damage may occur. Be sure the
engine and let it run until you cap is properly and tightly
can feel the upper radiator Caution
secured.
hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan. Do not run the engine if there is a
Engine Overheating leak in the engine cooling system.
By this time, the coolant level This can cause a loss of all
inside the coolant surge tank The vehicle has several indicators coolant and can damage the
may be lower. If the level is to warn of the engine overheating. system and vehicle. Have any
lower, add more of the proper
There is an engine coolant leaks fixed right away.
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the temperature gauge on the
indicated level mark. instrument cluster. See Engine If Steam Is Coming from the
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 138.
5. Replace the pressure cap The vehicle may also display a
Engine Compartment
tightly. message on the Driver Information
6. Verify coolant level after the Center (DIC). { Warning
engine is shut off and the If the decision is made not to lift the Steam and scalding liquids from a
coolant is cold. If necessary, hood when this warning appears, hot cooling system are under
repeat coolant fill procedure get service help right away. See pressure. Turning the pressure
Steps 1–6. Roadside Assistance Program cap, even a little, can cause them
If the coolant still is not at the 0 384. to come out at high speed and
proper level when the system If the decision is made to lift the you could be burned. Never turn
cools down again, see your hood, make sure the vehicle is the cap when the cooling system,
dealer. parked on a level surface. Then (Continued)
check to see if the engine cooling
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 299
Warning (Continued)
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off Washer Fluid
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the What to Use
including the pressure cap, is hot. engine idle.
Wait for the cooling system and When windshield washer fluid is
pressure cap to cool. If the engine coolant temperature needed, be sure to read the
gauge is no longer in the manufacturer's instructions before
overheated area, the vehicle can be use. If operating the vehicle in an
If No Steam Is Coming from driven. Continue to drive the vehicle area where the temperature may fall
the Engine Compartment slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a below freezing, use a fluid that has
If an engine overheat warning is safe distance from the vehicle in sufficient protection against
displayed but no steam can be seen front. If the warning does not come freezing.
or heard, the problem may not be back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system Adding Washer Fluid
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the checked for proper fill and function.
vehicle: If the warning continues, pull over,
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
. Stops after high-speed driving.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
. Idles for long periods in traffic. engine for three minutes while
If the overheat warning is displayed parked. If the warning is still Open the cap with the washer
with no sign of steam: displayed, turn off the engine until it symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
cools down. the tank is full. See Engine
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Compartment Overview 0 286 for
2. Turn the heater on to the reservoir location.
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
300 Vehicle Care
Caution Caution (Continued) Caution

. Do not use washer fluid that for fluid expansion if Continuing to drive with worn-out
contains any type of water freezing occurs, which could brake pads could result in costly
repellent coating. This can damage the tank if it is brake repair.
cause the wiper blades to completely full.
chatter or skip.
Some driving conditions or climates
. Do not use engine coolant Brakes can cause a brake squeal when the
(antifreeze) in the brakes are first applied or lightly
windshield washer. It can Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean
damage the windshield indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes.
washer system and paint. warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are
. Do not mix water with necessary to help prevent brake
The sound can come and go or can
ready-to-use washer fluid. be heard all the time when the pulsation. When tires are rotated,
Water can cause the vehicle is moving, except when inspect brake pads for wear and
solution to freeze and applying the brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
damage the washer fluid proper sequence to torque
tank and other parts of the
washer system. { Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 377.
. When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound Brake pads should be replaced as
washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will complete sets.
manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to
adding water. a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
. Fill the washer fluid tank warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal
only three-quarters full when vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height,
it is very cold. This allows or if there is a rapid increase in
(Continued) pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 301

Replacing Brake System Parts Checking Brake Fluid installed. Add or remove fluid, as
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a necessary, only when work is done
Always replace brake system parts
level surface, the brake fluid level on the brake hydraulic system.
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes should be between the minimum
may not work properly. The braking and maximum marks on the brake { Warning
performance expected can change fluid reservoir.
in many other ways if the wrong If too much brake fluid is added, it
There are only two reasons why the can spill on the engine and burn,
replacement brake parts are brake fluid level in the reservoir may
installed or if parts are improperly if the engine is hot enough. You
go down: or others could be burned, and
installed.
. Normal brake lining wear. When the vehicle could be damaged.
Brake Fluid new linings are installed, the Add brake fluid only when work is
fluid level goes back up. done on the brake hydraulic
. A fluid leak in the brake system.
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed. When the brake fluid falls to a low
With a leak, the brakes will not level, the brake warning light comes
work well. on. See Brake System Warning
Always clean the brake fluid Light 0 143.
The brake master cylinder reservoir reservoir cap and the area around Brake fluid absorbs water over time
is filled with GM approved DOT 3 the cap before removing it. which degrades the effectiveness of
brake fluid as indicated on the the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
Do not top off the brake fluid.
reservoir cap. See Engine at the specified intervals to prevent
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
Compartment Overview 0 286 for increased stopping distance. See
If fluid is added when the linings are
the location of the reservoir. Maintenance Schedule 0 365.
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
302 Vehicle Care

What to Add Battery - North America
Use only GM approved DOT 3
{ Warning
The original equipment battery is
brake fluid from a clean, sealed maintenance free. Do not remove WARNING: Battery posts,
container. See Recommended the cap and do not add fluid. terminals, and related
Fluids and Lubricants 0 373. accessories contain lead and lead
Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a compounds, chemicals known to
{ Warning new battery is needed. For the State of California to cause
replacement of the battery, see your cancer and birth defects or other
The wrong or contaminated brake reproductive harm. Batteries also
fluid could result in damage to the dealer.
contain other chemicals known to
brake system. This could result in Stop/Start System the State of California to cause
the loss of braking leading to a cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
The vehicle has a stop/start system
possible injury. Always use the to shut off the engine to help HANDLING. For more information
proper GM approved brake fluid. conserve fuel. See Starting the go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
Engine 0 225. It has an Absorbed passenger-vehicle.
Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery.
Caution Installation of a standard 12-volt
battery will result in reduced 12-volt See California Proposition
battery life. 65 Warning 0 283 and the back
If brake fluid is spilled on the cover.
vehicle's painted surfaces, the When using a 12-volt battery
paint finish can be damaged. charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, Vehicle Storage
Immediately wash off any painted some chargers have an AGM
surface. battery setting on the charger. { Warning
If available, use the AGM setting on
the charger, to limit charge voltage Batteries have acid that can burn
to 14.8 volts. you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 303
Warning (Continued)
Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
not careful. See Jump Starting - { Warning Function Check
North America 0 348 for tips on
working around a battery without When you are doing this
getting hurt. inspection, the vehicle could { Warning
move suddenly. If the vehicle
When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be
Infrequent Usage: Remove the inspection, the vehicle could
injured.
12-volt battery black, negative (−) move suddenly. If the vehicle
cable from the battery to keep the moves, you or others could be
battery from running down. 1. Before starting this check, be injured.
sure there is enough room
Extended Storage: Remove the around the vehicle.
12-volt battery black, negative (−) 1. Before starting this check, be
cable from the battery or use a 2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room
battery trickle charger. and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be
Remember to reconnect the battery Do not use the accelerator parked on a level surface.
when ready to drive the vehicle. pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
the engine immediately if it ready to apply the regular
All-Wheel Drive starts. brake immediately if the vehicle
3. Try to start the engine in each begins to move.
Transfer Case gear. The vehicle should start 3. With the engine off, turn the
Under normal driving conditions, only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). ignition on, but do not start the
transfer case fluid does not require If the vehicle starts in any other engine. Without applying the
maintenance unless there is a fluid position, contact your dealer for regular brake, try to move the
leak or unusual noise. If required, service. shift lever out of P (Park) with
have the transfer case serviced by
your dealer.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
304 Vehicle Care

normal effort. If the shift lever pressure from the regular brake
moves out of P (Park), contact pedal. Do this until the vehicle is Caution
your dealer for service. held by the parking brake only.
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
. To check the P (Park) the windshield when no wiper
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: blade is installed could damage
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to the windshield. Any damage that
P (Park). Then release the occurs would not be covered by
{ Warning parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
When you are doing this check, Contact your dealer if service is windshield.
the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement Front Wiper Blade
Make sure there is room in front Replacement
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking. To replace the front wiper blades:
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
See Maintenance Schedule 0 365. 1. Pull the windshield wiper
brake at once should the vehicle
Replacement blades come in assembly away from the
begin to move.
different types and are removed in windshield.
different ways. For proper type and
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the length, see Maintenance
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Replacement Parts 0 374.
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 305
Caution
Damage may occur if the wiper
blades are not in contact with the
windshield before turning on the
wiper system.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

5. Push the release lever (2) to
To replace the rear wiper blade: disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
2. Lift up on the latch in the blade assembly (3).
middle of the wiper blade 6. Push the new blade assembly
where the wiper arm attaches. securely on the wiper arm until
3. With the latch open, pull the the release lever clicks into
wiper blade down toward the place.
windshield far enough to 1. Slide a plastic tool under the 7. To reinstall the cover, ensure
release it from the J-hooked cover and push upward to that the cover hook slides into
end of the wiper arm. unsnap. the slot in the blade assembly.
4. Remove the wiper blade. 2. Slide the cover toward the 8. Snap the cover down to
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper wiper blade tip to unhook it secure.
blade replacement. from the blade assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. Lift the wiper arm away from
the windshield.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
306 Vehicle Care

Windshield Replacement
{ Warning
Driver Assistance Systems
If the gas struts that hold open
If the windshield needs to be the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
replaced and the vehicle is you or others could be seriously
equipped with a front camera sensor injured. Take the vehicle to your
for the Driver Assistance Systems, a dealer for service immediately.
GM replacement windshield is
Visually inspect the gas struts for
recommended. The replacement
signs of wear, cracks, or other
windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for damage periodically. Check to
proper alignment. If it is not, these make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
systems may not work properly, they is held open with enough force. Hood
may display messages, or they may If struts are failing to hold the
not work at all. See your dealer for hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
proper windshield replacement. operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in Caution
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open Do not apply tape or hang any
position. objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle. Trunk
See Maintenance Schedule 0 365.

10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 307

Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement
Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, or any bulb changing
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, procedure not listed in this section,
the headlamp aim may be affected. contact your dealer.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer. High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
{ Warning
Liftgate The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has

been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
308 Vehicle Care

LED Lighting To replace the front turn signal or To replace one of these bulbs:
sidemarker:
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting 1. Open the hood. See Hood
assembly, contact your dealer. 0 285.
2. Locate the bulb socket on the
Headlamps, Front Turn headlamp assembly.
Signal, and Sidemarker 3. Turn the bulb socket
The headlamp is either an HID or an counterclockwise to remove it
LED. See “High Intensity Discharge from the headlamp assembly.
(HID) Lighting” and “LED Lighting” 4. Pull the bulb straight out from
earlier in this section. the socket.
5. Push the new bulb into the
socket and reinstall the socket
1. Push the left end of the lamp
into the headlamp assembly by
assembly toward the right.
turning it clockwise.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down
License Plate Lamp gently to remove it from the
liftgate.
This applies only to vehicles without
rear camera mirrors. All other
vehicles are equipped with LED
license plate lamps.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger

Side Similar
1. Sidemarker Bulb
2. Front Turn Signal
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 309

Electrical System Electrical System
Overload
High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit
Wiring breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
{ Warning When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit
cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to
death. The high voltage normal or the problem is fixed. This
components in the vehicle can greatly reduces the chance of circuit
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) only be serviced by technicians overload and fire caused by
counterclockwise to remove it with special training. electrical problems.
from the lamp assembly (3). High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle.
the bulb socket. remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one
5. Push the replacement bulb or modify these components. of the identical size and rating.
straight into the bulb socket High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering or labels. Do not If there is a problem on the road and
and turn the bulb socket a fuse needs to be replaced, the
clockwise to install it into the probe, tamper with, cut, or modify
same amperage fuse can be
lamp assembly. high voltage cable or wiring.
borrowed. Choose some feature of
6. Replace the lamp in the liftgate the vehicle that is not needed to use
applique engaging the right and replace it as soon as possible.
side with the clip first.
7. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
310 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
An electrical overload may cause Breakers another fuse location, if a fuse goes
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are out. Replace the fuse as soon as
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a possible.
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
breakers. This greatly reduces the Engine Compartment
chance of damage caused by Fuse Block
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
The underhood fuse block is in the
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield { Danger engine compartment, on the driver
side of the vehicle.
wipers will stop until the motor cools
Fuses and circuit breakers are
and will then restart.
marked with their ampere rating.
Although the circuit is protected Do not exceed the
from electrical overload, overload specified amperage rating when
due to heavy snow or ice may replacing fuses and circuit
cause wiper linkage damage. breakers. Use of an oversized
Always clear ice and heavy snow fuse or circuit breaker can result
from the windshield before using the in a vehicle fire. You and others
windshield wipers.
could be seriously injured or
If the overload is caused by an killed.
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 311
Caution
Do not pull the engine
compartment fuse block lever,
since it is intended only for
service purposes. If pulled,
vehicle malfunction may occur.
To remove the fuse block cover,

press the clips on the cover and lift
it straight up.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
To remove fuses, use the fuse puller

and pull straight out.
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. F1 Antilock brake
system pump
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
312 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F2 Starter 1 F20 – F36 –
F3 DC DC F21 – F37 Right low – beam
transformer 1 F22 Electronic brake headlamp
F4 – control module F38 Automatic
F5 DC DC F23 Parking/Trailer headlamp leveling
transformer 2 lamps motor (if equipped)
F6 – F24 Right trailer F39 Transmission

stoplamp/Turnlamp control module
F7 –
F25 Steering F40 Left rear bus
F8 – electrical center/
column lock
F9 Vacuum pump Ignition
F26 –
F10 Front wiper F41 Instrument cluster
F27 Left trailer
F11 – stoplamp/Turnlamp F42 Heating,
ventilation, and air
F12 – F28 – conditioning
F13 Starter 2 F29 – F43 Head-up display (if
F14 – F30 Washer pump equipped)
F15 Rear wiper F31 – F44 Communication
gateway module/
F16 – F32 Left low – beam Run/Crank (if
F17 – headlamp equipped)
F18 – F33 Front fog lamps F45 –
F19 – F34 Horn F46 –
F35 –
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 313

F47 – F60 – F73 –
F48 – F61 O2 sensor 1/MAF/ F74 –
F49 Interior rearview Aeroshutter F75 –
mirror F62 Engine control F76 –
F50 Fuel system control module – even 1
F77 –
module F63 O2 sensor 2/
F51 Heated steering Canister/Engine oil/
Turbo Relays Usage
wheel
F64 Engine control K1 Starter 1
F52 Folding seats
switch module – even 2 K2 Run/Crank
F53 – F65 Engine control K3 Vacuum pump
module
F54 Coolant pump powertrain 1 K4 –
F55 Air conditioning F66 Engine control K5 Air conditioning
clutch module K6 Coolant pump
F56 Integrated chassis powertrain 2 K7 Engine control
control module F67 Engine control module
F57 Engine control module – odd K8 Folding seats
module/Ignition F68 – K9 –
F58 Transmission F69 –
control module/ K10 Starter 2
Ignition F70 –
F59 Engine control F71 –

module battery F72 –
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
314 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Fuses Usage
Block F1 Body control
module 6
F2 Diagnostic link
F3 Electric steering
column lock
F4 Rear USB
F5 –
F6 Heating,
ventilation, and air
conditioning
F7 Body control
module 3
The instrument panel fuse block is
F8 –
inside the center console on the
passenger side of the vehicle. F9 Right front
heated seat
Remove the fuse access door by
inserting a coin or tool into the slot F10 Airbag
of the access door. F11 Electronic precision
To remove a fuse, use the fuse shift
puller located in the Engine F12 Amplifier
Compartment Fuse block. The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and F13 Body control
features shown. module 7
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 315

F14 Left front F28 Radio/Heating, F39 Steering wheel
heated seat ventilation, and air controls
F15 – conditioning backlighting
display
F16 Sunroof Circuit Usage
F29 Radio
F17 Communication Breakers
gateway module (if F30 Steering wheel
controls F40 –
equipped)
F31 Front blower F41 –
F18 Instrument cluster
F32 DC AC inverter F42 Auxiliary power
F19 Body control outlet/Lighter
module 1 F33 Driver power seat
F20 Wireless charger F34 Passenger
module power seat
F21 Body control F35 Feed/Body control
module 4 module 4
F22 Infotainment F36 Electric power
F23 Body control steering
module 2 F37 Power outlet/
F24 – Wireless charger/
Accessory
F25 Parking assist
F38 Body control
F26 Communications module 8
integration module
F27 Video
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
316 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block
The rear compartment fuse block is

behind a trim panel on the driver
side of the rear storage
compartment.
The trim panel is removed by prying
along the top edge of the trim panel
at two notched locations. Remove
the trim panel to access the fuse
block. Rear Compartment Fuse Block
The fuse block label is on the back
of the access door in the driver side Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
rear trim panel.
F1 – F2 Trailer
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 317

F3 Folding seats F22 – F40 Memory seat
F4 Rear blower F23 – module
F5 Rear drive control F24 Lumbar F41 Automatic

occupancy sensor
F6 – F25 –
F42 –
F7 Right window F26 Trailer brake lamps
F43 –
F8 Rear defogger F27 –
F44 –
F9 Left window F28 Passive entry/
Passive start F45 Liftgate motor
F10 –
F29 – F46 Rear heated seats
F11 Trailer reverse
F30 Canister vent F47 –
F12 USB/Third row
seats F31 – F48 –
F13 – F32 Heated mirrors F49 –
F14 – F33 USB/Second row F50 –
F15 – seats F51 –
F16 – F34 Liftgate module F52 Semi-active

F35 Fuel system control dampening system
F17 Camera module
module
F18 – F53 –
F36 –
F19 Ventilated seats F54 External object
F37 –
F20 – calculating remote
F38 Window module system/Blind zone
F21 – alert
F39 Rear closure
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
318 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)
F55 –
F56 Universal garage
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
door opener/ Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
Overhead console high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
F57 Hands free closure cause serious injury.
release the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
Circuit Usage recommended pressure.
Breakers service. For additional
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
CB1 – checked when the tires
manufacturer.
CB2 – are cold.
CB3 Rear auxiliary { Warning . Overinflated tires are
power outlet more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
Relays Usage improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
K1 –
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
K2 –
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 219. (Continued)
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 319
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires Winter Tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
center should repair, identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 334.
replace, dismount, and of this TPC code, which will With winter tires, there may be
mount the tires. be “MS.” decreased dry road traction,
. Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter
Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most If using winter tires:
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of . Use tires of the same brand and
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter tread type on all four wheel
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. positions.
See Winter Tires 0 319. . Use only radial ply tires of the
See Tire Pressure for
same size, load range, and
High-Speed Operation 0 327 for speed rating as the original
inflation pressure adjustment for equipment tires.
high-speed driving.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
320 Vehicle Care

Winter tires with the same speed
Caution
Tire Sidewall Labeling
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, Useful information about a tire is
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter High performance summer tires molded into its sidewall. The
tires with a lower speed rating are have rubber compounds that lose examples show a typical
chosen, never exceed the tire's flexibility and may develop passenger vehicle tire and a
maximum speed capability. surface cracks in the tread area compact spare tire sidewall.
at temperatures below −7 °C
Summer Tires (20 °F). Always store high
performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with high indoors and at temperatures
performance summer tires. These above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
tires have a special tread and use. If the tires have been
compound that are optimized for
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
maximum dry and wet road
let them warm up in a heated
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
performance in cold climates, and 24 hours or more before being
on ice and snow. It is recommended installed or driving a vehicle on
that winter tires be installed on the which they are installed. Do not
vehicle if frequent driving at apply heat or blow heated air
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
temperatures below approximately directly on the tires. Always
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow inspect tires before use. See Tire (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
covered roads is expected. See Inspection 0 332. combination of letters and
Winter Tires 0 319. numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 321

(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more information
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date see Uniform Tire Quality
Specification) : Original of 0310. Grading 0 336.
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers Load Limit : Maximum load that
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT (Department can be carried and the
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are the maximum pressure needed to
GM's TPC specifications meet or Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load.
exceed all federal safety The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation) : The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Manufacture : The last four Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example
digits of the TIN indicate the manufacturers are required to (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
tire manufactured date. The first grade tires based on three of cord and number of plies in
two digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, the sidewall and under the tread.
(01–52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature
the year. For example, the third
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
322 Vehicle Care

(2) Temporary Use Only : The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation code molded onto the sidewall.
compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit : Maximum load that GM's TPC specifications meet or
use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the exceed all federal safety
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to guidelines.
The compact spare tire is for support that load.
emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations
road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact Tire Size
flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to
spare tire, see Compact Spare The following is an example of a
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Tire 0 347 and If a Tire Goes typical passenger vehicle
information on tire pressure and
Flat 0 339. tire size.
inflation see Tire Pressure
(3) Tire Identification Number 0 326.
(TIN) : The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size : A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service
The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a
manufactured. The TIN is use only. metric tire sizing system. The
molded onto both sides of the letter P as the first character in
tire, although only one side may (7) TPC Spec (Tire the tire size means a passenger
have the date of manufacture. Performance Criteria vehicle tire engineered to
Specification) : Original standards set by the U.S. Tire
equipment tires designed to and Rim Association.
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 323

(2) Tire Width : The three-digit tire. The load index represents Belt : A rubber coated layer of
number indicates the tire section the load carrying capacity a tire cords between the plies and the
width in millimeters from is certified to carry. The speed tread. Cords may be made from
sidewall to sidewall. rating is the maximum speed a steel or other reinforcing
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit tire is certified to carry a load. materials.
number that indicates the tire Bead : The tire bead contains
height-to-width measurements. Tire Terminology and steel wires wrapped by steel
For example, if the tire size Definitions cords that hold the tire onto
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Air Pressure : The amount of the rim.
item 3 of the illustration, it would air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
mean that the tire's sidewall is outward on each square inch of in which the plies are laid at
60 percent as high as it is wide. the tire. Air pressure is alternate angles less than
(4) Construction Code : A letter expressed in kPa (kilopascal) 90 degrees to the centerline of
code is used to indicate the type or psi (pounds per square inch). the tread.
of ply construction in the tire. Accessory Weight : The Cold Tire Pressure : The
The letter R means radial ply combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire,
construction; the letter D means accessories. Some examples of measured in kPa (kilopascal)
diagonal or bias ply optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch)
construction; and the letter B automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat
means belted-bias ply windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure
construction. conditioning. 0 326.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of Aspect Ratio : The relationship Curb Weight : The weight of a
the wheel in inches. of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and
(6) Service Description : These optional equipment including the
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
324 Vehicle Care

maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle
and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb
passengers and cargo. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight.
signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The
compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle
Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Standards. The DOT code vehicles. Limits 0 219.
includes the Tire Identification Occupant Distribution :
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears
0 219. white lettering, or bears
molded onto the sidewall.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219. load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire.
Rating for the rear axle. See of the tire.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 325

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
tire used on passenger cars and alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
some light duty trucks and a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
multipurpose vehicles. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 336.
Recommended Inflation operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Pressure : Vehicle Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
manufacturer's recommended the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
tire inflation pressure as The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
shown on the tire placard. Tread : The portion of a tire that cargo load. See Vehicle Load
See Tire Pressure 0 326 and comes into contact with Limits 0 219.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219. the road. Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Tire : Load on an individual tire
tire in which the ply cords that bands, sometimes called wear due to curb weight, accessory
extend to the beads are laid at bars, that show across the tread weight, occupant weight, and
90 degrees to the centerline of of a tire when only 1.6 mm cargo weight.
the tread. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Vehicle Placard : A label
Rim : A metal support for a tire When It Is Time for New Tires permanently attached to a
and upon which the tire beads 0 334. vehicle showing the vehicle
are seated. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality capacity weight and the original
Sidewall : The portion of a tire Grading Standards) : A tire equipment tire size and
between the tread and the bead. information system that provides recommended inflation pressure.
consumers with ratings for a See “Tire and Loading
tire's traction, temperature, and Information Label” under Vehicle
treadwear. Ratings are Load Limits 0 219.
determined by tire
manufacturers using
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
326 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Caution (Continued)
When to Check
Tires need the correct amount of Check the tires once a month or
air pressure to operate . Poor handling. more. Do not forget the compact
effectively. . Rough ride. spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
. Needless damage from pressure should be at 420 kPa
Caution
road hazards. (60 psi). See Compact Spare
Neither tire underinflation nor Tire 0 347.
overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading
Underinflated tires, or tires How to Check
Information label on the vehicle
that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment Use a good quality pocket-type
can result in: tires and the correct cold tire gauge to check tire pressure.
. Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The Proper tire inflation cannot be
recommended pressure is the determined by looking at the tire.
overheating which could
minimum air pressure needed to Check the tire inflation pressure
lead to a blowout.
support the vehicle's maximum when the tires are cold, meaning
. Premature or load carrying capacity. See the vehicle has not been driven
irregular wear. Vehicle Load Limits 0 219. for at least three hours or no
. Poor handling. more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
How the vehicle is loaded
. Reduced fuel economy. affects vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the
comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire
Overinflated tires, or tires that gauge firmly onto the valve to
with more weight than it was
have too much air, can get a pressure measurement.
designed to carry.
result in: If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Unusual wear. matches the recommended
(Continued) pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 327

further adjustment is necessary. Tire Pressure for Vehicles with 255/65R18 or
If the inflation pressure is low, 255/55R20 size tires require
High-Speed Operation inflation pressure adjustment when
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the driving the vehicle at speeds of
inflation pressure is high, press
{ Warning 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set
the cold inflation pressure to the
on the metal stem in the center Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h maximum inflation pressure shown
of the tire valve to release air. (100 mph) or higher, puts on the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa
Recheck the tire pressure with additional strain on tires. (41 psi), whichever is lower. Return
the tire gauge. Sustained high-speed driving the tires to the recommended cold
causes excessive heat buildup tire inflation pressure when
Put the valve caps back on the and can cause sudden tire failure. high-speed driving has ended.
valve stems to keep out dirt and This could cause a crash, and See Vehicle Load Limits 0 219 and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use you or others could be killed. Tire Pressure 0 326.
only valve caps designed for the Some high-speed rated tires The maximum load and inflation
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors require inflation pressure pressure is molded on the tire
could be damaged and would adjustment for high-speed sidewall, in small letters, near the
not be covered by the vehicle operation. When speed limits and rim flange. It will read something like
warranty. road conditions allow the vehicle this: Maximum load
to be driven at high speeds, make 690 kg (1,521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)
sure the tires are rated for Max. Press.
high-speed operation, are in
excellent condition, and are set to Tire Pressure Monitor
the correct cold tire inflation System
pressure for the vehicle load.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
328 Vehicle Care

the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation
Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or
provided), should be checked ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. properly.
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 328.
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. 0 390.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Accordingly, when the low tire
This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
pressure telltale illuminates, you
subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
should stop and check your tires as
long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
soon as possible, and inflate them
mounted onto each tire and wheel
to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is
assembly, excluding the spare tire
significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 329

sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure levels can be viewed. For
the tires and transmit the tire additional information and details Caution
pressure readings to a receiver about the DIC operation and
located in the vehicle. displays see Driver Information Tire sealant materials are not all
Center (DIC) 0 150. the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage
may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire
the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
vehicle warranty. Always use only
could be an early indicator that the
the GM approved tire sealant
air pressure is getting low and
When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or
is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure. included in the vehicle.
the low tire pressure warning light
A Tire and Loading Information
located on the instrument cluster. TPMS Malfunction Light and
label, attached to your vehicle,
If the warning light comes on, stop Message
shows the size of the original
as soon as possible and inflate the
equipment tires and the correct The TPMS will not function properly
tires to the recommended pressure
inflation pressure for the tires when if one or more of the TPMS sensors
shown on the Tire and Loading
they are cold. See Vehicle Load are missing or inoperable. When the
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 219, for an example of the system detects a malfunction, the
Limits 0 219.
Tire and Loading Information label low tire pressure warning light
A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire flashes for about one minute and
a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure 0 326. then stays on for the remainder of
Information Center (DIC). The low the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure warning light and the message also displays. The
tire pressure condition but it
DIC warning message come on at malfunction light and DIC warning
does not replace normal tire
each ignition cycle until the tires are message come on at each ignition
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
inflated to the correct inflation
0 332, Tire Rotation 0 333 and Tires
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
0 318.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
330 Vehicle Care

cycle until the problem is corrected. the sensor matching process is When the low tire pressure warning
Some of the conditions that can performed successfully. See light comes on:
cause these to come on are: your dealer for service. 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
. One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do place.
replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
light and DIC message should could prevent the TPMS from 4. Add air to the tire that is
go off after the road tire is functioning properly. See Buying underinflated. The turn signal
replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 334. lamp will flash.
matching process is performed . Operating electronic devices or
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor When the recommended
being near facilities using radio pressure is reached, the horn
Matching Process” later in this wave frequencies similar to the
section. sounds once and the turn
TPMS could cause the TPMS signal lamp will stop flashing
. The TPMS sensor matching sensors to malfunction. and briefly turn solid.
process was not done or not If the TPMS is not functioning
completed successfully after Repeat these steps for all
properly it cannot detect or signal a underinflated tires that have
rotating the tires. The low tire pressure condition. See
malfunction light and the DIC illuminated the low tire pressure
your dealer for service if the TPMS warning light.
message should go off after malfunction light and DIC message
successfully completing the come on and stay on. If the tire is overinflated by more
sensor matching process. See than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
"TPMS Sensor Matching Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) sound multiple times and the turn
Process" later in this section. signal lamp will continue to flash for
This feature provides visual and
. One or more TPMS sensors are audible alerts outside the vehicle to eight seconds after filling stops. To
missing or damaged. The help when inflating an underinflated release and correct the pressure,
malfunction light and the DIC tire to the recommended cold tire while the turn signal lamp is still
message should go off when the pressure. flashing, briefly press the center of
TPMS sensors are installed and
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 331

the valve stem. When the . The battery of the TPMS sensor See your dealer for service
recommended pressure is reached, is low. or to purchase a relearn tool.
the horn sounds once. If the tire fill alert does not operate A TPMS relearn tool can also be
If the turn signal lamp does not flash due to TPMS interference, move the purchased. See Tire Pressure
within 15 seconds after starting to vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has forward and try again. If the tire fill www.gmtoolsandequipment.com
not been activated or is not working. alert feature is not working, use a or call 1-800-GM TOOLS
tire pressure gauge. (1-800-468-6657).
If the hazard warning flashers are
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback There are two minutes to match the
TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and
will not work properly. Process five minutes overall to match all four
The TPMS will not activate the tire Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
fill alert properly under the following identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops
conditions: code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
. There is interference from an tire/wheel position after rotating the The TPMS sensor matching
external device or transmitter. vehicle’s tires or replacing one or process is:
. The air pressure from the more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake.
inflation device is not sufficient
should also be performed after 2. Place the vehicle in Service
to inflate the tire.
replacing a spare tire with a road Mode. See Ignition Positions
. There is a malfunction in tire containing the TPMS sensor. 0 224.
the TPMS. The malfunction light and the DIC
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
. There is a malfunction in the message should go off at the next
info page option is turned on.
horn or turn signal lamps. ignition cycle. The sensors are
The info pages on the DIC can
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
. The identification code of the be turned on and off through
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
TPMS sensor is not registered to the Options menu. See Driver
following order: driver side front tire,
the system. Information Center (DIC) 0 150.
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
332 Vehicle Care

4. Use the DIC controls on the 9. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if:
right side of the steering wheel rear tire, and repeat the
. The indicators at three or
to scroll to the Tire Pressure procedure in Step 7.
screen under the DIC more places around the tire
10. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen.
info page. tire, and repeat the procedure
5. Press and hold V in the center in Step 7. The horn sounds two . There is cord or fabric
of the DIC controls. times to indicate the sensor showing through the tire's
identification code has been rubber.
The horn sounds twice to matched to the driver side rear
signal the receiver is in relearn tire, and the TPMS sensor . The tread or sidewall is
mode and the TIRE matching process is no longer cracked, cut, or snagged
LEARNING ACTIVE message active. The TIRE LEARNING deep enough to show cord or
displays on the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC fabric.
6. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. . The tire has a bump, bulge,
front tire. 11. Turn the vehicle off. or split.
7. Place the relearn tool against 12. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a puncture, cut,
the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure
stem. Then press the button to or other damage that cannot
level as indicated on the Tire
activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of
A horn chirp confirms that the the size or location of the
sensor identification code has Tire Inspection damage.
been matched to this tire and
wheel position. We recommend that the tires,
8. Proceed to the passenger side including the spare tire, if the
front tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected
procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 333

Tire Rotation Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Tires should be rotated every Nut Torque” under Capacities
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See and Specifications 0 377.
Maintenance Schedule 0 365.
Tires are rotated to achieve a { Warning
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
important. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Anytime unusual wear is after time. The wheel could come
noticed, rotate the tires as soon off and cause an accident. When
as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when changing a wheel, remove any
inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires. rust or dirt from places where the
damaged tires or wheels. If the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
If the vehicle has a compact
unusual wear continues after the an emergency, a cloth or a paper
spare tire, do not include it in the
rotation, check the wheel towel can be used; however, use
tire rotation.
alignment. See When It Is Time a scraper or wire brush later to
for New Tires 0 334 and Wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to remove all rust or dirt.
Replacement 0 338. the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
the tires have been rotated. grease after a wheel change or
See Tire Pressure 0 326 and tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Vehicle Load Limits 0 219. or rust build-up. Do not get
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the
Monitor Operation 0 328. wheel nuts or bolts.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
334 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber.
Factors such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that
vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if raise the vehicle to reduce the
equipped, be replaced after six weight from the tires.
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(01–52) and the last two digits, the were designed to meet General
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed,
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating.
or less of tread remaining. least a month in a cool, dry, clean
See Tire Inspection 0 332 and Tire area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec
Rotation 0 333. slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 335

vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one
performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning
traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. Mixing tires of different sizes,
pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause
performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle,
number is molded onto the tire's tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires have an all-season tread tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 320.
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning { Warning
tires in complete sets of four. Using bias-ply tires on the
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, If the vehicle tires must be
all four tires should wear out at replaced with a tire that does not
about the same time. See Tire have a TPC Spec number, make
Rotation 0 333. However, if it is sure they are the same size,
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
336 Vehicle Care

load range, speed rating, and control, electronic stability control, Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and
affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 327. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
0 219. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 334 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original 0 284. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, traction United States National Highway
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 337

Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving Temperature
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and The temperature grades are A
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road (the highest), B, and C,
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. representing the tire's resistance
example: to the generation of heat and its
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA ability to dissipate heat when
The traction grades, from
Temperature A tested under controlled
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
All Passenger Car Tires Must conditions on a specified indoor
and C. Those grades represent
Conform to Federal Safety laboratory test wheel. Sustained
the tire's ability to stop on wet
Requirements In Addition To high temperature can cause the
pavement as measured under
These Grades. material of the tire to degenerate
controlled conditions on
and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear specified government test
excessive temperature can lead
surfaces of asphalt and
The treadwear grade is a to sudden tire failure. The grade
concrete. A tire marked C may
comparative rating based on the C corresponds to a level of
have poor traction performance.
wear rate of the tire when tested performance which all
Warning: The traction grade
under controlled conditions on a passenger car tires must meet
assigned to this tire is based on
specified government test under the Federal Motor Safety
straight-ahead braking traction
course. For example, a tire Standard No. 109. Grades B and
tests, and does not include
graded 150 would wear one and A represent higher levels of
acceleration, cornering,
one-half (1½) times as well on performance on the laboratory
hydroplaning, or peak traction
the government course as a tire test wheel than the minimum
characteristics.
graded 100. The relative required by law. Warning: The
performance of tires depends temperature grade for this tire is
upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is
their use, however, and may properly inflated and not
depart significantly from the overloaded. Excessive speed,
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
338 Vehicle Care

underinflation, or excessive Wheel Replacement
loading, either separately or in { Warning
Replace any wheel that is bent,
combination, can cause heat cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement
buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could
Wheel Alignment and Tire wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of
Balance If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing
The tires and wheels were aligned repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct
and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist.
provide the longest tire life and best wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
overall performance. Adjustments to Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement.
wheel alignment and tire balancing wheel that is needed.
are not necessary on a regular Each new wheel should have the
basis. Consider an alignment check same load-carrying capacity, Caution
if there is unusual tire wear or the diameter, width, offset, and be
vehicle is significantly pulling to one mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause
side or the other. Some slight pull to replaces. problems with bearing life, brake
the left or right, depending on the cooling, speedometer or
crown of the road and/or other road Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp
surface variations such as troughs aim, bumper height, vehicle
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire
vibrating when driving on a smooth
chain clearance to the body and
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer chassis.
for proper diagnosis.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 339

Used Replacement Wheels
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
{ Warning cause loss of control and a crash. that are the proper size for the
Use another type of traction tires. Install them on the tires of
Replacing a wheel with a used
device only if its manufacturer the front axle. Do not use chains
one is dangerous. How it has
recommends it for the vehicle's on the tires of the rear axle.
been used or how far it has been
tire size combination and road Tighten them as tightly as
driven may be unknown. It could
conditions. Follow that possible with the ends securely
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
manufacturer's instructions. To fastened. Drive slowly and follow
When replacing wheels, use a
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the chain manufacturer's
new GM original equipment
and readjust or remove the instructions. If the chains contact
wheel.
traction device if it contacts the the vehicle, stop and retighten
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If them. If the contact continues,
Tire Chains traction devices are used, install slow down until it stops. Driving
them on the front tires. too fast or spinning the wheels
{ Warning with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
If the vehicle has a tire size other
Caution
than 255/65R18, do not use tire
chains. There is not enough
If a Tire Goes Flat
If the vehicle is equipped with
clearance. Tire chains used on a 255/65R18 size tires, use tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out
vehicle without the proper amount chains only where legal and only while driving, especially if the tires
of clearance can cause damage when necessary. Use low profile are maintained properly. See Tires
to the brakes, suspension, chains that add no more than 0 318. If air goes out of a tire, it is
or other vehicle parts. The area much more likely to leak out slowly.
12 mm thickness to the tire tread
damaged by the tire chains could But if there ever is a blowout, here
and inner sidewall. Use chains are a few tips about what to expect
(Continued) (Continued) and what to do:
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
340 Vehicle Care

If a front tire fails, the flat tire If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Warning (Continued) and wheel damage by driving slowly
toward that side. Take your foot off to a level place, well off the road,
the accelerator pedal and grip the that has been driven on while if possible. Turn on the hazard
steering wheel firmly. Steer to severely underinflated or flat. warning flashers. See Hazard
maintain lane position, and then Have your dealer or an authorized Warning Flashers 0 170.
gently brake to a stop, well off the tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
road, if possible.
possible.
{ Warning
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and Changing a tire can be
may require the same correction as dangerous. The vehicle can slip
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
{ Warning off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
straighten the vehicle. It may be Lifting a vehicle and getting under level place to change the tire. To
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake it to do maintenance or repairs is help prevent the vehicle from
to a stop, well off the road, dangerous without the moving:
if possible. appropriate safety equipment and 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
training. If a jack is provided with
{ Warning the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
Driving on a flat tire will cause manual transmission in
anything else, you or others could
permanent damage to the tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
be badly injured or killed if the
Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 3. Turn off the engine and do
driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only not restart while the vehicle
underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire. is raised.
blowout and a serious crash. 4. Do not allow passengers to
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire remain in the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 341
Warning (Continued)
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
5. Place wheel blocks,
Tools
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite To access the spare tire and tools:
corner of the tire being 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
changed. 0 44.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),

use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
4. Turn the wing nut (3)
counterclockwise to remove the
jack (1) and wheel wrench (2).
Place the tool container near
the tire being changed.
5. Remove the spare tire and
place it next to the tire being
changed.
2. Lift the load floor. Removing the Flat Tire and
3. Remove the cargo Installing the Spare Tire
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
management system. See 1. Do a safety check before
2. Flat Tire
Cargo Management System proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
The following information explains 0 119. Flat 0 339.
how to repair or change a tire.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
342 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
2. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack lift head at the damage the vehicle and even
counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the make the vehicle fall. To help
the wheel nuts, but do not flat tire. avoid personal injury and vehicle
remove them yet. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
The jacking location is
3. Place the jack near the flat tire. indicated by a half circle notch head into the proper location
in the metal flange. The jack before raising the vehicle.
Caution must not be used in any other
position.
Make sure that the jack lift head { Warning
is in the correct position or you { Warning
may damage your vehicle. The Lifting a vehicle and getting under
repairs would not be covered by Getting under a vehicle when it is it to do maintenance or repairs is
your warranty. lifted on a jack is dangerous. dangerous without the
If the vehicle slips off the jack, appropriate safety equipment and
you could be badly injured or training. If a jack is provided with
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 343
Warning (Continued)
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
Caution 5. Turn the wheel wrench 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
clockwise to raise the jack lift 9. Remove the flat tire.
Using a jack to raise the vehicle head until the slots in the jack
without positioning it correctly head fit into the metal flange
could damage your vehicle. When behind the cut out on the { Warning
raising your vehicle on a jack, be plastic molding. Do not raise
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
sure to position it correctly under the vehicle yet.
parts to which it is fastened, can
the frame and avoid contact with 6. Put the compact spare tire make wheel nuts become loose
the plastic molding. near you. after time. The wheel could come
7. Turn the wrench clockwise in off and cause an accident. When
the jack to raise the vehicle. changing a wheel, remove any
Raise the vehicle far enough rust or dirt from places where the
off the ground so that there is wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
enough room for the spare tire an emergency, a cloth or a paper
to fit under the wheel well. (Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
344 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts using accessory locking wheel
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might nuts. See Capacities and
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel Specifications 0 377 for original
could fall off, causing a crash. equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against Caution
the hub.
13. Lower the vehicle by turning Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the jack handle can lead to brake pulsation and
counterclockwise. rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
{ Warning wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
Wheel nuts that are improperly or torque specification. See
incorrectly tightened can cause Capacities and Specifications
10. Remove any rust or dirt from 0 377 for the wheel nut torque
the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
come off. The wheel nuts should specification.
surfaces, and spare wheel.
be tightened with a torque wrench
11. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 345

Storing the Flat Tire
Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
{ Warning
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Storing a jack, a tire, or other
a crisscross sequence, as equipment in the passenger
shown. compartment of the vehicle could 1. Liftgate Hinges
cause injury. In a sudden stop or 2. Cable
15. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the collision, loose equipment could 3. Center of the Wheel
vehicle. strike someone. Store all these in
4. Door Striker
the proper place.
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all six plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
346 Vehicle Care

To store the flat tire: 4. Pull the cable through the door
striker and the center of the
wheel.
8. Make sure the metal tube is

centered at the striker. Push
1. Remove the cable package the tube toward the front of the
from under the spare tire, jack, vehicle.
and tools. 5. Lower the liftgate enough to be 9. Close the liftgate and make
2. Remove the small cap by able to hook the cable onto the sure it is fully latched.
tapping the back of the cap outside portion of the liftgate
hinges. The compact spare is for temporary
with the extension of the shaft, use only. Replace the compact
if the vehicle has aluminum 6. Hook the other end of the cable spare tire with a full-size tire as
wheels. onto the outside portion of the soon as you can.
3. Put the flat tire in the rear liftgate hinge on the other side
storage area with the valve of the vehicle.
stem facing the rear of the 7. Pull on the cable to make sure
vehicle. it is secure.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 347

Storing the Compact Spare Compact Spare Tire The vehicle will perform differently
Tire and Tools with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
To store the spare tire and tools: { Warning speed be limited to 80 km/h
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate Driving with more than one (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
0 44. the spare tire, have the standard tire
compact spare tire at a time could
repaired or replaced as soon as
2. Lift the load floor. result in loss of braking and
convenient and return the spare tire
3. Remove the cargo handling. This could lead to a to the storage area.
management system. crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact When using a compact spare tire,
4. Put back the spare tire and all spare tire at a time. the ABS and Traction Control
tools as they were stored in the systems may engage until the spare
rear storage compartment. tire is recognized by the vehicle,
If this vehicle has a compact spare especially on slippery roads. Adjust
5. Install the cargo management tire, it was fully inflated when new;
system and load floor. driving to reduce possible
however, it can lose air over time. wheel slip.
The compact spare is for temporary Check the inflation pressure
use only. Replace the compact regularly. It should be 420 kPa Performance of the All-Wheel
spare tire with a full-size tire as (60 psi). Drive (AWD) system will be
soon as you can. automatically reduced to protect the
Stop as soon as possible and check system when using the compact
that the spare tire is correctly spare. To restore the AWD and
inflated after being installed on the prevent excessive wear on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is clutch in the AWD, replace the
designed for temporary use only. compact spare tire with a full-size
tire as soon as possible.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
348 Vehicle Care
Caution Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

When the compact spare is Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information
installed, do not take the vehicle America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
through an automatic car wash passenger-vehicle.
with guide rails. The compact For more information about the
spare can get caught on the rails vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 302. See California Proposition
which can damage the tire, wheel, 65 Warning 0 283 and the back
and other parts of the vehicle. If the battery has run down, try to cover.
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
Be sure to use the following steps to { Warning
other vehicles.
do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
be dangerous because:
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
{ Warning . They contain acid that can
and its wheel together. WARNING: Battery posts, burn you.
terminals, and related . They contain gas that can
Caution accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite.
compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough
Tire chains will not fit the compact the State of California to cause
spare. Using them can damage electricity to burn you.
cancer and birth defects or other
the vehicle and the chains. Do not reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps
use tire chains on the compact contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
spare. the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 349

3. Good Battery Negative (-)
Caution Terminal Caution (Continued)
4. Good Battery Positive (+)
Ignoring these steps could result damaged. Only use a vehicle that
Terminal
in costly damage to the vehicle has a 12-volt system with a
that would not be covered by the The jump start positive (+) negative ground for jump starting.
vehicle warranty. Trying to start Terminal (1) and the negative
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it remote negative terminal (2) for the
discharged battery are on the driver 2. Position the two vehicles so
will not work, and it could damage that they are not touching.
the vehicle. side of the vehicle.
The jump start positive (+) 3. Set the parking brake firmly
terminal (4) and negative (-) and put the shift lever in
terminal (3) are on the battery of the P (Park) with an automatic
vehicle providing the jump start. transmission, or Neutral with a
manual transmission. See
The positive jump start connection Shifting Into Park 0 229.
for the discharged battery is under a
cover. Remove the cover to expose
the terminal. Caution
1. Check the other vehicle. If any accessories are left on or
It must have a 12-volt battery plugged in during the jump
with a negative ground system. starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
Caution be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
1. Discharged Battery If the other vehicle does not have off or unplug all accessories on
Positive (+) Terminal a 12-volt system with a negative either vehicle when jump starting.
2. Discharged Battery Remote ground, both vehicles can be
Negative (-) Terminal
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
350 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all 10. Try to start the vehicle that had
lights and accessories in both { Warning the dead battery. If it will not
vehicles, except the hazard start after a few tries, it
warning flashers if needed. Fans or other moving engine probably needs service.
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
{ Warning parts once the engine is running.
Caution
An electric fan can start up even If the jumper cables are
when the engine is not running 5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the
and can injure you. Keep hands, positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting
clothing, and tools away from any positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the
underhood electric fan. discharged battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be
6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty.
red positive (+) cable to the Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
{ Warning positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. making sure that the cables do
Using a match near a battery can not touch each other or other
7. Connect one end of the black
cause battery gas to explode. metal.
negative (–) cable to the
People have been hurt doing this, negative (–) terminal of the
and some have been blinded. good battery. Jumper Cable Removal
Use a flashlight if you need more 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when
light. black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables.
Battery fluid contains acid that remote negative (–) terminal for After starting the disabled vehicle
can burn you. Do not get it on the discharged battery. and removing the jumper cables,
you. If you accidentally get it in 9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes.
your eyes or on your skin, flush with the good battery and run
the place with water and get the engine at idle speed for at
medical help immediately. least four minutes.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 351

Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
Caution ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
Incorrectly towing a disabled ground and two wheels up on a
vehicle may cause damage. The device known as a dolly.
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
Do not lash or hook to towing:
suspension components. Use the
. The towing capacity of the
proper straps around the tires to
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
secure the vehicle.
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for The vehicle is equipped with
. How far the vehicle will be
towing a disabled vehicle. Never specific attachment points to be
used by the towing provider. These towed. Some vehicles have
use a sling type lift or damage will restrictions on how far and how
occur. Use ramps to help reduce holes may be used to pull the
vehicle from a flat road surface onto long they can be towed.
approach angles if necessary.
A towed vehicle should have its the flatbed tow truck. . The proper towing equipment.
drive wheels off the ground. See your dealer or trailering
Consult a professional towing
Recreational Vehicle professional for additional advice
and equipment
service if the disabled vehicle must Towing recommendations.
be towed. Recreational vehicle towing means . If the vehicle is ready to be
towing the vehicle behind another towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle – such as behind a motor vehicle for a long trip, make sure
home. The two most common types the vehicle is prepared to be
of recreational vehicle towing are towed.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
352 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing
Caution Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front If the vehicle is towed with all four
of the vehicle grille could restrict wheels on the ground, the
airflow and cause damage to the drivetrain components could be
transmission. The repairs would damaged. The repairs would not
not be covered by the vehicle be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
use one that attaches to the with all four wheels on the
towing vehicle. ground.
Dinghy Towing The vehicle is not designed to be

towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be To tow the vehicle from the front
towed, a dolly should be used. See with two wheels on the ground:
the following information on dolly
towing. 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 353

5. Turn the vehicle off. Appearance Care
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake. Exterior Care
Towing the Vehicle from Locks
the Rear Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 373.
Washing the Vehicle
Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct
could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
354 Vehicle Care

have the damage assessed and
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can
safety precautions, and damage the vehicle's finish if they
appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash
vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible.
windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive
wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for
Remove any accessories that may painted surfaces to remove foreign
Caution matter.
be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove
to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they your dealer for approved cleaning
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface, products.
in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to
and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur.
spotting.
Caution
Finish Care
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
has this e symbol.
recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 355

The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes
Machine compounding or damage always follow these
aggressive polishing on a cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish soft cloth, and a car washing soap
may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes.
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution. Follow instructions under "Washing
clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome, section.
or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic,
cleaners are highly acidic or and some have a UV protective
To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
keep the vehicle garaged or coating. Do not clean or wipe them
can damage the moldings. when dry.
covered whenever possible.
. Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
Moldings lamp covers:
manufacturer’s instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents
. Do not use cleaners that are not
Caution intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the
bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer
in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. or other harsh cleaners
. Ice scrapers or other hard items
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
356 Vehicle Care

. Aftermarket appearance caps or Shutter System a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
covers while the lamps are treatments may cause wiper
illuminated, due to excessive streaking.
heat generated Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
Caution caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
Failure to clean lamps properly snow, and ice.
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered Weatherstrips
by the vehicle warranty. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
Caution
The vehicle may have a shutter least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Using wax on low gloss black system designed to help increase may require more frequent
finish stripes can increase the fuel economy. Keep the shutter application. Black marks from
gloss level and create a system clean for proper operation. rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
non-uniform finish. Clean low Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended
gloss stripes with soap and
Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 373.
water only.
with glass cleaner.
Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using a lint-free

cloth or paper towel soaked with
Clear debris from the air intakes, windshield washer fluid or a mild
between the hood and windshield, detergent. Wash the windshield
when washing the vehicle. thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 357

Tires
Caution Caution (Continued)
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires. Chrome wheels and other chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
trim may be damaged if the brushes. Damage could occur
Caution vehicle is not washed after driving and the repairs would not be
on roads that have been sprayed covered by the vehicle warranty.
Using petroleum-based tire with magnesium, calcium,
dressing products on the vehicle or sodium chloride. These
may damage the paint finish and/ Brake System
chlorides are used on roads for
or tires. When applying a tire conditions such as ice and dust. Visually inspect brake lines and
dressing, always wipe off any Always wash the chrome with hoses for proper attachment,
overspray from all painted soap and water after exposure. connections, binding, leaks, cracks,
surfaces on the vehicle. chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake
pads for wear and rotors for surface
condition. Inspect drum brake
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Caution linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
or Chrome Inspect all other brake parts for
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild To avoid surface damage, do not cracks and leaks.
soap and water to clean the wheels. use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners, Steering, Suspension, and
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
brushes, or cleaners that contain Chassis Components
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied. acid on aluminum or Visually inspect steering,
chrome-plated wheels. Use only suspension, and chassis
approved cleaners. Also, never components for damaged, loose,
drive a vehicle with aluminum or or missing parts or signs of wear at
chrome-plated wheels through an least once a year.
automatic car wash that uses Inspect power steering for proper
(Continued) attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
358 Vehicle Care

Visually check constant velocity joint Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care
boots and axle seals for leaks.
If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils.
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, repair shop applies anti-corrosion
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the Newspapers or dark garments can
material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicle’s
steel fuel door hinges, unless the replaced to restore corrosion
components are plastic. Applying interior.
protection.
silicone grease on weatherstrips Use a soft bristle brush to remove
with a clean cloth will make them Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the
last longer, seal better, and not stick parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild
or squeak. protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove
vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
Underbody Maintenance repellent from all interior surfaces or
Finish Damage
At least twice a year, spring and fall, permanent damage may result.
use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and
Use cleaners specifically designed
corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
for the surfaces being cleaned to
underbody. Take care to thoroughly available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply
clean any areas where mud and corrosion. Larger areas of finish
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
other debris can collect. damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
dealer's body and paint shop.
Do not directly power wash the switches or controls. Remove
transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
output seals. High pressure water Before using cleaners, read and
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
can overcome the seals and follow all safety instructions on the
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated label. While cleaning the interior,
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
fluid will decrease the life of the open the doors and windows to get
discolorations, and small, irregular
transfer case and/or axles and proper ventilation.
dark spots etched into the paint
should be replaced.
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 359

To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass Coated Moldings
the interior using the following
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
cleaners or techniques:
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
. Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
sharp object to remove soil from If necessary, use a commercial dampened with water.
any interior surface. glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a brush with stiff
soapy water.
bristles.
. Never rub any surface Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede
aggressively or with too much To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface
pressure. abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a
. Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating vacuum brush attachment is
dishwashing soaps with aggressive cleaning may damage being used, only use it on the floor
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, the rear window defogger. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
use approximately 20 drops per remove as much of the soil as
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. possible:
A concentrated soap solution will Cleaning the windshield with water
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
create streaks and attract dirt. during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
Do not use solutions that contain more soil can be removed.
strong or caustic soap. to fog.
. For solid soils, remove as much
. Do not heavily saturate the Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
upholstery when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
. Do not use solvents or cleaners gently, so that the speaker will not
containing solvents. be damaged. Clean spots with water 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
360 Vehicle Care

2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces
center. Fold the cleaning cloth use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove
prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more
fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a
soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution.
longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
5. If the soil is not completely
next use. Soaking or saturating leather,
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain especially perforated leather, as
water. Caution well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
hidden area for colorfastness before heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
warranty. not use cleaners that contain
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring silicone or wax-based products.
formation occurs, clean the entire Cleaners containing these
fabric or carpet. solvents can permanently change
After cleaning, use a paper towel to (Continued)
blot excess moisture.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Vehicle Care 361
Caution (Continued)
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
Convenience Net
the appearance and feel of If equipped, wash with warm water { Warning
leather or soft trim, and are not and mild detergent. Do not use
recommended. chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold If a floor mat is the wrong size or
water, and then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts Interference with the pedals can
gloss, especially on the instrument cause unintended acceleration
Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
and/or increased stopping
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions. { Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
Do not bleach or dye seat belt mat does not interfere with the
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken pedals.
Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for
and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage.
freshener comes in contact with rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water. . The original equipment floor
any plastic or painted surface in mats were designed for your
the vehicle, blot immediately and Allow the webbing to dry.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
clean with a soft cloth dampened replacing, it is recommended
with a mild soap solution. that GM certified floor mats be
Damage caused by air fresheners purchased. Non-GM floor mats
would not be covered by the may not fit properly and may
vehicle warranty. interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
362 Vehicle Care

. Do not use a floor mat if the Some vehicles have floor mats with
vehicle is not equipped with a a button-type retainer.
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor. Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
it over. to unlock and remove.
. 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat. up the floor mat opening over
the carpet retainer and
. Use only a single floor mat on snapping into position.
the driver side.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
. Do not place one floor mat on properly secured. Verify the
top of another. floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
Button Retainer
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Service and Maintenance 363

Service and General Information for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
the required maintenance for the blades.
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 363 protect against major repair Caution
expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 365 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application by the vehicle warranty.
all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to
and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not
Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 the vehicle, requiring expensive
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records repairs that are not covered by
importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 375 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty.
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
364 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. See
Services are the responsibility of the Fuel 0 269. { Warning
vehicle owner. It is recommended to Refer to the information in the
have your dealer perform these Performing maintenance work can
Maintenance Schedule Additional be dangerous and can cause
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Required Services - Normal chart.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to serious injury. Perform
keep the vehicle in good working The Additional Required Services - maintenance work only if the
condition, improves fuel economy, Severe are for vehicles that are: required information, proper tools,
and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic and equipment are available.
in hot weather If they are not, see your dealer to
Because of the way people use
have a trained technician do the
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Mainly driven in hilly or
There may need to be more work. See Doing Your Own
mountainous terrain Service Work 0 284.
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services - . Frequently towing a trailer
Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for high speed or
. Carry passengers and cargo competitive driving
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
the Tire and Loading Information service
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 219. Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Are driven on reasonable road Required Services - Severe chart.
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/
Schedule SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the
At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire
. Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system may not Rotation 0 333.
Engine Oil 0 289. indicate the need for vehicle service
. Check engine oil level and oil
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Once a Month filter must be changed at least once life percentage. If needed,
. Check the tire inflation a year and the oil life system must change engine oil and filter, and
be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system.
pressures. See Tire Pressure
technician can perform this work. See Engine Oil 0 289 and
0 326.
If the engine oil life system is reset Engine Oil Life System 0 291.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See
Tire Inspection 0 332. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Cooling System 0 294.
. Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid
fluid level. See Washer Fluid system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 299.
0 299. See Engine Oil Life System 0 291.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect steering, . Check parking brake and
blades for wear, cracking, suspension, and chassis automatic transmission park
or contamination. See Exterior components for damaged, loose, mechanism. See Park Brake and
Care 0 353. Replace worn or or missing parts or signs of P (Park) Mechanism Check
damaged wiper blades. See wear. See Exterior Care 0 353. 0 304.
Wiper Blade Replacement . Check restraint system . Check accelerator pedal for
0 304. components. See Safety System damage, high effort, or binding.
. Check tire inflation pressures. Check 0 83. Replace if needed.
See Tire Pressure 0 326. . Visually inspect fuel system for . Visually inspect gas strut for
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage or leaks. signs of wear, cracks, or other
Inspection 0 332. . Visually inspect exhaust system damage. Check the hold open
. Visually check for fluid leaks. and nearby heat shields for ability of the strut. If the hold
loose or damaged parts. open ability is low, service the
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. gas strut. See Gas Strut(s)
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Lubricate body components. See 0 306.
0 293. Exterior Care 0 353.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Inspect brake system. See . Check starter switch. See Starter if equipped. See Sunroof 0 59.
Exterior Care 0 353. Switch Check 0 303.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(2.0L L4 Engine)
@ @
(3.6L V6 Engine)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal routing, and condition. excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever (3) Or every four years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent comes first. If driving in dusty (6) Replace brake fluid every five
passenger compartment air filter conditions, inspect the filter at each years. See Brake Fluid 0 301.
replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, (4) Or every five years, whichever
poor air quality, high dust levels, comes first. See Cooling System
or environmental allergens. 0 294.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
(2.0L L4 Engine)
@ @
(3.6L V6 Engine)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window
replacement may be needed if
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines Special Application Additional
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Services Maintenance and Care
(3) Or every four years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
comes first. If driving in dusty Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
conditions, inspect the filter at each components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
oil change or more often as needed. . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
(4) Or every five years, whichever performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
comes first. See Cooling System Maintenance" in Exterior Care maintenance services may be
0 294. 0 353. required.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever It is recommended that your dealer

comes first. Inspect for fraying, perform these services — their
excessive cracking, or damage; trained dealer technicians know
replace, if needed. your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
(6) Replace brake fluid every five assessment with a multi-point
years. See Brake Fluid 0 301. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Battery Brakes Hoses
The 12-volt battery supplies power Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should
to start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include that there are no cracks or leaks.
. To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing With a multi-point inspection, your
start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and
battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed.
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps
the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on
corrosion-free. the road.
Fluids
Belts . Signs that the headlamps need
Proper fluid levels and approved
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems attention include dimming, failure
squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage.
cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be
Lubricants 0 373 for GM approved checked periodically to ensure
. Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking.
access to tools and equipment fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield . With a multi-point inspection,
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the . Your dealer has the required
Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or equipment to ensure proper
for a smoother ride. split in the tire. wheel alignment.
. Signs of wear may include . Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also For safety, appearance, and the
sway while braking, longer best viewing, keep the windshield
stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth clean and clear.
tire wear.
vehicle operation at all speeds. . Signs of damage include
. As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services scratches, cracks, and chips.
inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care inspect the windshield and
of leaking, blown seals, recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For Wiper Blades
Tires information on how to clean and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
protect the vehicle’s interior and and kept in good condition to
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care 0 358 and
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining provide a clear view.
Exterior Care 0 353.
the tires can save money and fuel, . Signs of wear include streaking,
and can reduce the risk of tire Wheel Alignment skipping across the windshield,
failure. Wheel alignment is critical for and worn or split rubber.
. Signs that the tires need to be ensuring that the tires deliver . Trained dealer technicians can
replaced include three or more optimal wear and performance. check the wiper blades and
visible treadwear indicators; cord . Signs that the alignment may replace them when needed.
or fabric showing through the need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 294.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 289.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
equivalent.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23321606 A3212C
Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Front Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 84142870 —
Front Passenger – 50.0 cm (19.7 in) 23360287 —
Rear – 25.0 cm (9.8 in) 84166522 —
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
376 Technical Data

Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 377 for the vehicle's engine code.
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Service Parts
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
There may be a label in the rear
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
compartment, under the load floor,
Vehicle Data that contains the following
Capacities and information:
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 . Vehicle Identification
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 379 Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on . Model designation
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
. Paint information
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification . Production options and special
Number (VIN) also appears on the equipment
Vehicle Certification and Service If there is no label, there is a
Parts labels and certificates of title barcode on the certification label on
and registration. the center (B) pillar to scan for this
Engine Identification same information.
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Technical Data 377

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 373 for more information.
Capacities
Application Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.0L L4 Engine 11.0 L 11.6 qt
3.6L V6 Engine - not equipped with the V92 towing 14.2 L 15.0 qt
package
3.6L V6 Engine - equipped with the V92 towing package 14.5 L 15.3 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal
All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
378 Technical Data
Capacities
Application Metric English
Transfer Case Fluid 0.85 L 0.9 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine W Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Technical Data 379

Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.0L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
380 Customer Information

Customer Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 383
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 383 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 392 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 393 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 387 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Customer Information 381

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will other venue for relief available
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance
Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Company wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
its participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
Company has committed to binding General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Motor Division
arbitration of owner disputes Company Chevrolet Customer Assistance
involving factory-related vehicle Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center
service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33170
provides for the review of the facts Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involved by an impartial third party www.Chevrolet.com
arbiter, and may include an informal Your inquiry should be accompanied
hearing before the arbiter. The by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-222-1020
program is designed so that the Number (VIN). 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
entire dispute settlement process, Telephone Devices (TTYs))
from the time you file your complaint Roadside Assistance:
to the final decision, should be 1-800-243-8872
completed in about 70 days. We From U.S. Virgin Islands:
believe our impartial program offers 1-800-496-9994
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Canada the U.S. can communicate with D : Select a preferred dealer and
Chevrolet by dialing: view locations, maps, phone
General Motors of Canada
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in numbers, and hours.
Company
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Customer Care Centre, r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 information.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Center
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Online Owner Experience Identification Number (VIN). See
www.gm.ca (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
1-800-263-3777 (English) 0 376.
The Chevrolet online owner
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
experience allows interaction with H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Chevrolet and keeps important Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Telephone devices (TTYs))
vehicle-specific information in one OnStar account information (if
Roadside Assistance:
place. equipped).
1-800-268-6800
Membership Benefits F : Chat with online help
Overseas representatives.
E : Download owner’s manuals
Please contact the local General and view vehicle-specific how-to See my.chevrolet.com to register
Motors Business Unit. videos. your vehicle.
Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre

alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Text Telephone (TTY) Diagnostic Information. Schedule
Users service appointments. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
To assist customers who are deaf, I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records and self-recorded representatives.
and who use Text Telephones service records. . Locate owner resources such as
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY lease-end, financing, and
equipment available at its Customer warranty information.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Retrieve your favorite articles, To learn about the GM Mobility Calling for Assistance
quizzes, tips, and multimedia program, see www.gmmobility.com
When calling Roadside Assistance,
galleries organized into the or call the GM Mobility Assistance
have the following information
Featured Articles and Auto Care Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
ready:
Sections. Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and
. Download owner’s manuals.
home telephone number
. Find the General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca . Telephone number of your
Chevrolet-recommended
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE location
maintenance services.
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY . Location of the vehicle
users call 1-800-263-3830.
GM Mobility . Model, year, color, and license
Reimbursement Program Roadside Assistance plate number of the vehicle
Program . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call delivery date of the vehicle
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) . Description of the problem
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, Coverage
call 1-800-268-6800. Services are provided for the
This program is available to Service is available 24 hours a day, duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
qualified applicants for cost 365 days a year. warranty.
reimbursement, up to certain limits,
of eligible aftermarket adaptive In the U.S., anyone driving the
equipment required for the vehicle, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
such as hand controls or a person driving the vehicle without
wheelchair/scooter lift for the permission from the owner is not
vehicle. covered.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Roadside Assistance is not a part of . Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance
General Motors North America and nearest Chevrolet dealer for
. Impound towing caused by
Chevrolet reserve the right to make warranty service, or if the vehicle
any changes or discontinue the was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws
Roadside Assistance program at driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines
any time without notification. when the vehicle is stuck in the . Mounting, dismounting,
General Motors North America and sand, mud, or snow.
or changing of snow tires,
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit . Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices
services or payment to an owner or change a flat tire with the spare
Service is not provided if a vehicle
driver if they decide the claims are tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
is in an area that is not accessible
made too often, or the same type of must be in good condition and
to the service vehicle or is not a
claim is made many times. properly inflated. It is the owner's
regularly traveled or maintained
responsibility for the repair or
Services Provided public road, which includes ice and
replacement of the tire if it is not
winter roads. Off-road use is not
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: covered by the warranty.
covered.
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Battery Jump Start: Service to
vehicle to get to the nearest jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to
service station. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
. Lock-Out Service: Service to Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
unlock the vehicle if you are interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available,
locked out. A remote unlock may event, incidental expenses may diesel fuel delivery may be
be available if you have OnStar. be reimbursed within the restricted. Propane and other
For security reasons, the driver Powertrain warranty period. fuels are not provided through
must present identification Items considered are reasonable this service.
before this service is given. and customary hotel, meals, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
rental car, or a vehicle being registration is required.
delivered back to the customer,
up to 500 miles.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

. Trip Interruption Benefits and Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
Appointments Program
started to qualify. When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
Pre-authorization, original service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
detailed receipts, and a copy of request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
the repair orders are required. scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
Once authorization has been and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
received, the Roadside of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Assistance advisor will help to dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
make arrangements and explain inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
how to receive payment. hybrid-specific warranties in both
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
. Alternative Service: If into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
assistance cannot be provided immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation
right away, the Roadside can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in
Assistance advisor may give unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when
permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required.
emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a
receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited
after sending the original receipt
If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet
to Roadside Assistance.
the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and
Mechanical failures may be
urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information”
covered, however any cost for
day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle
parts and labor for repairs not
same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage
covered by the warranty are the
information.
owner responsibility.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Transportation Options Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change,
Warranty service can generally be
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy
completed while you wait. However,
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to
if you are unable to do so, your
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim
dealer may offer the following
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and
transportation options:
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its
Shuttle Service well as a signed and completed sole discretion.
This includes one-way or round-trip rental agreement and meet state/
shuttle service within reasonable provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair
time and distance parameters of provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a
your dealer's area. Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified
Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Reimbursement technician using the proper
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement
If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision
needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent
within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a collisions.
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
customers arrange their own Collision Parts
transportation, limited Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new
reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information parts made with the same materials
expenses may be available. Claim and construction methods as the
amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was
and be supported by original originally built. Genuine GM
receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to
information. ensure that the vehicle's designed
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

appearance, durability, and safety collisions. Aftermarket parts are not aftermarket collision parts. Some
are preserved. The use of Genuine covered by the GM New Vehicle insurance companies will not
GM parts can help maintain the GM Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we
Recycled original equipment parts covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the
may also be used for repair. These vehicle will be repaired with GM
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts.
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not
prior crashes. In most cases, the choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
parts being recycled are from meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching
undamaged sections of the vehicle. need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier.
A recycled original equipment GM may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
part may be an acceptable choice to with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have
maintain the vehicle's originally state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
designed appearance and safety able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment
performance; however, the history of center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
these parts is not known. Such parts technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement
are not covered by the GM New equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
related failures are not covered by the lease for poor quality repairs.
that warranty. Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs
Aftermarket collision parts are also collision insurance coverage. There
available. These are made by If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the emergency services for help. Do not
companies other than GM and may quality of coverage afforded by
not have been tested for the vehicle. leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of.
As a result, these parts may fit Many insurance policies provide
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ Move the vehicle only if its position
reduced protection to the GM
corrosion problems, and may not vehicle by limiting compensation for
perform properly in subsequent damage repairs through the use of
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember,
officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be
Give only the necessary information section. obligated to have the vehicle
to police and other parties involved If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts,
in the crash. Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
Inflates? 0 90. does not pay the full cost.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program If another party's insurance
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs,
0 384. Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a
Gather the following information: In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
. Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy
telephone number that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company.
. Driver license number In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the
. Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as
telephone number Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits.
. Vehicle license plate number
be original equipment parts, either
. Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications
model year original GM parts. Remember, Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification recycled parts will not be covered by
Number (VIN) the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the
Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle initially value the repair using steering, body, etc.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Owner Information Current and Past Models Radio Frequency
Owner publications are written Service and Owner publications are Statement
specifically for owners and intended available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
to provide basic operational model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that
information about the vehicle. The ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Owner’s Manual includes the 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
Maintenance Schedule for all 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with
models.
For Credit Card Orders Only Innovation, Science and Economic
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see Development (ISED) Canada's
Owner’s Manual, and Warranty Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
Manual. ICES-001.
Or write to:
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – Operation is subject to the following
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Helm, Incorporated two conditions:
shipping fees. Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive 1. The device may not cause
Without Pouch: Owner’s Plymouth, MI 48170 harmful interference.
Manual only.
Prices are subject to change without 2. The device must accept any
RETAIL SELL PRICE: notice and without incurring interference received, including
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and obligation. Allow ample time for interference that may cause
shipping fees. delivery. undesired operation of the
device.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of
funds. these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects
become involved in individual to the Canadian
Defects problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Government
Reporting Safety Defects If you live in Canada, and you
To contact NHTSA, you may call
to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline believe that the vehicle has a
Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 safety defect, notify Transport
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Canada immediately, and notify
If you believe that your vehicle General Motors of Canada
has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Company. Call Transport
a crash or could cause injury or Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA go to:
inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
You can also obtain other
General Motors. or write to:
information about motor
If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from Transport Canada
complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
investigation, and if it finds Defect Investigations and
that a safety defect exists in a Recalls Division
group of vehicles, it may order a 80 Noel Street
recall and remedy campaign. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders
to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicle’s performance and
Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s
Center monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 typically 30 seconds or less. The
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
(French), or write: record such data as:
control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
Company technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Customer Care Centre, Some modules may also store data
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 . Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated,
1908 Colonel Sam Drive such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811. retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
In other Central America and temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
Caribbean Countries, call
52-722-236-0680. . How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18

These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
Note consent of the lessee; in response 0 400.
to an official request by police or
EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
personally identifying data routinely
deletion instructions.
acquired during a crash
investigation. OnStar
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active service
access to the vehicle or the EDR is plan, additional data may be
needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
394 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and
OnStar Overview
Software Terms for more details
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
including system limitations at
OnStar Services www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 The OnStar system status light is
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 = Voice Command Button next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Q Blue OnStar Button status light is:
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
> Red Emergency Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Additional Information .
This vehicle may be equipped with a Flashing Green: On a call.
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Red: Indicates a problem.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, . Off: System is off. Press Q
Navigation, Connections, and twice to speak with an OnStar
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid service
plan and data plan. OnStar requires Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
the vehicle battery and electrical (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
system, cellular service, and GPS Advisor.
satellite signals to be available and Functionality of the Voice Command
operating. OnStar acts as a link to button may vary by vehicle and
existing emergency service region.
providers. OnStar may collect
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 395
Press = to: Press Q to connect to an OnStar Services
. Open the OnStar app on the Advisor to:
infotainment display. See the . Verify account information or Emergency
infotainment manual for update contact information. Emergency Services require an
information on how to use the . Get driving directions. active, OnStar service plan
OnStar app. (excludes Basic Plan). With
. Receive a Diagnostic check of
Or the vehicle's key operating Automatic Crash Response, built-in
. Make a call, end a call, systems. sensors can automatically alert a
or answer an incoming call. specially trained OnStar Advisor
. Receive Roadside Assistance. who is immediately connected in to
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling . the vehicle to help.
Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
voice commands. if equipped. Press > for a priority connection to
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands. Press > to get a priority connection an OnStar Advisor who can contact
to an OnStar Advisor available emergency service providers, direct
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi 24/7 to: them to your exact location, and
hotspot name or SSID and relay important information.
password, if equipped. . Get help for an emergency.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
. Be a Good Samaritan or trained Advisors are available
respond to an AMBER Alert. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get assistance in severe provide a central point of contact,
weather or other crisis situations assistance, and information during a
and find evacuation routes. crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
396 OnStar
Security Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn 2. Say “Cancel route.” System
directions or have them sent to the responds: “Do you want to
If equipped, OnStar provides these cancel directions?”
services: vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, “OK, request completed, thank
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Turn-by-Turn Navigation you, goodbye.”
pinpoint the vehicle and help
1. Press Q to connect to an Route Preview
authorities quickly recover it.
Advisor.
. With Remote Ignition Block, 1. Press =. System responds:
2. Request directions to be
if equipped, OnStar can block “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
downloaded to the vehicle.
the engine from being restarted.
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Route preview.” System
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, responds with the next three
commands.
if equipped, OnStar can work maneuvers.
with law enforcement to Using Voice Commands
gradually slow the vehicle down. Repeat
During a Planned Route
Theft Alarm Notification Functionality of the Voice Command 1. Press =. System responds:
button may vary by vehicle and “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a region. For some vehicles, 2. Say “Repeat.” System
notification by text, e-mail, or phone press = to open the OnStar app on responds with the last direction
call will be sent. If the vehicle is the infotainment display. For other given, then responds with
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work vehicles press = as follows. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
with authorities to recover the Get My Destination
vehicle. Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
1. Press =. System responds:
Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 397
2. Say “Get my destination.” Ensuring Security 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
System responds with the . Change the default passwords information, press = to open
address and distance to the for the Wi-Fi hotspot and the OnStar app on the
destination, then responds with myChevrolet mobile application. infotainment display, then
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Make these passwords different select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
Send Destination to Vehicle from each other and use a vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
combination of letters, numbers, Settings on the screen.
Directions can be sent to the and symbols to increase the
vehicle’s navigation screen, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
security. the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
if equipped.
. Change the default name of the password, and on some
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to SSID (Service Set Identifier). vehicles, the connection type
download directions to the vehicle’s This is your network’s name that (no Internet connection, 3G,
navigation system, if equipped. After is visible to other wireless 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
the call ends, the navigation screen devices. Choose a unique name (poor, good, excellent).
will provide prompts to begin driving and avoid family names or 3. To change the SSID or
directions. Routes that are sent to vehicle descriptions.
the navigation screen can only be password, press Q or call
canceled through the navigation OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
system. The vehicle may have a built-in with an Advisor. On some
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access vehicles, the SSID and
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or password can be changed in
www.onstar.ca (Canada). to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
Connections devices can be connected. A data After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
The following OnStar services help controls only when it is safe to automatically to your mobile
with staying connected. do so. devices. Manage data usage by
For coverage maps, see turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or mobile device, using the
www.onstar.ca (Canada). myChevrolet mobile app, or by
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
398 OnStar
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar AtYourService
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be on/off, manage settings, and
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
managed from the Wi-Fi monitor data consumption,
from restaurants and retailers on
Hotspot menu. if equipped.
your route, help locate hotels,
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If . Locate a dealer and schedule or book a room. These services
Available) service. vary by market.
Download the myChevrolet mobile . Request roadside assistance. OnStar Hands-Free Calling
app to compatible Apple and . Set a parking reminder with pin
Android smartphones. Chevrolet Make and receive calls with the
drop, take a photo, make a note, built-in wireless calling service,
users can access the following and set a timer.
services from a smartphone: which requires available minutes.
. Connect with Chevrolet on social Functionality of the Voice Command
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, media. button may vary by vehicle and
if factory-equipped. region. For some vehicles, press =
For myChevrolet mobile app
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped information and compatibility, see to open the OnStar app on the
with automatic locks. www.my.chevrolet.com. infotainment display, then select
. Activate the horn and lamps. Hands-Free calling. For other
An active OnStar service,
. compatible device, factory-installed vehicles press = as follows.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure, remote start, and power locks are Make a Call
if factory-equipped with the Tire required. Data rates apply. See
Pressure Monitor System. www.onstar.com for details and 1. Press =. System responds:
system limitations. “OnStar ready.”
. Send destinations to the vehicle.
Remote Services 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
. Locate the vehicle on a map “Call. Please say the name or
(U.S. market only). Contact an OnStar Advisor to number to call.”
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 399
3. Say the entire number without Verify Minutes and Expiration . Proactive Alerts: Receive a
pausing, including a “1” and the real-time e-mail or text message
area code. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then regarding potential issues with
“OK, calling.” “Verify” to check how many minutes key vehicle components, such
remain and their expiration date. as the battery, fuel system,
Calling 911 Emergency or starter system. Alerts for
1. Press =. System responds: Diagnostics potential issues appear on the
“OnStar ready.” infotainment display. Proactive
By monitoring and reporting on the
Alerts are designed to help
2. Say “Call.” System responds: vehicle’s key systems, OnStar
predict specific types of issues
“Call. Please say the name or Advanced Diagnostics provides a
based on information collected
number to call.” way to keep up on maintenance.
from the vehicle. Other factors
Capabilities vary by model. See
3. Say “911” without pausing. may affect vehicle performance.
www.onstar.com for details and
System responds: “911.” Not all issues will deliver alerts.
system limitations. Message and
In some cases, a dealer service
4. Say “Call.” System responds: data rates may apply.
check may be required to
“OK, dialing 911.” Advanced Diagnostics requires an confirm the accuracy of the
Retrieve My Number active OnStar paid service plan, alerts.
e-mail address on file, and . Dealer Maintenance Notification:
1. Press =. System responds: enrollment in Advanced Diagnostics.
Have the vehicle notify your
“OnStar ready.” Includes: preferred dealer when it is time
2. Say “My number.” System . Diagnostic Alerts: Set for maintenance. Your dealer will
responds: “Your OnStar preferences to receive real-time then contact you to set up an
Hands-Free Calling number is,” e-mails, texts, or monthly reports appointment.
then says the number. of the vehicle’s health. Or To begin, press Q to speak to an
End a Call press Q to have an Advisor Advisor, or see www.onstar.com.
initiate a remote diagnostic
Press =. System responds: “Call report.
ended.”
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
400 OnStar
.
OnStar Additional After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Information Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Smart Driver are available on most vehicles. Not
Press Q to request account transfer
OnStar Smart Driver provides eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available
information about driving behavior to can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For
help maximize overall vehicle information. more information, a full description
performance, reduce wear and tear, of OnStar services, system
and enhance fuel efficiency. An Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Insurance Discounts Eligibility Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software
feature is also offered within OnStar Terms:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
for details regarding vehicle terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827).
eligibility and system limitations. the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
OnStar, General Motors, and their . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
affiliates are not insurance . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
providers. Obtain insurance only Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
from licensed insurance providers. Owners
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
. Press Q to speak with an
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
Audio messages may play important speak to an Advisor as soon as
information at the following times: possible. The Advisor will update OnStar services cannot work unless
vehicle records and explain OnStar the vehicle is in a place where
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press OnStar has an agreement with a
service options.
Q to set up an account. wireless service provider for service
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
every 60 days. Automatic Crash Response, provider must also have coverage,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, network capacity, reception, and
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, technology compatible with OnStar
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 401
services. Service involving location Press Q to help: change the OnStar PIN, contact an
information about the vehicle cannot OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
work unless GPS signals are . Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas. calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., Warranty
hardware. OnStar services may not that meets accessibility needs. OnStar equipment may be
work if the OnStar equipment is not warranted as part of the vehicle
. Provide directions to the closest
properly installed or it has not been warranty.
properly maintained. If equipment or hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
software is added, connected, Languages
or modified, OnStar services may TTY Users The vehicle can be programmed to
not work. Other problems beyond
OnStar has the ability to respond in multiple languages.
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, communicate to deaf, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
electrical system design and hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired Advisors are available in English,
architecture of the vehicle, damage customers while in the vehicle. The Spanish, and French. Available
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless available dealer-installed TTY languages may vary by country.
phone network congestion or system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
jamming — may prevent service.
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar cannot perform Remote
See Radio Frequency Statement Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
0 390.
OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Services for People with been off continuously for 10 days
Number (PIN) without an ignition cycle. If the
Disabilities
A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Advisors provide services to help OnStar services. The PIN will need 10 days, OnStar can contact
with physical disabilities and to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
medical conditions. speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
402 OnStar
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and
reception. cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates
buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the may enhance or maintain safety,
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a security, or the operation of the
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. vehicle or the vehicle systems.
could have difficulty identifying
Software updates or changes may
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues affect or erase data or settings that
. In emergency situations, OnStar are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency tags, saved navigation destinations,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. or pre-set radio stations. Neither
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause OnStar nor GM is responsible for
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a any affected or erased data or
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The settings. These updates or changes
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or may also collect personal
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment information. Such collection is
vehicle is driven into an open area. described in the OnStar privacy
The OnStar system is integrated statement or separately disclosed at
Cellular and GPS Antennas into the electrical architecture of the the time of installation. These
vehicle. Do not add any electrical updates or changes may also cause
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical a system to automatically
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 281. Added electrical communicate with GM servers to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
collect information about vehicle
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 403
system status, identify whether OnStar - Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
updates or changes are available, Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY
or deliver updates or changes. An OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
active OnStar agreement constitutes Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or changes and agreement that third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
either OnStar or GM may remotely notices and licenses associated FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
deliver them to the vehicle. with libcurl and unzip and for other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
third party software please see THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
Privacy http://opensource.lge.com/index EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
The complete OnStar Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/ COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
Statement may be found at LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
recommend that you review it. NOTICE CONTRACT, TORT OR
If you have any questions, call OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
or press Q to speak with an WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
All rights reserved. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that Permission to use, copy, modify, THE SOFTWARE.
the privacy of any information sent and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice,
via wireless cellular communications purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder shall
cannot be assured. Third parties hereby granted, provided that the not be used in advertising or
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use
transmissions and private permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software
communications without consent. copies. without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
404 OnStar
unzip: This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of
Info-ZIP copyright and license. express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the
The definitive version of this Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not
document should be available liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential or disabled.
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: marked as such and must not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Info-ZIP releases–including,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
(including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
OnStar 405
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
406 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 86
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 246 Airbags
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 281 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Information Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 140
Additional Maintenance Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustments Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . 199 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 293 Alert
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .200, 203 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 265
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 303
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 236
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 91 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
What Will You See after an Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 407
Apple CarPlay and B Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Battery High Intensity Discharge
Assistance Program, Exterior Lighting Battery (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 308
Assistance Systems for Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 C
Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .302, 348 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 256 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 304 California
Audio Bluetooth Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 176 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 192 Perchlorate Materials
Automatic Brake Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 California
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 143 Proposition
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .283, 302, 348,
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Back Cover
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Capacities and
Automatic Transmission Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Carbon Monoxide
Shift Lock Control Function Braking System Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 263 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Auxiliary Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 223 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Bulb Replacement Cargo
Avoiding Untrusted Media Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Management System . . . . . . . . . .119
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Headlamps, Front Turn Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 119
Signal, and Sidemarker . . . . . 308 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
408 Index
Charging Connections D
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 387
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 141 Control Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Check Traction and Electronic Data Collection
Engine Light (Malfunction Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 393
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Child Restraints Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 392
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 99 Coolant Daytime Running
Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Temperature Gauge . . 138 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200, 203 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112, 114 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Devices
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Courtesy Transportation Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Diagnostics
Cleaning Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 246 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Climate Control Systems Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Door
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Text Telephone (TTY) Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 387 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 379
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 389 Drive Systems
Compartments Customer Satisfaction All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 235, 303
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 255
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 409
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Electrical System (cont'd) Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Driving Instrument Panel Fuse Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 259 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Characteristics and Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 166
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Rear Compartment Fuse Exterior Lighting Battery
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Emergency
F
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 29 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Features
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 217 Engine
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 219 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Filter,
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Check Light (Malfunction
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 286
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 170
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Coolant Temperature
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Fluid
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 292
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
E Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 237 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 144 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Electrical Equipment, Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 261
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 231
Electrical System Forward Collision Alert
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Engine Compartment Fuse (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Frequency Statement
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 392
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
410 Index
Front Fog Lamp G Headlamps (cont'd)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Front Pedestrian Braking Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 307, 308
(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Daytime Running
Front Seats Gauges Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Engine Coolant Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 70 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 High Intensity Discharge
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 148
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 168
Filling a Portable Fuel Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 149
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Heated
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Warning Lights and Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 General Information Heated and Ventilated Front
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 148 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 363 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Requirements, California . . . . . 270 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Fuses Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Heater
Engine Compartment Fuse Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200, 203
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 High Voltage Devices and
Instrument Panel Fuse Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
H High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Rear Compartment Fuse High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 327
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 170
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 217
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 239
Headlamps
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 411
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 L Lighting
How to Wear Seat Belts Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 320 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Lamps Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200, 203 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 168 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
I
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Lights
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Exterior Lighting Battery Antilock Brake System
Indicator
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 143
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Malfunction Indicator Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Infants and Young Children,
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Check Engine (Malfunction
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 265 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Lane Departure Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 144
Instrument Panel
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 147
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 267 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 54
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 145 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
J LATCH System High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 168
Jump Starting - North Replacing Parts after a Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 139
Keyless Entry Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 32 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Service Electric Parking
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
412 Index
Lights (cont'd) Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 141 N
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Navigation
Traction Control System Media OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 184 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Locks
O
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Messages
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Mirror
Oil
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Mirrors
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 291
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 148 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Lower Anchors and Tethers Automatic Dimming
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 97
for Children (LATCH Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 383
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
OnStar Additional
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
M OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Maintenance OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 54
Maintenance and Care OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 365 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Monitor System, Tire
Recommended Fluids and Operation
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 413
Operation (cont'd) Perchlorate Materials R
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 178 Requirements, California . . . . . . 284 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 390
Ordering Personalization Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 389 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Radios
Outlets Phone AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Apple CarPlay and Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 192 Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Rear Climate Control System . . . 203
P
Port Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Park
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Power Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 256
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 126
Parking
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Brake and P (Park)
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 304
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 228 Recommended Fluids and
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 230
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Records
Parking or Backing
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 82 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 256
Privacy Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 351
Passenger Airbag Status
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 392 Reimbursement Program,
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Program GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Passenger Compartment Air
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 386 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Proposition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 91
65 Warning, Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 145
California . . . . . . . . . . . .283, 302, 348, Replacement Parts
Back Cover Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
414 Index
Replacement Parts (cont'd) S Seats (cont'd)
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Safety Defects Reporting Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 96 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 391 Securing Child
Replacing LATCH System General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 114
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Security
Replacing Seat Belt System Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Reporting Safety Defects Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 391 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 386 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Accessories and
Restraints Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 How to Wear Seat Belts Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 284
Retained Accessory Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 375
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Maintenance, General
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Roads Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 84 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 376
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 82 Publications Ordering
Roadside Assistance Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 386
Roof Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Service Electric Parking
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 70 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Services
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 65 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 379 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 65 Shift Lock Control Function
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Check, Automatic
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 415
Shifting Storage Areas (cont'd) Tires (cont'd)
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 118 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 265 Struts Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Signals, Turn and Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Spare Tire Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326, 327
Special Application Services . . . . 370 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Specifications and System Pressure Monitor Operation . . 328
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Forward Collision Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 327
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 393 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Terminology and Definitions . . 323
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Systems Uniform Tire Quality
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Wheel Alignment and Tire
T
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 338
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 383
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 When It Is Time for New
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 52
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Storage Areas Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cargo Management System . . .119 Towing
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 273
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 273
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
416 Index
Towing (cont'd) Updates W
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 351 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Warning
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Traction Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 267
V
Control System (TCS)/ Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Vehicle
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Warnings
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Traction Control/Electronic Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 376
Trademarks and License Wheels
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 338
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Trailer Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Transmission When It Is Time for New
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 103
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Transportation Program, Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 145
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Vehicle Care
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Turn and Lane-Change Windshield
Vehicle Data Recording and
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
U Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 336 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Winter
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 162 Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 309 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 304
10603118) - 2018 - CRC - 1/29/18
Index 417
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 309
18_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_23168733C_2018FEB02.ai 1 1/22/2018 8:20:24 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23168733 C

2018 Chevrolet Traverse Owners Manual PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2018 Chevrolet Traverse Owners Manual PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

18_CHEV_Traverse_COV_en_US_23168733C_2018FEB02.

Third Row Seats

6. Pull the release strap located

The dome lamp controls are in the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

To access the driver door key lock

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 55

To adjust the brightness, press the

56 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 57

58 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 59

60 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 61

62 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 63

The head restraint will fold rearward

64 Seats and Restraints

To adjust a manual seat:

Seats and Restraints 65

If equipped, move the lever up or To adjust the seat:

66 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 67

68 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 69

70 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 71

72 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 73

74 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 75

Folding the Seatback

76 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 77

78 Seats and Restraints

How to Wear Seat Belts { Warning

Seats and Restraints 79

80 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 81

82 Seats and Restraints